China Steel Corporation India Private Limited: (CSCI)

China Steel Corporation India Private Limited
(CSCI)
Technical Specification
For
AC Power Supply System
ISSUE： Nov. 10, 2011

Table of Contents
1 Introduction .............................................................................................. 4
1.1 General .................................................................................................... 4
1.2 Noise ....................................................................................................... 6
1.3 Fire Protection......................................................................................... 6
1.4 Environmental Conditions ...................................................................... 6
1.5 Interfaces ................................................................................................. 7
1.6 Drawings Sheet size and format ............................................................. 7
1.7 Progress Photographs Record................................................................. 8
1.8 List of Responsibilities (L.O.R.) ............................................................. 8
2 Progress of the work................................................................................. 17
3 Scope of work.......................................................................................... 19
3.1 Civil & Structure, Building, Cable Route Design for Main Substation 19
3.2 Main Substation .................................................................................... 20
3.3 Engineering Design............................................................................... 21
3.4 Installation............................................................................................. 24
3.5 Training ................................................................................................. 26
3.6 Temporary site office on Main Substation............................................ 27
4 Specification of Technical Supply ......................................................... 29
4.1 Utility Power Supply............................................................................. 29
4.2 General Equipment Requirements........................................................ 29
4.3 220kV Gas Insulated Switchgear (GIS)............................................... 30
4.4 33kV Gas Insulated Switchgear (GIS)................................................... 84
4.5 11kV Gas Insulated Switchgear (GIS)……………………………..... .105
4.6 11kV Power Factor and Harmonic Improvement Equipment.............. 126
4.7 220kV/33kV 60/80MVA Main Power Transformer ........................... 135
4.8 33kV/11kV 32/40MVA Power Transformer....................................... 162
4.9 11kV/415V 1.6MVA Power Transformer…….. ..................................186
4.10 Distribution Power Transformer ...........................................................210
4.11 RING MAIN UNIT (RMU) .................................................................213
4.12 415 Volt Metal-Enclosed Switchgear ..................................................218
4.13 Charger & Battery & DC Panel ...........................................................228
Technical Specification Revision: 0

AC Power Supply System Page 2 of 257
4.14 SCADA System................................................................................... 235
4.15 Uninterruptable Power Supply System (UPS) .................................... 235
4.16 Fire Fighting System ........................................................................... 239
4.17 Heat Ventilation Air Conditioning (HVAC) system equipment...........240
4.18 EOT Crane …………......................................................................... 241
4.19 Grounding, Lightning Protection, Lighting and Receptacle System…242
5 Cable .......................................................................................................243
5.1 Cable Standards................................................................................... 243
5.2 220kV XLPE Power Cable.................................................................. 243
5.3 33kV XLPE Power Cable………………..…... .................................. 247
5.4 22kV and LV Cable Specification Requirements ............................... 250
5.5 600V Power Cable............................................................................... 253
5.6 PVC Control Cables............................................................................ 255
5.6 Communication Cable......................................................................... 256
6 Spare Parts, Special Tools and Test Equipment................................ 257
7 Guarantees............................................................................................ 262
8 Statement of Information and Exceptions......................................... 263
8.1 Information.......................................................................................... 263
8.2 Exceptions ........................................................................................... 263
9 Attachment list...................................................................................... 264
9.1 Equipment and material Vender list .................................................... 265
9.2 Appendix one (1)................................................................................ 265
9.3 Appendix two (2)................................................................................ 265
9.4 Appendix three (3) .............................................................................. 265
9.5 Appendix four (4)................................................................................ 265
9.6 Appendix five (5)................................................................................ 265
10 Portion one (1) ................................................................................... 265
11 Portion two (2) ................................................................................... 265

1 Introduction
1.1 General
1.1.1 This Technical Specification is applicable to the AC Power Supply system
including Temporary Power Supply System for the Annealing Coating Line
(ACL)of the China Steel Corporation India Private Limited (CSCI) steel plant
that is established in Dahej-2 Industrial estate of Gujurat province in India.
1.1.1.1Utility/facilities designed/supplied from the India Power Company(IPC) to

Main Substations (M/S) and Utility/facilities supplied from the India Power
Company to Temporary Substation in this contract shall be the supply scope of
contract.
1.1.1.2 The Contractor shall make himself aware of the related weather,
earthquake and environmental conditions… etc in Dahej-2 Industrial
estate of Gujurat province in India.
1.1.2 This project includes three main portions as follows:

(1) The application of E & M & Civil engineering for AC power supply.
Scope and specification of the application of E & M & Civil
engineering for AC power supply is as chapter 10 Portion one (1).
(2) Temporary power supply system for the construction site
Scope and specification of temporary power supply system for the
construction site is as chapter 11 Portion two (2).
(3) AC power supply of CSCI Engineering Department
Scope and specification of AC power supply for CSCI Engineering
Department is as chapter 1.1.3 to chapter 9.6 (Portion three (3)).
(The chapter 1.1.3 to 9.6 belongs to Portion three (3).)

1.1.3 Specification of AC power supply(include main substation and ACL
Secondary Substation power supply) covers the complete design,
manufacture, factory testing, transportation, delivery, storage,
installation, commissioning test, system integration test, electrical
energized approved by India power company and warranty of the AC
power supply system. The services to be provided include training of
operating and maintenance staff.
1.1.4 Equipment arrangement shall be for maximum convenience of

operation with a minimum number of operators.

1.1.5 The contract works shall be designed to facilitate easy accessibility,
equipment replacement, handling, inspection, cleaning and repairs. All
system equipment and apparatus supplied shall be designed to ensure
satisfactory operation under the atmospheric, ambient and other
conditions prevailing at the site. The system and equipment shall be so
designed to keep maintenance costs at the lowest possible figure.
1.1.6 The general arrangement and all details of the AC power supply to be
supplied for CSCI Engineering Department approval.
1.1.7 The equipment shall be arranged in a compact and integrated manner to

the full satisfaction of the CSCI Engineering Department.
1.1.8 All system equipment shall be designed and manufactured in

accordance with this Specification and in accordance to India
Rules/Standard . They shall be of the highest class for their purposes,
robust and modern in all respects as to material employed,
design and efficiency, and complete in every detail. All system
equipment shall also conform to the best for AC power supply
system in steel works.
1.1.7 All the information/data requested in this Specification must be

completed by the Bidder or his proposal may not be considered.
1.1.8 The Contractor shall take full responsibility to get certificate and
approval of India Power Company and governmental organization in
India and design to meet the operation of this project.
1.1.9 This Specification shall be read in conjunction with General

Specification, Commercial Specification and other documents forming
part of the Contract. Any additional items required for a successful
project which are not specified herein shall be identified by Bidder
and included in the proposal.
1.1.10 Bidder shall identify, in his proposal, as exception to the Specification,

items which, in his opinion, represent unworkable or unsound
engineering practices. In these cases, Bidder shall submit alternates for
CSCI Engineering Department's consideration. Any item not brought to
CSCI Engineering Department's attention, but is necessary to complete
the work, shall be furnished by Contractor at no additional cost to CSCI
Engineering Department. Any deviations from this Specification must
be approved by CSCI Engineering Department.

1.1.11 Regulation and rules
For the provision of all supplies and services, drawings and symbols,
the regulations and rules mentioned in this Specification and shall be
strictly observed and followed.
Bidder shall specify codes/standards adopted for equipment, machinery,
electrical, instrumentation, inspection, testing, etc. in his proposal.
1.1.17 Safety
This Specification listed is only a general guide. Personal protection
and safety of equipment shall be the first priority in every aspect of
Bidder’s design.
The Contractor shall comply with all India local applicable safety
rules existing at the time of construction of this project.
1.1.18 (Import) Tax
The import tax and any other essential tax will not be included in the
contract price, but the contractor shall make application of the
abovementioned tax and apply the free of tax for CSCI Engineering
Department.
1.2 Noise
The noise level from any equipment covered by this Specification shall
be tested per ANSI or IEC standards and shall not exceed the desirable
sound levels as defined by the Government organization in India. Other
relevant factors covered by the Government organization in India
requirements, affecting persons exposed to noise from the equipment
covered by this Specification, shall apply.
1.3 Environmental Conditions

1.3.1 The Contractor shall make himself aware of the related weather, earthquake
and environmental conditions… etc in Dahej-2 Industrial estate of Gujurat
province in India.

1.5 Interfaces
1.5.1 Interface with ACL package/construction Contractor and Civil Contractor
1.5.1.1 Preliminary SEM (Structural Electrical and Mechanical Drawing) and

CSD (Combined Services Drawings), will be issued by ACL
package/construction Contractor. Based on this document, the Contractor
shall provide and confirm all necessary Electrical and Mechanical input
requirements during the Detail Design of ACL package/construction
Contractor.
1.5.1.2 The Contractor shall provide and confirm all necessary E&M input
requirement to the CSD/SEM during package/construction Contractor
design and construction.
1.5.1.3 The Contractor shall provide and confirm all necessary E&M input
requirement to the CSD/SEM during ACL Utility Contractor design and
construct the utility between Main Substation and ACL Secondary
Substation.
1.5.1.4 The Contractor shall provide and confirm all necessary E&M and Civil
designs during Civil Contractor construction.
1.5.2 Interface with India Power Company (IPC)
The Contractor shall provide but not limited to (depend on drawing

approved by IPC) the following equipments for interface with the India
Power Company.
1.5.2.1 Provide two independent sets of voltage (PT) and current (CT)
transformers for IPC MOF. The PT and CT Specification shall fully
comply with IPC requirements for revenue metering. IPC will
witness testing of the PT and CT before and after they are installed in
the respective switchgears. The Contractor shall also provide
enclosures for the MOF equipment which will be furnished by IPC.
1.5.2.2 Provide 87L differential relays at the Main Substation required to be

compatible with relays at the IPC substation. The relays shall be
coordinated with IPC and approved by IPC and CSCI Engineering
Department. SCADA system shall communicate with IPC for
supervisory and control, and coordinate with CSCI Engineering
Department’s power system as well.

1.5.2.3 The 220kV power tension tower for take-over point shall be coordinated
with CSCI Engineering Department and IPC.
1.6 Drawings Sheet size and format
Detail shall conform to Appendix four (4).
1.7 Progress Photographs Record
1.7.1 During the period of this contract, the Contractor shall comply with
instruction of CSCI Engineering Department and record the
construction progress in pictures (include slide and color pictures) and
DVD Compact Disc every month. The Contractor shall make the DVD
for construction process of this contract at least 20 minutes cinema.
1.7.2 The Contractor shall make the DVD for record the progress of
manufacture, installation, construction methods, important operation
and detection of major equipments at least one hour cinema.
1.7.3 DVD shall be made in English version for above-mentioned activities.
1.7.4 CSCI Engineering Department has the copyright to possess all of the
pictures and DVD albums (include master films) provided by the
Contractor. Those pictures and DVD shall be made by professional
company and approved by CSCI Engineering Department.
1.7.5 The Contractor shall provide three copies for above mentioned pictures
and DVDs, at least thirty (30) of the pictures shall be enlarged to the
size required by CSCI Engineering Department and provide more
copies if necessary.
1.7.6 The plan of progress photographs record shall be submitted to CSCI

Engineering Department within 3 months of this contract
commencement. Detail execution shall be based on CSCI Engineering
Department instruction.

1.8 List of Responsibilities (L.O.R.)
ACC Stands for AC Power Supply Contractor

ACL_PCC Stands for ACL Package/Construction Contractor
ACL_UC Stands for ACL Utility Contractor
CWC Stands for Civil Work Contractor
The scope of supply shall be shared between the above mentioned parties as
detailed on the table of the LOR (list of responsibilities).

2 Progress of the work
2.1 The AC power supply system of Main Substation power system energized
target date is by February , 28, 2013 and the ACL secondary substation
energized target date is by March, 31, 2013. The Contractor shall follow
this power energized target date to work out the project proceeding time
schedule and attach the time schedule in technical proposal for CSCI
Engineering Department’s evaluation.
2.3.1 Work on this contract shall be commenced immediately after the

Contract signed from CSCI Engineering Department, and shall be
prosecuted with sufficient personnel, equipment and material to
meet the overall Installation schedule.
2.3.2 Bidder shall submit an initial technical proposal, general arrangement

drawings, schematic drawings and work schedules within four (4)
weeks after receiving this document.
2.3.3 The Contractor shall deliver the following information to CSCI

Engineering Department approval within two (2) months after contract
signed.
(1) Master schedule:

The schedule shall consist of the following engineering design and
shipping information. This schedule shall list each piece of equipment
by item number as designated herein and shall be updated and
forwarded to CSCI Engineering Department.
(2) Engineering design
The total number of drawings required for each item, submittal dates
for approving drawings and drawings for system installation (based on
condition that CSCI Engineering Department will finish approving
within fifteen (15) days after receipt, and percentages completed at
the time of submittal.
(3) Shipping information
Provide estimated and actual shipping date of each item.
(4) All drawings and documentation issue schedule.
2.3.4 Provide the following information for each drawing in the drawing list
within three (3) months after contract signed:
(1) Drawing list

A. Contractor drawing number and title.
B. The equipment number defined by Contractor.

C. Date to release drawing to CSCI Engineering Department. This list
will be updated by
contractor until completion of drawings.
(2) Electrical information
A. Block diagram and single line diagram of entire system.
B. Power and water requirements (temporary construction power and
water), so that CSCI Engineering Department will be able to
provide it accordingly.
2.3.5 All preliminary drawings, which are sent back from the site for revision,
shall be returned to the site by the Contractor within fourteen (14) days
after date of issuance from the site. CSCI Engineering Department will
notify the Contractor of the date of issuance from the site.
2.3.6 Provide elementary diagrams, interconnection diagrams and single line

diagrams complete with detail information within sixty (60) calendar
days before the cabling work start for electrical and
instrumentation drawings.

3 Scope of work
3.1 Civil & Structure, Building, Cable Route Design for main substation.
3.1.1 Design and submit layout plan, showing the location of the foundations,
roads, buildings, cable duct bank, tunnels, sewage, fence, road way and
other necessary compensation facilities to get approval or license from
Government.
3.1.2 Design drawings shall show the location of fixed floor plates, anchor
bolts, embedded steel, trenches, opening, access stairs, and the like.
3.1.3 Design the Main Substation layout according to the attached

preliminary layout drawings, Appendix two (2) in this Specification.
The Main Substation layout is subject to CSCI Engineering
Department's approval.
3.1.4 Detail design shall include, but not limited to, the following drawings:
- Key location plan

- Excavation with dewatering system
- Infra-structure
- Foundation plan and details
- Reinforcement bar arrangement and bar bending schedule
- Embedded metal location and details
- Anchor bolt plan, bolt projection and detail
- Bill of materials
- Structural design calculation sheets (static and dynamic)
- Calculation of anticipated settlement for major structure foundation
- Estimate major construction quantity and material
- Specification of special material
- Allowable tolerance for special structure
3.1.5 Design drainage, sanitary sewer and industrial waste within the battery
limit.
3.1.6 The Contractor shall design the fence install and furnish around the
Main Substation for safety and security.
3.1.7 Furnish anchor bolt drawings, including bolt location, detail and
projection for all equipment and facilities supplied by the Contractor.

3.1.8 Submit all drawings and documentation above mention items, but not
limited to, for CSCI Engineering Department approval.
3.2 AC power supply design for Main Substation
3.2.1 The following summary of the main parts of this project shall serve as
outline of the scope of supplies. Bidder is requested to detail and
complete this Specification as far as possible and to provide
all information such as technical data, weights, sizes, dimensions, etc.
3.2.2 The Contractor shall provide complete design/facilities from the India
Power Company to CSCI Engineering Department Main Substations
(M/S) at 220kV, 3 phases, 50Hz. At the Main substation, it will be
stepped down to nominal 33 KV level and nominal 11 kV level.
3.2.3 The complete design for Main Substation including the electrical,
Mechanical and civil engineering etc. shall be in the supply scope of this
Contract and fully compliance with India Government rules and
regulations.
3.2.3 Design and furnish single line diagram showing the 220kV, 33kV,
11kV and 415V systems. The number of circuit breakers as well as
their ratings provided by the Contractor shall be indicated. A power
system of CSCI Engineering Department shown as appendix one (1) is
for the Contractor to develop the detail drawings.
3.2.4 Design and furnish grounding, lighting, receptacle, lightning protection,

fire extinguishing, fire alarm, ventilation, air conditioning, telephone
and intercommunication paging systems.
3.2.5 Design and furnish receptacles of explosion proof (heavy duty) for
welding machines, driller, and general service system.
3.2.6 Design and furnish EOT crane for 220kV GIS maintenance.
3.2.7 Civil design including building, transformer yard, excavation, steel

structure, sew drain sage, fence, cable duct bank.
3.2.8 Main Substation equipments are listed as, but not limited to, the
following.
(1) Main power transformer 220kV/33kV, 60 /80MVA

(2) Main power transformer 33kV/11kV, 32 /40MVA
(3) Load power transformer 11kV/415V, 250 kVA
(4) GIS type 220kV
(5) GIS type 33kV
(6) GIS type 11kV
(7) Batteries and battery chargers
(8) Power factor and harmonic improvement equipment
(8) Power SCADA system
(9) UPS － 10kVA x 1 set
(10) Heat ventilation and air conditioning
(11) Fire fighting system
(12) Intercommunication paging system
(13) Maintenance crane (EOT Crane)
(14) CCTV system.
3.3 AC power supply design for ACL secondary substation
3.3.1 The following summary of the main parts of this project shall serve as
outline of the scope of supplies. Bidder is requested to detail and
complete this Specification as far as possible and to provide
all information such as technical data, weights, sizes, dimensions, etc.
3.3.2 The Contractor shall provide complete design from Main Substation to
ACL Secondary Substation at 11kV, 3 phases, 50Hz. The ACL
secondary substation shall convert the 11 kV power to a 415V nominal
level for ACL loads.
3.3.3 The complete design for ACL Secondary Substation including the
electrical, Mechanical etc. shall be in the supply scope of this Contract
and fully compliance with India Government rules and regulations.
3.3.4 The pipe-rack between Main Substation (M/S) and ACL Secondary
Substation (ACL S/S) will be designed and supplied by ACL Utility
Contractor
3.3.5 Design and furnish single line diagram showing the 11kV and 415V
systems. The number of circuit breakers as well as their ratings
provided by the Contractor shall be indicated. A power system of
CSCI Engineering Department shown as appendix one (1) is for the
Contractor to develop the detail drawings.

3.3.6 Secondary Substation equipments are listed as, but not limited to,
the following.
(1) Load power transformer 11kV/415V, 1.6 MVA
(2) GIS type 11kV
(3) RM6
(4) Switchgear type 415V
(5) Power SCADA system
(6) Batteries and battery chargers
3.4 Engineering Design
3.4.1 Engineering design and certificate shall get approval from

governmental organization in India.
3.4.2 The Contractor shall take full responsibility for the system, equipment
and construction engineering design. Studies and calculations shall be
performed to substantiate the equipment selection and system
configuration. The Control and Power Cables (Including wires) for all
cubicles or devices shall have wire (cable) marks.
3.4.3 The Contractor shall engage the services of a professional electrical

engineer, who is duly licensed by the Ministry of India and is a
member of the Professional Electrical Engineer Association, to certify
the design and test documentation and assist the Contractor in
obtaining IPC’s approval.
3.4.4 Engineering design and finish listed as, but not limited to, the
following shall be certified by Professional Competent Personnel and
get approval from governmental organization in India.
(1) Power system load analysis, calculation and coordination.

(2) Electrical engineering.
(3) Grounding system. (For main substation)
(4) Lighting and receptacle system. (For main substation)
(5) Fire fighting engineering. (For main substation)
(6) Lightning protection system. (For main substation)
(7) Communication system. (For main substation)
(8) Heat Ventilation and Air Conditioning system. (For main
substation)
(9) Cable route.
(10) Project Management.

(11) Site Arrangement for construction.
3.4.6 If the Contractor’s drawings fail to meet governmental organization

requirements, the Contractor shall modify till the drawings are
approved by governmental organization without incurring additional
expenditure to CSCI Engineering Department. Any modification shall
be approved by CSCI Engineering Department.
3.4.7 Detail design for electrical, instrumentation and control works are listed
as, but not limited to, the following. The relative drawings and
documents including the items in Section 3.2.8 and 3.4.4 shall be
submitted.
(1) Drawing list and schedule.

(2) Schematic diagram with component list and Specification.
(3) Single line diagram.
The preliminary drawing shall be provided in Bidder's proposal
(4) Interconnection diagram/ Terminal schedule.
(5) Relay setting and protection scheme.
(6) Time-current characteristic curves for circuit breaker, fuse and
protection relay.
(7) Control schematic, control system configuration.
(8) Outline and certified dimension drawing.
(9) Control and Electrical room layout.
(10) Installation details (including civil foundation).
(11) Outline and certified dimension drawing.
(12) Equipment layout.
(13) Cable and conduit schedule.
(14) Grounding and Lightning drawing.
(15) Lighting, receptacle and paging system drawing.
(16) Cable, cable tray and conduit route drawing (plan and section).
These drawings shall match with civil drawing or mechanical
drawing. The supports, hangers, concrete insert, bolt and type
of tray must be shown in detail.
(17) Installation material schedule/ Bill of materials.
(18) Equipment Specification and data sheets.
(19) SCADA system configuration drawing
The preliminary drawing shall be provided in Bidder's proposal.

(20) Calculation sheets for fault current, voltage drop, power factor
improvement, harmonic distortion improvement, protection
relay setting, voltage flushing, auxiliary control
power load distribution, air condition and grounding system.
(21) Test, operation manual and maintenance Instructions.
(22) Renewal parts list for all electrical and instrumentation
equipment. The list shall include parts Specification and parts
number.
(23) Interface list between equipment supplied by the Contractor and
others.
(24) SCADA I/O list.
(25) HMI software and driver software.
3.4.8 Furnish with proposal separate equipment lists to tabulate the

manufacturer, model number, technical characteristics (product catalog)
and area classification (explosion proof, hazardous, corrosive, dust
tight, water tight, oil tight or open) of the proposed equipment.
3.4.9 Furnish with proposal a power distribution single line diagram

showing the power supply system. The number of equipment as well
as their
ratings required by the Contractor shall be indicated.
3.4.10 Furnish with proposal outline drawings of control panels, local panels
and equipment arrangement drawings of electrical equipment.
3.4.11 Cable Route engineering
3.4.11.1 The cable route shall be provided for distribution substation 22kV
power cables and for utility cables (communication, fire fighting,
office/process computer backbone, Utility Dispatched system,
CCTV, guard security and etc.). Additional 50% of in used
quantity shall be provided for spare.
3.4.11.2 Rigid PVC conduit shall be used for underground installation,

rigid steel (hot-dipped galvanized steel, aluminum) conduit shall
be used for aboveground installation.
3.4.11.3 The aluminum conduit shall be used for underground and exposed
installation. The PVC conduit can’t be used in exposed area.

3.4.11.4 Aluminum or PVC conduit shall be design and installed in
corrosive atmospheres area.
3.4.11.5 Cable tray shall be aluminum ladder type.
3.4.11.6 The most top layer of Cable trays run outdoors shall be protected
with cover.
3.4.11.7 For conduits in cable duct bank, PVC conduits shall be used for
power cables and galvanized steel conduits shall be used for
control cables. The spare quantity shall be 50% of in used
quantity.
3.4.11.8 PVC conduit size larger or equal to 3 inch shall be designed in

duct bank, directly embedded in ground are not acceptable.
3.4.11.9 Cable route supports shall use hot-dipped galvanized steel.
3.5 Installation
3.5.1 The Contractor shall furnish all labor, facilities, instruments, materials
and equipment and perform all operations in connection with the
unloading, hauling, storing, handling, installing and testing of all
materials and equipment furnished by the Contractor under these
Specifications.
3.5.2 The Contractor shall submit the detailed method and procedure of
transportation, erection, testing and installation schedule for the
materials and equipment furnished under these Specifications.
Installation work shall be performed according to the approved
schedule and the test work shall not be performed without the presence
of CSCI Engineering Department, all work shall be performed in
strict accordance with these Specifications as well as the
manufacturer's detail design drawings, method and procedure of
erection and testing approved by CSCI Engineering Department. The
Contractor shall be fully responsible for all materials and equipment
furnished and installed by him until final acceptance.
3.5.3 To supervise the work covered by these Specifications, CSCI

Engineering Department will have field inspectors. The Contractor
shall cooperate fully with CSCI Engineering Department inspectors.
The inspectors will supervise the erection, testing, starting and initial

operation of equipment. All temporary bracing, ties, stays, supports
and safety provisions for erection operation, if considered necessary
by the inspectors, shall be provided and placed by the Contractor
in strict accordance with their direction. The engineers and technicians
from the manufacturers shall be referred as the manufacturer's
Erection Engineer and shall be considered as personnel to direct and
assist the installation work in their particular field for the equipment
furnished by the manufacturer.
3.5.4 The Contractor may use any special erection equipment, appliance and
test facilities furnished with the equipment for erection purpose, but
shall not use tools furnished for maintenance purpose until specifically
permitted by CSCI Engineering Department. Tools furnished by the
Contractor for maintenance purpose shall be transferred to CSCI
Engineering Department in a brand new and unused condition.
3.5.5 All piping, conduits, cable trays and cable ways shall be installed in
harmony with all other work so that all the piping will be installed in
the most direct and workman like manner, and so that interference
between piping, ducts, equipment and architectural or structural
features will be avoided.
The Contractor shall remove all temporary facilities, tools, etc. and
clean the yards or areas satisfactory to CSCI Engineering Department.
3.5.6 Installation work includes equipment erection, cabling and wiring,

support manufacture, painting and installation, wiring check, test and
supervision.
3.5.7 Whole installation shall fulfill the Local Act and Regulation including
the wiring work.
3.5.8 The Contractor shall be responsible for the installation all the way until
it is perfectly finished. Those problems including any accident and
labor safety occurred due to the any related to this Installation and
the new control system should be blamed on and solved by the
Contractor without any extra charge to CSCI Engineering Department.
3.6 Project manager and engineer
3.6.1 The Contractor shall assign a site interface manager with at least 5 years
experiences in AC Power Supply System and a competent site engineer
with English communication ability for each defined interface during

this engineering process in contract period and the interface manager
shall resolve the defined interface to the reasonable satisfaction of CSCI
Engineering Department.
3.6.2 The Contractor shall appoint a site project manager with at least 5 years
experiences in AC Power Supply System and a competent site engineer
with English communication ability to be the members of the CSCI
Engineering Department, led and managed by CSCI Engineering
Department, to support easy communication and fast action during this
engineering process in contract period.
3.6.3 The Contractor shall assign a design coordinator with applying
“AUTOCAD”, “Microsoft Office“ software and English
reading/writing ability to support easy communication and fast action
during this design process in contract period.
3.6.4 The abovementioned interface co-ordination, integration and design
coordination works shall have no cost impact to CSCI.
3.7 Training
3.7.1 Training facilities
3.7.1.1 Training location and classrooms

All training shall be performed at the best suitable place and time.
3.7.1.2 Training staff.
3.7.1.3 All courses and instruction shall be presented by a member of the
Contractor's training staff. Training staff shall have previous training
experience and relevant experience with the supplied system
equipment.
3.7.1.4 Instructors shall have a complete and thorough knowledge of the
subjects covered by the course and a familiarity with the manuals,
handbooks, guides, tools, test equipment, and other aids used in the
presentation, of the course or the troubleshooting or repair of the
subject equipment.
3.7.1.5 Instruction shall be given in English.
3.7.1.6 The number of training aids and other materials required to training
course participants shall be adequate for the number of participants
attending the course.
3.7.1.7 The existing equipment, e.g. special tools, workshop equipment etc.,
for the system shall be used during training.

3.7.2 Administration of overseas training
3.7.2.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for the following:

(1) Reception for, and hotel and travel arrangements for, each trainee
in other countries.
(2) Providing comprehensive general liability, medical, and
hospitalization insurance at no cost to CSCI’S trainees.
(3) General welfare of trainees under his control.
3.7.2.2 Training Costs

CSCI will pay all costs of trainees’ salaries, round trip airfare, living
stipend for trainees, and other miscellaneous personnel costs of
CSCI’S trainees.
3.7.2.3 The Contractor shall pay all costs of:

(1) Classroom training courses, run or organized by the Contractor
and/or his subcontractors and equipment suppliers overseas and/or
in local:
(2a)Instructional materials, manuals, textbooks, publications, training
aids, training-related equipment and all classroom, laboratory,
workshop, demonstration area and/or other formal training
environment space and facilities overseas.
(2b) Instructional materials, manuals and training aids in local.
(3) Courses in professional organizations and institutions.
(4) Contractor’s training instructor(s)
3.8 Temporary site office
3.8.1 Transportation to Site activities

During the period of this contract, the Contractor shall provide one new
Car of 3500cc, auto, minimum 5 seats with driver for the site
activities of CSCI Engineering Department, CSCI Engineering
Department Consultant and CSCI Engineering Department such as
site inspection, site audit, installation, testing, site survey, etc. All
cost (include insurance and gasoline, etc) involved shall be borne by the
Contractor.

3.8.2 During the period of this contract, the contractor shall provide the
following items at site office for site engineer use. The property right
belongs to Contractor during the construction period of this contract.
The property right shall be transferred to CSCI Engineering
Department after Handing Over, and all facilities must still be usable.
CSCI Engineering Department has the priority right to use those
facilities. Those items shall be approved by CSCI Engineering
Department before 30 days of site office being set up.
(1). Desk (140cm x 70cm x 75cm) 3 pcs

(2). Chair 5 pcs
(3). Steel/glass bookcase (118cm x 40cm x 88 cm) 6 pcs
(4). Calendar white board (240cm x 120cm) 1 pc
(5). Drawing shelves 2 pcs
(6). Clock 1 pc
(7). Walkie-talkie (min. 5kM) 4 pcs
(8). Walkie-talkie charger and chargeable battery 4 sets
(9). Motorcycle for site (125cc auto) 1 pc
(10). Electric fan 2 pcs
(11). Temporary air condition for chief room 1 set
(12). Desktop PC with software license and internet (office use) 2 pcs
(13). PC desk with chair 2 pcs
(14). Digital camera (min. 10 million pixels, 30~150m/m 2 set
zoom lens , 4GB x 2 pcs, chargeable battery and
charger x 2 pcs, memory card reader, with video function)
(15). Copy machine (A3 size) 1 pc
(16). Fax, Scanner & Laser printer 1pc
(the same function as HP Color LaserJet M5035xs MFP)
3.8.3 The Contractor shall be responsible for well-kept and clean site offices
all those items.
3.8.4 Other than item 3.8.2 shall also be prepared by the Contractor, such as
office computer, video/audio facilities with internet (equivalent in
remote design department for communication), furniture, coffee, tea,
refrigerator, telephone, fax, copy and etc.

4 Specification of Technical Supply
4.1 Utility Power Supply
4.1.1 Utility will be supplied from the India Power Company to Main
Substations (M/S) at 220kV, 3 phases, 50Hz. At the M/S, it will be
stepped down to nominal 33 KV level and nominal 11 kV level then
distributed to ACL Secondary Substations (ACL S/S). The ACL S/S
shall convert the 11 kV power to a 415V nominal level for ACL loads.
The Contractor shall confirm and coordinate with IPC for routing of the
220kV power supply to the overhead tower in the boundary limit of the
Main Substation. The interface of connection point with IPC power line
shall be coordinated and designed.
4.1.2 The Contractor shall file the required applications including finish
documentation and drawings to IPC for permanent power system of
this project.
4.1.3 Two 220kV (Short circuit capacity 3-phase 220kV 50Hz 40kA) main
incoming power feeder shall be supplied to China Steel Corporation
India Private Limited (CSCI Engineering Department ) Plant area.
4.1.4 33kV and 11kV ( Short circuit capacity 3-phase 33kV a n d 1 1 k V

50Hz 25kA) power shall be supplied to Secondary Substation, The
scope of work of the Contractor shall include cable route design,
cable ,conduit, cable tray and its support material supply and
installation.
4.1.5 The low voltage equipment shall be met a single feeder load center.
4.2 General Equipment Requirements
4.2.1 The main work of equipment and materials are:
4.2.1.1 Main substation
(1) 220 kV Gas Insulated Switchgear (GIS);

(2) 33kV Gas Insulated Switchgear (GIS);

(4) 11kV power factor and harmonic improvement equipment;
(4) 220/33kV power transformers;
(5) 33kV/11kV power transformers;
(6) 11kV/415V power transformers;
(7) 415V Switchgear Panel;
(8) 240V low voltage distribution system;
(9) Batteries and battery chargers and DC110V distribution system;
(10) Uninterrupted power supply (UPS);
(11) Telephone and internal paging system;
(12) SCADA system equipment;
(13) Fire fighting system and crane equipment;
(14) Heat Ventilation and Air Conditioner (HVAC) system equipment
(15) Cable;
(16) Race cable tray and conduit;
(17) Grounding system;
(18) Spare parts;
(19) Special tools and test equipment;
4.2.1.1 Secondary substation

(2) 11kV/415V power transformers;
(3) 415V Switchgear Panel;
(4) Cable;
(5) Race cable tray and conduit;
(6) Spare parts;
(7) Special tools and test equipment;
4.3 220 kV Gas Insulated Switchgear (GIS)
4.3.1 SCOPE
4.3.1.1 This section specifies the detailed requirements furnished by contractor
for the design, manufacture, assembly, testing, delivery, installation,
commissioning, supervision of the installation and guarantee of whole
220kV gas insulated switchgear equipment, local control cubicle(LCC)
with interlocking circuit,220kV single core, cross-linked polyethylene
insulated (XLPE), PVC jacketed power cable with sealing end and all
necessary accessories and mounting brackets between GIS and main
transformer, and between GIS and outdoor cables termination station

for incoming overhead transmission line, complete with all auxiliary
devices and accessories as well as essential special tools and spare parts
to be installed in main substation of China Steel Corporation India
Private Limited (CSCI Engineering Department) in Dahej-2
Industrial estate of Gujarat province in India.
This equipment shall be of the latest design with proven technology.
CSCI Engineering Department will not accept any product of
prototype design.
4.3.1.2 Equipment and Services by Contractor
The following shall be provided by Contractor:
(1) All gas insulated switchgear assembly and tested from original factory
as described in Section 4.3.1.4.3.
(2) Complete installation and test at field as described in Section 4.3.14.
And match up IPC’s requirement to submit final test report for
approval.
(3) Submitted adequate type test, routine test and site test report for Taiwan
Power Company (IPC) review.
(4) Submitted the drawing and information for interface with incoming
cable from overhead transmission line termination station and to
connect with main transformer.
(5) Furnished local control cubicle (LCC), inter tripping circuit between
each bays, CB and DS, ES.
(6) Complete furnished with all control logical and schematic diagram,
cable schedule and terminal schedule for GIS and LCC.
(7) Furnished all 220kV cable support and cable mounting accessories
from IPC outdoor cable termination station to main substation GIS and
main substation GIS to main transformers.
(8) Complete furnished and execute the civil work revamp due to 220kV
GIS rearrange (including LCC) and all 220kV cable opening revamp on
wall and floor as well as opening seal and fire stopper.
(9) Complete installation and testing at field for all control and interlocking
for GIS and local control cubicle (LCC).

(10) Complete the cable laying and protection design and furnished 220kV
power cable and terminations with IEC standard to connect with main
transformers (located at outdoor transformer yard of Main Substation
Building with oil type termination) and to connect with the incoming
cable (located at GIS Room), and to connect with incoming overhead
transmission line (located at outdoor cable termination station).
(11) Complete installation and test at field for 220kV power cable with
cable cleat (1pc/2m), cable support, protective/grounding devices, and
link box with bonding cable, earthing connections, cable marks and
fitting accessories furnished by contractor.
(12) Coordinate, complete installation and test at field for cable connection
with Main transformers and incoming overhead transmission line.
(13) Any other complementary statements are listed in Section 4.3.19.and
Section 4.3.20.
4.3.1.3 Equipment and Services by others
The following will be provided by others:
(1) Basic foundations and opening except extra and special opening for
GIS.
(2) 110V dc ungrounded power supply from circuit breaker in distribution
panel for all control and motor drive.
(3) 240V AC 1Ø power supply from circuit breaker in distribution panel
for space heater.
(4) Pipe rack and steel support for 220kV cable in Main Transformer yard.
(5) Oil-filled junction boxes of the main transformers.
4.3.2 STANDARDS
4.3.2.1 Performance and test of all circuit breaker, disconnecting switch,
earthing switch, potential transformer, current transformer and surge
arrester covered under these specifications shall conform in all respects
to the latest revision of IEC, ANSI Standards (requirement of IPC)
and/or NEMA Standards, ICEA-NEMA S-66-524 "Cross-Linked
Thermosetting Polyethylene" insulated wire and cable for the

transmission and distribution of electrical energy. ASTM specifications.
IEEE-"Test Procedures and Requirements for High- voltage
Alternating Current Cable Terminations" except as modified herein.
Equipment meets other authoritative standards, which ensure an equal
or higher quality than the standards mentioned above, will also be
accepted.
Contractor shall furnish complete information and details concerning
the standards to which equipment complies and submit to CSCI
Engineering Department for approval.
4.3.3 INFORMATION DRAWINGS

4.3.3.1 The attached drawings are part of this specification. The drawings are
shown in the Appendix one.
4.3.4 SERVICE CONDITIONS

4.3.4.1 The Contractor shall make himself aware of the related weather,
4.3.4.2 The apparatus covered by this specification will be connected to a 50
Hz, grounded star connection and three phase system operating at a
nominal 220kV voltage and with a three phase symmetrical fault
capability of 40kA.
4.3.4.3 The circuit breakers, disconnecting switches and earthing switches will
be locally controlled at the local control cubicle (LCC), which will be
furnished with this contract and remotely controlled from relay control
panels (RCP) located in control room at main substation of CSCI
Engineering Department. The GIS can also be operated by SCADA
system remotely.
4.3.4.5 System will be supplied from Gujarat Industrial Development

Corporation (IPC) 220kV, neutral grounded, three phase three wire,
50Hz. The system highest voltage will be refer to India laws and

regulations.
4.3.4.6 The cable shall be installed at substation to link 220kV overhead
transmission line through a cable termination supported by steel
structure to SF6 GIS equipment and to link the above mentioned GIS to
the 60/80MVA main transformers at transformer yard.
4.3.4.8 The cable sealing ends shall be suitable for use with the 220kV XLPE
cables. The SF6 gas sealing ends and oil-immersed type sealing end
shall be connected to the cable sealing end enclosures of the GIS
equipment and oil-filled junction boxes of the main transformers
respectively. Sufficient materials and documents of instruction shall be
furnished for the installation of these sealing ends.
4.3.5 TYPE AND QUANTITY

4.3.5.1 The equipment shall be indoor type, 220kV, Sulphur Hexafluoride
(SF6) Gas Insulated Switchgear (GIS).
4.3.5.2 The quantities of GIS are listed as follows:
Detail quantities and description are shown on the appendix one(1)
single line diagram(SLD).The following quantities are for reference
only.
Item Description Quantity
1. Circuit breaker
(1) For transmission lines, 220kV, 2000A, 40kA IC See SLD
(2) For Bus tie, 220kV, 2000A, 40kA IC See SLD
(3) For transformer, 220kV, 2000A, 40kA IC See SLD

2. Disconnecting switch, 3 pole
(1) For transmission lines, 220kV, 2000A See SLD
(2) For Bus tie, 220kV, 2000A, 40kA See SLD
(3) For transformer, 220kV, 2000A See SLD
3. Earthing switch, 3 pole 220kV, 40kA short time current (3 Sec)
See SLD

Fault making earthing switch, 3 pole 220kV, 40kA
Short time current (3 Sec), high speed fault making capacity type
See SLD
4. Potential transformer (PT)
220 115
(1) Bus PT for 3-phase: KV / 115 − V /66.4V See SLD
3 3
220
(2) LPT for 1- phase: KV / 115 − 66.4V See SLD
3
5. Current transformer (CT) See SLD

6. 220kV sectionalized single bus 2000A See SLD
7. Cable sealing end enclosure
(1) Cable sealing end enclosure for 1000mm2 XLPE See SLD
Single core cable (3 phase/set) connection for
Incoming feeder
(2) Cable sealing end enclosure for 500mm2 XLPE
See SLD
Single core cable (3 phase/set) used for main transformer
GIS feeder
8. Gas supply and recovery equipment used for installation and testing.
(1) Gas supply system One (1) lot
(2) Gas recovery system One (1) lot
(Including the recovery gas cylinders)
9. Gas monitoring system One (1) lot
10. Local control cubicle (LCC) Seven (7) sets
14.3. Operating mechanism One (1) lot
12. Surge arrester, 190kV indoor type (3 phase/set) Two (2) sets
13. Surge arrester, 190kV outdoor type (3 phase/set) Two (2) sets
14. Special tools and SF6 leakage detector One (1) lot
15. Spare parts for two years operation and maintenance One (1) lot
4.3.5.3 The quantities of 220kV cable, sealing ends are listed as follows:

1. 1000mm2, 1/C, 220kV XLPE cable One (1) lot
500 mm2, 1/C, 220kV XLPE cable One (1) lot
2. 500 mm2 Oil-immersed sealing end One (1) lot
3. 1000 mm2 Indoor SF6 gas sealing end One (1) lot
4. 500 mm2 Indoor SF6 gas sealing end One (1) lot
5. 1000 mm2 outdoor type air sealing end One (1) lot
6. Protective/grounding device One (1) lot
7. Bonding cable 200mm2 XLPE cable One (1) lot
8. Miscellaneous installation materials
such as cleat (1pc/2m), bracket, holder, spacer
and sealing materials etc. One (1) lot
The quantity of cable as listed above is for reference only. Contractor
shall count the exact length of each kind of cable in accordance with
the actual field condition prior to the installation.
4.3.6 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS OF GIS EQUIPMENT

4.3.6.1 Layout
4.3.6.1.1 The switchgear shall consist of Two (2) 220kV incoming line feeders,
One (1) tie breaker unit, Two (2) line PT, Two (2) bus PT and Two (2)
transformer feeders as shown on Appendix one(1) drawings. The GIS
equipment is intended to be installed in the GIS room of substation
building. The layout of the GIS equipment shall be designed and as
arranged for the limited space as shown on the Appendix two(2)
drawings .
4.3.6.1.2 The primary components of the switchgear shall be enclosed in the
earthed metal enclosure.
4.3.6.1.3 The switchgear shall be installed and connected with 220kV single core
1000mm2 XLPE power cable(3 phase/set) for transmission lines, and
single core 500mm2 XLPE power cable for power transformers.
4.3.6.2 Components of GIS Equipment
4.3.6.2.1 The SF6 gas system shall be divided into sealed sections, such as
circuit breaker, disconnecting switch, potential device and cable sealing

end enclosure etc. Each sealed section shall be fully isolated from other
sealed sections for gas supervision, inspection and disassembling of the
GIS equipment and shall be designed and fabricated carefully against
the gas leakage.
4.3.6.2.2 All GIS equipment shall be so designed that the maintenance works for
filling, extracting and replenishing of the SF6 gas can be done easily
and safely.
4.3.6.2.3 Insulation Level
(1) Circuit breaker, disconnecting switch, potential transformer, and
current transformer shall withstand the test voltage specified in their
respective Section.
(2) Each component of the switchgear, including circuit breaker,
disconnecting switch, earthing switch, potential transformer, bus bar
and support insulator shall withstand the following test voltage.
A. At minimum operating gas pressure
(A) Low-frequency withstand voltage, (one-minute, kV, rms) 460
(B) Lightning impulse withstand voltage,
(4.3.2x50 microsecond full wave), kV, crest 1050
(3) Motor wiring, control wiring, potential transformer and current
transformer secondary shall withstand the following test voltage.
A. Motor wiring and control wiring withstand voltage, One-minute, volts
2,000
B. Potential transformer and current transformer secondary
Withstand voltage, one-minute, volts, rms 2,000
(4) Clearance of live parts to earth, live parts to live parts and isolating
clearances shall be selected taking into consideration the insulation
level of the switchgear specified above and the pressure of the
insulating gas.
4.3.6.2.4 Continuous Current Rating
The rated continuous current rating of all primary components shall be

in accordance with Sections specified and these rating shall be taking
into consideration the ambient temperature and limits of temperature
rise specified.
4.3.6.2.5 Temperature Rise
(1) With an ambient temperature of 40℃ the temperature rise of any
component contained in GIS at rated continuous current and rated
frequency shall not exceed the following values:
A. Bus runs without silver plated connector. 30℃
B. Bus runs with silver plated connector. 65℃
C. Silver plated power circuit breaker and switch contacts. 65℃
(2) The total temperature of the parts to be handled by operator in the
normal course of his duty. 50℃
(3) The total temperature of external surfaces accessible to an operator in
the normal course of his duty. 70℃
(4) The insulation material used for the GIS shall be capable of
withstanding the above temperature rise limitations without any
deterioration.
4.3.6.3 Enclosures of the Components
4.3.6.3.1 The enclosures of GIS equipment shall be of single phase or three
phase enclosure type and shall be constructed from aluminum alloy or
nonmagnetic stainless steel.
4.3.6.3.2 The enclosure shall be divided into a number of components
corresponding to the major components of the switchgear, i.e. circuit
breakers, disconnecting switches, earthing switches, current
transformers, potential transformers and cable sealing end enclosure.
4.3.6.3.3 The enclosure shall be capable of withstanding the effects or three
phase of an internal arc result from the specified short- circuit current,
over a period of at least 0.3 sec. without any deterioration. The supplier
shall submit adequate proof, (test certificate or laboratory test report).
4.3.6.3.4 The enclosures shall be perfectly earthed.
4.3.6.3.5 An effective gas leakage detection system shall be provided for each
compartment and connected to an alarm and lock out control circuit.

The system shall be explained in the Bid.
4.3.6.3.6 The enclosure shall be epoxy painted, corrosion protection and the
finished color shall be RAL7032 or contractor’s standard approved by
CSCI Engineering Department.
4.3.6.4 Bus Bars and Connectors
4.3.6.4.1 Conductors for the bus bars and the various connectors shall be of
tubular copper or aluminum with silver plated finger plug in connector
to assume uniform contact pressure and shall be of adequate
dimensions to guarantee the continuous current as shown in single line
diagram and short circuit current ratings of the circuit breakers.
4.3.6.4.2 The surfaces of the conductors shall have a smooth finish to prevent
any electrical discharges within the insulating SF6 gas.
4.3.6.4.3 The bus bars and connectors shall be mounted within a gas tight
earthed metal cylindrical enclosure which shall be filled with SF6 gas
for insulation of live parts between phases and phase to earth. A
homogeneous uniform electric field shall be maintained within the
insulating gas. Supports shall be in the form of epoxy resin insulators.
4.3.6.5 Expansion, Contraction, Vibration and Noise
4.3.6.5.1 The design of all component of the GIS equipment shall take into
consideration of its expansion, contraction and vibration to ensure
satisfactory operation under the service conditions specified in these
specifications.
4.3.6.5.2 The GIS equipment will be installed indoors; the noise of the
switchgear (especially at circuit breaker operation) shall not exceed
120dB.
4.3.6.6 Supporting Structure
4.3.6.6.1 Rigid supporting structure shall be provided for the switchgear and
power cable as required.
4.3.6.6.2 The design of the supporting structure shall be such that it must not
interfere with maintenance, transportation, assembly and disassembly.
4.3.6.6.3 Viewing platforms shall also be provided with permanent ladder and
walkways by the Contractor, if required, to permit easy access for

operation and maintenance.
4.3.6.7 Supporting Insulators
4.3.6.7.1 Reliable epoxy resin insulators shall be provided at the intersections
between enclosure compartments to support the live conductors and to
act as gas tight barriers between compartments.
4.3.6.7.2 The design of the insulator shall be such that it is possible to inspect,
maintain or pressurize each compartment individually without
interfering with adjacent compartments.
4.3.6.8 Insulating Gas
4.3.6.8.1 SF6 gas required for the whole switchgear shall be furnished with the
switchgear equipment. Moreover, gas cylinder and SF6 gas in more
than 10% of the above-required amount with one set of necessary
connecting hose, pressure gauge and fittings shall also be supplied for
future maintenance.
4.3.6.8.2 SF6 gas shall in all respects conform to the following values:
Impurity Maximum Allowable Concentration (by weight)
Air 0.05%
CF4 0.05%
H2O 8.9 ppm
Hydrolysable fluorides 0.3 ppm
Expressed as HF SF6 the balance to 100%
4.3.6.8.3 The gas pressure shall be based on the Contractor's design.

4.3.6.8.4 The gas system shall be independently separated into logical groups to
provide the largest practical gas reservoir for least sensitivity to leaks,
but small enough to permit optimum installation, maintenance and leak
detection procedures.
4.3.6.8.5 The independent gas section shall be of gas tight barriers with by-pass
valves where appropriate, capable of withstanding full pressure from
either side with a vacuum on the opposite side.
4.3.6.8.6 Each independent gas system shall have conveniently located
adequately sized provisions for filling, and evacuating, the SF6 gas. A

non-removable final filter shall be provided on all fill ports.
4.3.6.8.7 The absorption devices shall be furnished to dispose the water moisture
inside the SF6 gas and decomposition components of SF6 gas
respectively. The absorption materials shall be capable of long time
service without replacement with consideration of the frequent
operations and fault of the GIS equipment.
4.3.6.8.8 All gas filling equipment, and evacuating the SF6 gas shall be
completely isolated by the appropriate insulating material in order to
avoid passing through the sheath current.
4.3.6.8.9 Signals from the monitoring units shall be transmitted to the local
control cubicle associated with the bays. Further, each gas monitoring
unit shall be provided with a high accuracy pressure gauge. The control
system shall indicate via lamps for two alarm levels: the first one shows
that a system shall be filled with gas, while the second one blocks the
tripping of circuit breaker. Two (2) independent low-low gas pressure
switches shall be provided for blocking the operation of the two (2) trip
coils of each circuit breaker.
4.3.6.9 Power Supply
4.3.6.9.1 Power for operation of motors, pumps compressors, and other auxiliary
power equipment will be supplied from an 110Volts dc, substation
service system.
4.3.6.9.2 Control source will be supplied from storage battery, which will be
rated 110V dc ungrounded system, normally floated at about 115 volt,
with occasional fluctuations between 93.5-121 volts.
4.3.6.9.3 The above mentioned power supplies shall be connected by the
Contractor from the main panel (by others) of station service system at
main substation building.
4.3.6.10 Internal Fault
The internal fault of the SF6 GIS shall be limited to minimum and the
design of the enclosures shall be divided into a number of
compartments to ensure the followings:
4.3.6.10.1 The flashover arc will not extend to the adjacent compartment.

4.3.6.10.2 In case of enclosure damage, gas leakage will not interfere adjacent
compartment.
4.3.7 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS

4.3.7.1 Circuit Breaker
4.3.7.1.1 Requirement of Characteristics
(1) The circuit breaker shall be of SF6 gas blast type suitable for hydraulic
mechanism control or motor operating mechanism high speed reclosing
service. Both shall be approved by CSCI ENGINEERING
DEPARTMENT.
(2) Rating of circuit breaker shall be shown as following:
A. Maximum Rated voltage, (L-L) kV rms 231kV
B. Rated frequency 50 Hz
C. Rated Continuous current 2000A
D. Nominal voltage class 220kV
E. Rated symmetrical interrupting capacity,
(At maximum rated voltage), rms 40kA
F. 3 second short time withstand current, rms. 40kA
G. Closing and latching capacity, rms 80kA
H. Line charging current switching capability, rms 90A
I. Rated interrupting time 3 cycles
J. Rated control voltage 110V dc
K. Operating duty O-0.3 sec-CO-3 min-CO
(3) The breaker shall withstand the following test voltage at normal gas
pressure:
A. Low-frequency (50 Hertz) test voltage, one-minute, 460 kV, rms
B. Impulse withstand test voltage,
(4.3.2 x 50 microsecond full wave) 1050 kV, crest
C. 2 microsecond chopped wave withstand voltage 968kV, crest
D. 3 microsecond chopped wave withstand voltage 862kV, crest
(4) The circuit breaker shall be capable of interrupting any type load, at
any lagging power factor with a magnitude from zero up to and

including 100 percent of the continuous current rating of the breakers.
In addition, the breaker shall be capable of interrupting purely charging
current of transmission lines. The circuit breaker shall also be capable
of 180 degree out of phase switching. For both of these duties, the time
required for interruption shall not exceed three (3) cycles.
(5) Each circuit breaker shall be capable of completely interrupting all
phases of a 50-Hz. three phase circuit when faulted by any type fault,
from zero to 100 percent of rated short-circuit current at rated
maximum voltage or related required capability in three (3) cycles,
after which time there shall be no recurrence of main current flow. The
interrupting time for a three-phase close-open (CO) operation at the
specified duty shall not exceed the rated interrupting time by more than
1/2 cycles.
(6) The circuit breaker shall allow three-phase reclosing for line-to-line or
three-phase faults.
(7) The circuit breaker shall be capable of performing, without damage, an
operating sequence of O (open) plus 0.3 second plus CO (close open)
plus 3 minutes plus CO (close open)
(8) Any device required functioning as voltage limiters or to damp out
oscillations or restrikes prior to complete interruption of the current
shall have a life expectancy not less than that of the rest of the circuit
breaker as a whole.
(9) The circuit breaker shall be able to interrupt without any damage the
excitation current including the line charging current and transformer
excitation inrush current.
(10) Recovery and transient recovery voltage shall be as evenly distributed
across the breaks of the pole as possible. Voltage grading capacitors,
resistors or a combination of capacitors and resistors shall be provided
as required to prevent any damage from surge voltage.
(11) The control circuits shall be electrically or hydraulically trip-free and
non-pumping, and shall be such that only momentary actuation of a
control device is necessary to obtain a complete operation.

(12) The breaker shall be generally three-phase group-operated tripping or
closing by control devices and protective relays.
4.3.7.1.2 Requirement of Construction
(1) The circuit breakers shall be provided with a closed SF6 gas system for
insulation and for arc quenching. All chambers containing the SF6 gas
shall be hermetically sealed to prevent leakage of the gas to atmosphere.
(2) Live parts shall be mounted within a gas tight earthed metal cylindrical
enclosure. SF6 gas shall be used as the insulation medium between live
parts and the earthed cylinder. A homogeneous uniform electric field
shall be maintained within the insulation gas.
(3) The operation of all the interrupters of a circuit breaker shall be
simultaneous. Suitable interlock and other safety device shall be
provided to prevent non-simultaneous, hunting and other dangerous or
other undesirable operation.
(4) A control cabinet shall be attached to each circuit breaker for the
operating mechanism and control devices. The event of a loss of the
operating mechanism driven system when the circuit breaker is in the
closed position, it shall be possible to open close, and open the circuit
breaker by suitable energy store system.
(5) Two electrically independent trip coils and all necessary circuits
including pressure switches and test devices shall be provided for
tripping the breaker from the different protective relay system and/or
control system. The two independent trip coils shall be equipped with
monitoring relay (74) and individual indicating LED show on LCC to
monitor the condition of trip coil.
(6) All control coils shall be so rated that they will not overheat during
three immediately successive close-open operations. The closing
control circuit component shall be so rated that they will not be
damaged if the circuit is energized for five minutes.
(7) Each breaker shall be furnished with a standard control switch,
mounted and wired in the local control cubicle, which is stated in
Section 4.3.7.11 of this specification, to permit electrical opening and

closing of the breaker locally.
(8) Extra auxiliary switches shall be provided for each operating
mechanism in addition to those normally required for breaker operation.
Each switch shall be provided with at least six (6) normally open and
six (6) normally closed contacts. Switch contacts shall have a voltage
rating not less than 110 volts dc and a continuous current rating not less
than 10A dc.
(9) Each circuit breaker shall be furnished with all necessary accessories,
but not be limited to the following.
A. Position Indicator
A semaphore signal and a pair of position indicating lamps (red and
green) to indicate the open and closed positions of the breaker. If the
semaphore is inside the control panel, it shall be easily visible through
an appropriate window. The indicating lamps shall be LED type and
supplied from the 110 volt dc circuit.
B. Operation Counter
An operation counter shall be furnished to indicate the total number of
operations of the circuit breaker. The counter shall register on tripping
operation only, and shall remain in operative during the closing stroke
of the breaker.
C. Power Supply Switches
Separate molded case circuit breakers (MCCB) shall be provided in the
control panel for disconnection and protection of the convenience
outlet circuits.
4.3.7.2 Disconnecting Switch
4.3.7.2.1 Disconnecting switches shall be triple pole, single throw, electrically
and manually operated type.
4.3.7.2.2 The disconnecting switches shall be capable of making and breaking
the transformer magnetizing current and charging currents of the
switchgear primary components. They shall be fully interlocked with
the circuit breakers to ensure that they can only be operated when no

load.
4.3.7.2.3 Rating
(1) Rated frequency 50 Hz
(2) Rated voltage (Line to Line) 220kV
(3) Rated current 2000A
(4) Momentary current (Asy) 80kA
(5) 3 second short time withstand current 40kA
4.3.7.2.4 The disconnecting switches shall withstand the following test voltage at
the normal operation gas pressure.
(1) Low-frequency (50 Hz) one-minute, 460kV, rms
(2) Impulse, full wave, (4.3.2 x 50 microsecond) 1050 kV, crest
(3) Low-frequency (50Hz) across open gap, one minute 460kV, rms
(4) Impulse, across open gap, full wave (4.3.2x50 microsecond)
1050kV, crest
4.3.7.2.5 All live metal parts shall be mounted in a gas-tight earthed non-
magnetic metal cylindrical enclosure supported by epoxy resin
insulators and insulated by SF6 gas in a similar manner as other parts
of the system.
4.3.7.2.6 All disconnecting switches shall be of the axial or angular thrust design
with moving and fixed contacts arranged axial with the enclosure.
4.3.7.2.7 Each three-phase disconnecting switch shall be provided with its own
control gear and shall be rated 110V dc, if electrically operated type is
provided.
4.3.7.2.8 Extra auxiliary switches shall be provided for each operating
mechanism, in addition to the indications, controls and interlock
connections used. Each switch shall be provided with at least three (3)
normally open and three (3) normally closed contacts. Switch contacts
shall be rated at 110V dc and 10 A dc.
4.3.7.2.9 The position indicator to indicate the open and close position of the
disconnection switch shall be furnished.
4.3.7.3 Earthing Switches

4.3.7.3.1 The earthing switches shall be installed at line end, breaker end (on
both sides of breaker) and bus end as indicated on the drawings (Single
Line Diagram).
4.3.7.3.2 All earthing switches shall be electrically and manually operated. The
earthing switches for transmission lines side shall be of high speed
operating and fault making capacity type to guarantee the earthing
switch closing capability.
4.3.7.3.3 The earthing switches shall be fully interlocked with the associated
circuit breakers and disconnecting switches or voltage detector to
prevent from earthing the live parts. Extra auxiliary switches shall be
provided for each operating mechanism, in addition to the indications,
controls and interlock connections used. Each switch shall be provided
with at least three (3) normally open and three (3) normally closed
contacts. Switch contacts shall be rated at 110V dc and 10 A dc.
4.3.7.3.4 The earth potential parts of earthing switches shall be connected to the
earth terminals fitted to the outside of the enclosure through suitable
insulators which are insulated from the enclosure for the measurement
of insulating resistance or contact resistance of the circuit breaker or
disconnecting switch unit.
4.3.7.3.5 For the purpose of prevention from the maloperation of earthing switch,
a command lamp and interlocking mechanism shall be attached on each
earthing switch locally. Operation of the command switch located on
the control room of main substation building, the respective
interlocking mechanism will be released then can be operated locally.
4.3.7.3.6 The earthing switch shall be rated 220kV, 40kA short time current. (3
sec.) The power supply for operating mechanism shall be rated 110V
dc.
4.3.7.3.7 Position indicator and view ports shall be provided.
4.3.7.4 Potential Transformers
4.3.7.4.1 The potential transformers shall have two types. Type A shall be three
phase, gas tight, completely sealed and three-winding electric-magnetic
type, suitable for relaying and metering service. Type B shall be two-

winding single phase suitable for line bay relaying and metering service.
4.3.7.4.2 The rating of potential transformer shall be as following:
Type A Type B
(1) Rated primary voltage:
220 220
(Phase voltage) KV KV
3 3
115
115 − V
(2) Rated secondary voltage 3 115V-66.4V
(3) Rated tertiary voltage: 66.4V -
(4) Accuracy class ANSI 0.3Z ANSI 0.3Z
(5) Rated burden 25,50,150VAx3, 150VAx3 200VAx1
(6) Rated frequency 50Hz 50Hz
(7) Polarity Subtractive Subtractive
4.3.7.4.3 The potential transformers shall be able to withstand the following test
voltages:
(1) Primary side, low frequency (50 Hz), one-minute, dry. 460 kV, rms
(2) Primary side, impulse full wave (4.3.2 x 50 microsecond)1050kV Crest
(3) Secondary side (and tertiary) low frequency (50Hz),
One -minute, dry 2000V
4.3.7.4.4 Temperature rise
The limits of observable temperature rise in potential transformers and
hottest-spot conductor when tested in accordance with their ratings
shall be as follows:
Ambient Winding Temperature Rise Hottest-Spot
Temperature Winding Temperature Rise
30℃ 55℃ 65℃
55℃ 30℃ 40℃
4.3.7.4.5 The potential transformer shall be accommodated in metal enclosures
with SF6 gas insulation. The potential transformer compartments shall
be fully segregated from the primary compartments of the switchgear
by means of epoxy resin insulators. Damping resistor and/or circuit
shall be equipped to prevent any damage from surge voltage.

4.3.7.4.6 All secondary (and tertiary) leads of potential transformers shall be
brought out and connected to the local control cubicle. All connections
within the local control cubicle shall be made with solderless
connectors on suitable terminal blocks. Sufficient terminals shall be
provided to permit three-phase connection and brought out to remote
control rooms for meter, relay and control connection
4.3.7.4.7 The molded case circuit breakers (MCCB) with suitable current
carrying as protective device to protect the secondary (and tertiary)
circuit of each PT shall be provided in local control cubicle.
4.3.7.5 Current Transformer

4.3.7.5.1 Current transformers shall be multi-core ring types mounted inside the
metal enclosure.
4.3.7.5.2 The rating of current transformer shall be as following:
(1) All the current transformers shall be according to ANSI C57.1 or
approved equal standard as shown on the single line diagram.
(2) Rated frequency shall be 50 Hz.
4.3.7.5.3 The secondary side withstand test voltage shall be 2000V for one
minute.
4.3.7.5.4 Temperature rise
The limits of observable temperature rise in current transformers and hottest-spot
conductor when tested in accordance with their ratings shall be as
follows:
Ambient Winding Temperature Rise Hottest-Spot
Temperature Winding Temperature Rise
30℃ 55℃ 65℃
55℃ 30℃ 40℃
4.3.7.5.5 Full insulation between the primary conductor and current transformer
core and secondary parts shall be provided by the SF6 gas and epoxy
resin supports.
4.3.7.5.6 Ratio changing of current transformers shall be possible by means of

taps on the secondary windings.
4.3.7.5.7 All secondary and tap leads of each current transformer shall be
brought out and connected to the local control cubicle (LCC). All
connections within the panel shall be made with short circuit type
solderless connectors on suitable terminal blocks. Sufficient terminals
shall be provided to permit and brought out to remote control rooms for
meter, relay and control connection.
4.3.7.6 Surge Arrester
4.3.7.6.1 The surge arrester shall be gap-less zinc oxide (ZnO) station type and
indoor type shall be installed on incoming line side of GIS and outdoor
type shall be installed on incoming overhead transmission line side at
Outdoor Cable Termination Station.
4.3.7.6.2 The rating of surge arrester shall be as following:
(1) Voltage rating (rms) 245kV
(2) Low frequency (50Hz), one-minute, dry (rms) 460kV
(3) Impulse (4.3.2 x 50 micro second) full wave (crest) 1050kV
(4) Rated frequency 50Hz
4.3.7.6.3 The maximum residual voltage, with 8x20 microsecond impulse
current wave, (kV, crest) shall be as following, and any other type shall
be approved by IPC and/or CSCI Engineering Department:
(1) At 1,500 amp crest 375kV
4.3.7.6.4 The arrester shall be capable of repeating immediately its unit operating
cycles, without impairment of its protective characteristics.
4.3.7.6.5 The arrester shall have sufficient thermal capacity to withstand the
energy discharge attendant to arrester operation.
4.3.7.6.6 A pressure relief device shall be employed in the arrester design to
minimize possibility of chamber explosion in the event of an arrester
failure.

4.3.7.6.7 The operation counter shall consist of a surge current recording and
measuring device, such as a magnetic link type surge crest ammeter,
and a counter for the number of discharges of the surge arrester. The
operation counter shall be located at a position convenient for
inspection and shall be provided for each phase.
4.3.7.6.8 The associated mounting brackets, bolts, nuts, name plate, and ground
terminal shall be provided with arrester.
4.3.7.7 Gas Supply and Recovery Equipment
4.3.7.7.1 The gas supply and recovery equipment shall be capable to fill and
recover the SF6 gas within two (2) hours for the required volume to
circuit breaker. Gas supplemental cylinders shall be capable to
supplement the maximum required volume among all gas divisions.
Sufficient number of gas supplemental cylinders and filling hose shall
be furnished. The equipment shall be of portable type.
4.3.7.7.2 Gas recovery cylinders shall be capable of recovering the maximum
recovery volume among all gas divisions. Vacuum drawer shall be
capable of drawing the gas within one (1) hour for one circuit breaker.
4.3.7.8 Gas Monitoring Equipment
4.3.7.8.1 The gas monitoring equipment shall be furnished per each bay to
supervise the gas pressure in each bay control panel.
4.3.7.8.2 Gas supervision shall be made for each bay to easily supervise the gas
pressure. In case the gas pressure raises or drops from a regular range
corresponding to the gas temperature variation, a fault alarm shall
indicate in the control room of main substation.
4.3.7.9 Cable Sealing End Enclosure
4.3.7.9.1 The switchgear shall be furnished with three phase cable sealing end
enclosure and auxiliary contact for IEC type cable sealing end. The
supporting structure at each bay also shall be furnished for fitting the
three phase 220kV feeders, single core, 1000/500mm2 XLPE power
cable.
4.3.7.9.2 The rating of the enclosure shall be as following:
(1) Rated voltage 220kV

(2) Rated Continuous current 2000A
(3) Rated frequency 50Hz
(4) Rated momentary current 40kA
4.3.7.9.3 The sealing end enclosure directly connected to the switchgear shall be
of the type and size suitable for use with SF6 gas.
4.3.7.9.4 The Contractor shall have full responsibility to coordinate with the
cable manufacturer for effecting the connecting of the cable sealing end
to respective equipment easily and properly.
4.3.7.10 Steel Structure
The Contractor shall furnish all steel structure, which are necessary to
make sure that the equipment will withstand earthquake shocks
specified in this specification
4.3.7.11 Local control cubicle (LCC)
4.3.7.11.1 A metal enclosed floor mounted type control and supervise panel shall
be furnished and mounted adjacent to GIS equipment. Each three-phase
bay shall be controllable at each local control cubicle during emergency.
4.3.7.11.2 The control panel shall contain the necessary valves, pipe-work,
pressure gauges, interlocks and operating devices, mimic diagram,
local/control switches, local/remote control selector switches,
indicating devices and other accessories per each bay to permit opening
and closing the breakers, disconnecting switches and earthing switches
locally. Provisions shall be made for locking the panel doors with
individual key and also provide an extra master key.
4.3.1.11.3 The control panel shall have blank removable floor plates with
sufficient room for conduits to permit entrance of the control circuits.
There shall be 50 cm space above the floor plates to allow all control
wiring to be brought into the panel.
4.3.7.11.4 Each control panel shall be provided with a fluorescent light inside for
interior lighting, and shall be provided with a door switch. Each panel
shall also be provided with an AC 240-volt, 15-ampere, 2-pole, 3-wire
grounding type duplex receptacle. The receptacle shall be wired to

separate terminals on the terminal blocks.
4.3.7.11.5 All control panels shall have to withstand corrosive and epoxy painted;
the finished color shall be RAL7032 or contractor’s standard approved
by CSCI Engineering Department.
4.3.7.11.6 Each control circuit shall be terminated on terminal blocks. All
terminal blocks shall be of the screw on or cage clamp type. At least
fifteen percent (15%) of terminals shall be provided as spare. All
connecting wires from the GIS equipment for remote control shall be
terminated in the control panel. All control wiring shall be 2.0 mm2
except 5.5 mm2 for current transformer or larger with tinned stranded
copper.
4.3.7.11.7 The control panel shall be provided with facilities for connecting with
remote controls and indications. Twenty (20) single-pole
interchangeable normally open and normally close auxiliary switches
or at least ten (10) fixed normally open and ten (10) fixed normally
close dry contacts per each of circuit breakers, disconnecting switches
and earthing switches shall be provided. The auxiliary contact rating
shall be not less than 110V 10 A dc. One (1) set of indicating device,
with audible alarm and manually reset, to supervise the actual operating
or fault condition of the operating mechanism driven system, shall also
be supplied for remote annunciation on main switch board panel as
well as main substation. The device shall be for semi-flush mounting
and suitable for maximum 110V dc and 10A dc. Mimic diagram of the
related circuit including position-indicating lamps (red and green) to
indicate the open and closed positions of the circuit breaker and
operation-indicating lamps of the disconnecting switches and earthing
switches shall be mounted such that they will be plainly visible without
opening the control panel.
4.3.7.11.8 The local control cubicle (LCC) for each line, bus tie and transformer
bays shall accommodate the control devices and instruments of the GIS
including but not limited to the following devices:

(1) Molded case circuit breaker for DC
and AC control power source One(1)each
(2) Auxiliary switch One (1) lot
(3) Selector switch with key for local/remote control One (1) lot
(4) Switch for manual operation One (1) lot
(5) Oil pressure gauge and switch with aux. contact One (1) lot
(6) Gas monitoring devices and indication lamp One (1) lot
(7) Auxiliary relay One (1) lot
(8) Trip coil monitoring system One (1) lot
(9) Valves One (1) lot
(10)Position indicating lamps (red and green) One (1) lot
(11)Fault indicator One (1) lot
(12)Lamp test push button One (1) lot
(13)Operation counters for CB, DS/ES and Hours for drive system
One (1) lot
(14)Terminal block One (1) lot
(15)Space heater (240V AC) with thermostat and moisture
control One (1) lot
(16)Low pressure alarm and indication lamps One (1) lot
(17)Other necessary device One (1) lot
4.3.7.12 Operating Mechanism
4.3.7.12.1 General Requirement
(1) The operating mechanism shall be trip free, and its electrical control
shall meet the requirements of ANSI C 37.11 or approved equal
standard.
(2) Each mechanism shall have an operation counter. The operating
mechanism shall be mounted and enclosed in a metal panel whose
doors are so arranged as to make accessible parts of the mechanism
usually requiring inspection or maintenance.

(3) For purposes of inspection and adjustment, means shall be provided for
safe manual closing of the breaker, disconnecting switch and earthing
switch at a conveniently accessible place. The maintenance closing
device shall be so designed that the contacts can be operated slowly by
one man to adjust the breaker, disconnecting switch and earthing
switch when it is not in service.
(4) The mechanical indicator connected directly to the outgoing shaft of
operating mechanism of each circuit breaker, disconnecting switch and
earthing switch shall be provided.
4.3.7.12.2 Motor Operating Mechanism
(This type is supplied for circuit breaker, disconnecting switch and
earthing switch)
(1) A complete and separate motor-operating system shall be furnished and
installed with disconnecting switch and earthing switch. This motor-
operating system shall be in accordance with applicable portions of
NEMA standard SG 4 or approved equal standard.
(2) Each operating mechanism shall be provided with its own motor spring
charged equipment with a control cabinet and shall be provided for:
A. The time required charging the closing spring after the closing
operating shall not exceed 10 seconds.
B. Under-voltage alarm relay with contact suitable for operation on DC
circuit to permit remote indication of loss of potential on the supply to
the spring charging motor and its controls.
C. Spring charged indicator should indicate the state of energy stored in
the spring.
D. Means shall be provided to prevent the operation of the mechanism
when maintenance work is being done. The mechanism shall be so
arranged that emergency manual charging and release of the spring is
possible without electrical means.
E. In case of power supply failure, the operating mechanism shall be able
to operate manually.

4.3.7.13 220kV XLPE Power cable
4.3.7.13.1 Conductor
The conductor shall be of annealed-copper, stranded copper conductor
in accordance with ASTM B-3.
4.3.7.13.2 Conductor Screen
A semi-conducting tape shall be applied over the conductor and an
extruded semi-conducting cross- linked polyethylene conductor screen,
which shall be firmly bonded to the inner surface of the insulation. The
conductor screen shall not be considered a part of the insulation.
4.3.7.13.3 Insulation
(1) The insulation shall be corona resistant, ozone resistant, moisture
resistant and heat-resistant cross-linked polyethylene (XLPE) which is
dry cured to prevent moisture absorption and micro-void formation by
"Inert Gas Curing System".
(2) The nominal thickness of XLPE insulation shall be not less than the
specified value stated in specific requirements. The minimum thickness
at any point shall be not less than 90% of the specified value.
4.3.7.13.4 Nonmetallic Insulation Shielding
Non-metallic insulation shielding shall consist of the combination
extruded semi-conducting layer and semi-conducting tape lapped over
the extruded layer.
4.3.7.13.5 Metallic Shielding and Binder
The conductor shall be tin-coated conductor and shall be of annealed
copper wire in accordance with ASTM B-33. Annealed copper wires
shall be helical applied over the insulation shielding. The size and
number of the wires are specified in Section 4.3.7.16 specific
requirements. One copper contact tape shall be applied helical with an
open spiral over the layer of copper wires as a binder.

4.3.7.14 PVC Jacket
4.3.7.14.1 Extruded black PVC compound shall be applied over the binder. The
nominal thickness of PVC jacket shall be not less than the specified
value stated in Section 4.3.7.16 specific requirements. The minimum
thickness shall be not less than 80% of the specified value.
4.3.7.14.2 An outer graphite coating shall be applied to jacket as an electrode for
D.C. high voltage sheath integrity tests to be applied at the factory and
for periodic H.V. tests after installation.
4.3.7.15 220kV power cable accessories
4.3.7.15.1 General requirements
(1) All cable sealing ends/terminations shall be properly designed to seal
the ends of the cables completely and shall complete with all necessary
fittings and materials for terminating the cable. Besides, each cable
sealing end shall be provided with consumption materials, such as
wiper and solvent for cleaning, water proof tapes, insulating compound,
emery cloth for insulation surface finishing as well as aluminum oil,
Mylar tape, asbestos tape etc. for cable annealing and straightening, if
necessary.
(2) The cable sealing end/termination shall be free from any electrical or
mechanical defects, and insulated from system shocks and switching
surges.
(3) The housings of the sealing ends shall have sufficient strength against
mechanical, electrical and thermal stress.
(4) Stress cone shall be provided for controlling dielectric stress inside.
(5) External connectors for the oil-immersed type and SF6 gas type,
including necessary fitting bolts and nuts shall be furnished completely.
(6) Suitable shield rings shall be provided around the external terminals of
the oil-immersed and GIS sealing ends respectively.
(7) The termination method of cable termination shall be of pre-fabricated
type. The stress relief cone shall be spring loaded mold rubber or it’s
similar.

4.3.7.15.2 Oil-immersed Sealing Ends/Terminations
(1) Oil-immersed sealing ends directly connected to the main transformer
shall be of the type and the size suitable for fitting into the so called
elephant bushing of the transformer where it will be linked to the
terminal of the transformer winding.
(2) The oil-immersed sealing ends shall be constructed so that any
damages or loosening of the assemblies will not occur on account of
the vibration of transformer during long time use. Anti-vibration
support structures shall be furnished for the portion of the cables
connected to the oil-immersed sealing ends, where transformer
vibrations may cause troubles to the cables.
(3) Oil leakage in any part shall be eliminated so that the insulating oil of
oil-filled junction box will not leak into the XLPE Cable.
(4) Each cable sealing end/termination shall be attached with a terminal
pad drilled in accordance with NEMA standard of four- (4) hole
drilling. The creepage distance of the bushing shall be not less than the
specified value stated in Section 4.3.7.16 specific requirements. The
cable termination shall be of pre-fabricated stress relief cone type.
4.3.7.15.3 SF6 gas sealing ends/terminations and outdoor type air sealing
ends/terminations.
Bushing and packing etc. for cable sealing end/termination directly
connected to GIS shall be of the type and the size suitable for use with
SF6 gas. The minimum operation pressure of SF6 gas will be
2.5kg/cm2. The Contractor shall fully coordinate with GIS, IPC and
power transformer suppliers for the terminal connection and mounting,
plug-in type is preferable in GIS side. Bushing and packing etc. for
cable sealing end/termination directly connected to the incoming
overhead transmission line shall be of outdoor type air sealing end and
the size suitable for use with 210 mm2 Dual ZTACIR transmission line
conductor. The Contractor shall fully coordinate with IPC for the
terminal connection and mounting.

4.3.7.15.4 Protective/grounding Device
(1) The Bidder shall state in his proposal the reasons for selection of the
type, which the Bidder recommends, and the induced voltage
calculations to justify one-end, or both-ends are to be grounded with
the device. If the Bidder provides one-end grounded system then each
open end of the cable shield shall be grounded through protective
device.
(2) The Bidder shall provide a suitable type of protective/grounding device
such as arrester or means, if necessary.
(3) The protective/grounding devices shall be properly mounted to the
support structures and placed under the oil-immersed sealing ends ，
SF6 gas sealing ends and outdoor air sealing ends.
(4) The device and the exposed metallic shielding of the cable shall be
adequately protected with suitable covers to keep operators and other
people from touching.
(5) The valve elements of protective device shall be of the non-linear
resistor type and shall be made of zinc oxide compound. Its
characteristics shall be stated in Section 4.3.7.16. The non- linear
resistors must be protected from moisture in a suitable case or
encapsulation, and shall be enclosed in watertight link box. The link
box shall be gantry-mounted type. All link bars shall be designed
removable to facilitate cable jacket integrity test.
4.3.7.15.5 Bonding Cable
(1) Bonding cable is to be used for bonding connection and for system
Earthing.
(2) The material of conductor shall be of annealed copper wire.
(3) One semi-conducting tape shall be applied on the conductor as a
conductor shielding.
(4) The material of insulation shall be XLPE black colored.
(5) The conductor size, thickness of conductor shielding, thickness of

insulation and test voltage shall be not less than the specified value
stated in Section 4.3.7.16.
4.3.7.15.6 Miscellaneous installation materials
Contractor shall furnish all necessary miscellaneous installation
materials as required for the complete installation of the 220kV power
cable. The installation materials shall include but not limited to the
following items:
(1) Cable cleat.
(2) Bracket.
(3) Cable holder and spacer.
(4) Cable fitting
(5) Cable marks (Phase R-red, S-white and T-blue for both cable end and
one piece per 50 meter on cable tray)
4.3.7.15.7 Cable Identification
The external surface of the cable shall be in black color and shall be
marked in white throughout the whole length with the manufacturer's
identification, type of the cable insulation (e.g. XLPE), size of the
conductor, rated voltage, year of manufacture and manufacturer's name
and serial numbers indicating the length in meter from inner end of the
cable reel.
4.3.7.16 Specific requirements for 220kV XLPE cable and accessories

NO. DESCRIPTION UNIT DETAILS
1. Nominal system voltage kV 220
2. Max. voltage kV 231
3. Basic impulse level kV 750
4. Power frequency Hz 50
5. Single phase earth fault current kA 40
(duration of fault 0.1 sec.)
6. Conductor size mm2 1000/500
7. Max. resistance of conductor at 20℃
ohm/Km 0.00933/0.0176

8. Conductor shielding:
Min. thickness of semi-conducting tape Wrapping
mm 0.25/0.25
Min. thickness of semi-conducting XLPE
mm 2.0/2.0
9. Thickness of XLPE insulation mm 25.0/25.0
10. Insulation shielding
Min. thickness of semi-conducting mm 0.25/0.25
tape wrapping
Min. thickness of semi-conducting XLPE mm 2.0/2.0
14.3. Metallic shielding:
Min. diameter of wire mm 2.0/2.0
Number of wires － 80/80
12. Nominal thickness of PVC jacket mm 6.0/5.5
13. Max. continuous operating temperature
of conductor ℃ 90
14. Min. partial discharge extinction
level in 5 PC (Pico coulombs) kV 160
15. Guaranteed AC test voltage
on full length of completed cable kV/5 min 240
16. Guaranteed DC test voltage
(On full length of completed cable) kV/15 min 390
17. The min. creepage distance of the
bushing of oil-immersed sealing end mm 920
18. The characteristics of protective device:
(1) Min. operating voltage with
test current 1mA DC kV 4.5
(2) Max. residual voltage at
10kA, 8x20 microsecond wave. kV 11
(3) Min. surge capacity at 8x20

microsecond wave, 5 min.
internal, 100 times. kV 15
(4) Min. discharge energy capacity joules 8000
(5) Min. insulation resistance
(between HV terminal and Earthing
terminal by 1000V Megger) Mega ohm 2
19. Bonding cable
(1) Min. conductor size mm2 200
(2) Min. thickness of semi-conducting tape mm 0.25
(3) Average thickness of XLPE insulation mm 2.6
(4) AC test voltage kV 6
(5) Basic impulse level kV 60
4.3.8 SPECIAL TOOLS

4.3.8.1 One complete set of special tools and gauge necessary for erection and
maintenance of the GIS equipment shall be furnished. The set of tools
shall be provided with a steel cabinet suitable for wall mounting and
incorporated with locking facilities. A list of these special tools shall be
attached to the Bid.
4.3.8.2 One set of SF6 leakage detector shall be furnished and hand over to
CSCI Engineering Department.
4.3.8.3 One set of Gas supply and recovery equipment including the recovery
gas cylinders used for installation and testing.
4.3.9 TEST AND REPORTS

All tests shall be made by and at the expense of the Contractor, in
accordance with applicable standards of ANSI, NEMA, IEC for GIS,
and ICEA-NEMA S-66-524 and AEIC CS-7 for power cable and/or
approved equivalent. The Type tests and Routine tests shall be tested at
the manufacturer's plant or at a suitable test site. The field tests shall be
performed at site after the equipment being installed. The test schedule,

including the date, site and test item, shall be submitted to CSCI
Engineering Department within 2 months in advance. The testing
method, wiring circuit and testing equipment for each test item shall
also be clearly described in the test schedule.
The GIS test items are as follows:
4.3.9.1 Type Test (Design Test)
Type tests shall have been made on the circuit breaker, disconnecting
switch, earthing switch, potential transformer, current transformer, bus
bar and surge arrester. The type test report shall be submitted with the
Bid for evidence. If the same design, insulation class and rating of the
equipment to be supplied have been previously manufactured, type test
of these previously produced equipment will be acceptable. The test
data shall be complete and shall clearly state the performance data of
tests.
4.3.9.1.1 No-load mechanical operation life test:
Circuit breaker, disconnecting switch, earthing switch.
4.3.9.1.2 Short-time current carrying capability test:
Circuit breaker, bus bar, disconnecting switch, earthing switch, current
transformer.
4.3.9.1.3 Closing and latching capability test:
Circuit breaker, making proof types earthing switch.
4.3.9.1.4 Interrupting test (including normal current switching test, short-circuit
current switching test and short line fault test according to IEC
Standard):
Circuit breaker.
4.3.9.1.5 Reclosing duty test: Circuit breaker.
4.3.9.1.6 Temperature rise test:
Circuit breaker, bus bar, disconnecting switch, potential transformer,
current transformer.
4.3.9.1.7 Impulse withstand voltage test:
surge arrester.

4.3.9.1.9 Low-frequency withstand voltage test:
current transformer, surge arrester.
4.3.9.1.9 Partial discharge test:
Circuit breaker, bus bar, disconnecting switch, potential transformer.
4.3.9.1.10 Withstanding voltage at zero SF6 gas pressure:
Complete set of GIS.
4.3.9.1.11 Various test of potential transformer, current transformer and surge
arrester in accordance with IEC, ANSI and NEMA Standard.
4.3.9.1.12 Stored energy system tests:
Circuit breaker.
4.3.9.1.13 Noise level test as specified in NEMA SG-4 or IEC standards:
Circuit breaker, disconnecting switch, earthing switch.
4.3.9.2 Routine tests
Routine tests for each component or complete switchgear as listed shall
be subjected to the following tests.
4.3.9.2.1 Mechanical operation test for circuit breaker, disconnecting switch and
earthing switch.
4.3.9.2.2 Timing test for circuit breaker, disconnecting switch and high-speed
earthing switch.
4.3.9.2.3 Low-frequency withstand voltage test for circuit breaker, bus bar,
disconnecting switch, current transformer, potential transformer, surge
arrester and earthing switch at rated gas pressure.
4.3.9.2.4 Withstand voltage test according to section 4.3.5.2.3
4.3.9.2.5 Partial discharge test:
4.3.9.2.6 Gas leakage test for circuit breaker, bus bar, disconnecting switch,
earthing switch, potential transformer and current transformer.
4.3.9.2.7 Contact resistance measurement test for circuit breaker, bus bar,
disconnecting switch and earthing switch.
4.3.9.2.8 Various test of current transformer and potential transformer and surge

arrester in accordance with ANSI and NEMA, IEC Standard or
approved equal standard. Including but not limit to the tests of turn
ratio, phase angle displacement in minute and polarity for each current
transformer.
4.3.9.2.9 Test of auxiliary electrical and hydraulic devices.
4.3.9.2.10 Operation sequence check.
4.3.9.3 Field Tests
The following tests shall be performed on complete assembled
switchgear at site prior to putting into service.
4.3.9.3.1 Mechanical operation test for circuit breaker, disconnecting switch and
earthing switch.
4.3.9.3.2 Timing test for circuit breaker, disconnecting switch and high-speed
earthing switch.
4.3.9.3.3 Gas leakage test for circuit breaker, bus bar, disconnecting switch,
earthing switch, current transformer and potential transformer.
4.3.9.3.4 Gas humidity test for total assembled switchgear.
4.3.9.3.5 All CT polarity test and CT burden, accuracy test.
4.3.9.3.6 Low frequency voltage withstand test according to IEC standard.
4.3.9.3.7 Discharge test for surge arrester.
4.3.9.3.8 Interlock test for circuit breaker, disconnecting switch and earthing
switch.
4.3.9.3.9 Contact resistance measurement test for circuit breaker, bus bar,
disconnecting switch and earthing switch.
4.3.9.3.10 Insulation test for all live parts which shall be insulated from the
enclosure.
4.3.9.3.11 Applied voltage test for total assembled switchgear shall be provided
for dielectric test on switchgear assembly after erection at site. Means
shall be provided for dielectric test on switchgear assembly and power
cable after erection at site. Provision shall also be made for installing
bushing and for disconnecting the cable termination from switchgear,
so that they can be tested separately. The test voltage shall be according
to IEC standard 517. A testing procedure for applied voltage test shall

be submitted by the Contractor prior to the completion of installation
and subjected to approval by CSCI Engineering Department.
4.3.9.3.12 In the event any equipment as actually built and being furnished on this
contract includes important modifications or significant departure from
the designs on which certified design test data have been accepted,
shows evidence of failure to comply with the requirements of these
specifications, CSCI Engineering Department reserves the right to
require the performance of such tests specified herein as may be
necessary to demonstrate that the equipment meets the requirements of
these specification. Such tests shall be made at no additional cost.
4.3.9.4 Power cable test items
The power cable test items are as follows:
One (1) length of each completed cable shall be made the following
tests at the factory in accordance with ICEA-NEMA S-66-524 and
AEIC CS-7 Standards unless otherwise specified herein.
4.3.9.4.1 XLPE Cable
(1) General inspection.
(2) Conductor resistance test.
(3) AC high voltage test.
(4) Insulation resistance test.
(5) Partial discharge test.
(6) Moisture test.
4.3.9.4.2 Cable sealing end/termination Routine tests shall be made on cable
sealing end/termination and protective device production for the
purpose of quality assurance.
4.3.9.4.3 Bonding cable
(3) AC withstand voltage test.
4.3.9.4.4 All tests shall be made by and at the expense of the Contractor.
4.3.9.4.5 Eight (8) copies of suitably bound certified test reports, and inspection
data in English, shall be submitted within 30 days after the cable is

manufactured.
4.3.9.4.6 After installation and before the cable is placed in regular service, a DC
320kV high voltage test (15 continuous minutes) will be made by
Contractor with the witness of CSCI Engineering Department. Any
length of cable failing under this test shall be subject to rejection and
replacement by the Contractor.
4.3.9.5 Test Reports
The Contractor shall furnish eight (8) copies of suitable bound certified
test reports within twenty (20) days after completion of the tests and
they are subject to CSCI Engineering Department 's approval.
4.3.9.6 Test Failure
If any item of equipment fails to pass any of the above tests, it shall be
repaired and defective parts replaced or redesigned, and the equipment
shall then be retested without additional cost. All additional items of
equipment of the same type and rating being furnished shall conform in
all respects with the item of equipment which passed the above tests.
4.3.9.7 Advance Notice
For factory tests of the GIS equipment, CSCI Engineering Department
has the right to dispatch his personnel to the manufacturer's factory to
witness the final inspection and/or some specific testing. The round trip
air tickets and daily expenses for CSCI Engineering Department 's
personnel will be borne by CSCI Engineering Department. The
Contractor shall inform CSCI Engineering Department the time for
such tests two (2) months in advance.
4.3.10 INSPECTION
4.3.10.1 All material and workmanship shall be subject to inspection. CSCI
Engineering Department 's Authorized Inspector may be present at all
time during the manufacture, assembly and testing for materials or
equipment to be furnished under this specification.
4.3.10.2 The manufacturer shall afford, without charge, all necessary and
reasonable facilities required by the Inspector for the performance of
inspection required.

4.3.10.3 The Inspector shall have full access to all fabricating or manufacturing
plants at all reasonable times, to inspect all materials and fabrication as
well as witness all tests.
4.3.10.4 At time of award CSCI Engineering Department may elect, instead of
independent inspection, to accept "Manufacturer's Certificate" showing
compliance to the contract specifications for the material or equipment
furnished. This certificate shall be in the nature of a signed notarized
statement by the manufacturer, certifying that the material or
equipment conforms to the contract specifications, listing such test
results as are required to perform by the Contractor. "Manufacturer's
certificate" shall be furnished in the English Language in eight (8)
copies prior to shipment of the material or equipment.
4.3.10.5 The acceptance of Manufacturer's Certificate or acceptance of
equipment by CSCI Engineering Department 's Authorized Inspector
shall in no way relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for
furnishing material or parts thereof according to the requirements of
these specifications. Any warranties or guaranties concerning
workmanship or material on this equipment shall be in full force even
though the equipment has been accepted by the Inspector.
4.3.11 SPARE PARTS

4.3.11.1 One lot of spare parts of GIS equipment for at least two years (as
section 6.1 spare part list) operations, as recommended by the
manufacturer shall be provided to CSCI Engineering Department.
4.3.11.2 The minimum spare parts shall be provided by contractor and list as
Section 6.1 spare parts list.
4.3.11.3 The total price for the recommended and listed spare parts shall be
included in the Bid price. The itemized prices for the spare parts shall
be quoted. The Client reserves the right to adjust the quantities of the
spare parts to be purchased before contract award. The spare parts list
shall be attached to the Bid and shall show the items, quantities,
itemized price and total price. The total price will be included in the bid

comparison.
4.3.11.4 Contractor shall prepare the extra safety parts for commissioning based
on his experience to avoid any schedule delay.
4.3.12 DRAWING REQUIREMENTS

4.3.12.1 The Contractor within thirty (30) Calendar Days after signing Contract,
shall submit four (4) paper copies and two (2) sets CDROM with DWG
or DOC file of the outline drawings of all equipment, together with
weights, general layout, outline drawing and arrangement of the
equipment with sufficient overall dimensions, anchor bolt locations to
enable the preparation of civil drawings in which the equipment is to be
installed, and the shop fabrication and assembly drawings for approval,
complete wiring diagrams for all electrical equipment, setting and
erection drawings, and such other drawings and explanatory
information as required to demonstrate that all functions and parts of
the equipment conform to the Specifications. The Contractor shall
furnish calculation data and other information to verify the adequacy of
design including civil work stress and opening revamp.
4.3.12.2 The Contractor shall submit, in English language, within forty-five (45)
days after execution of the Contract, four (4) copies and two (2) sets
CDROM with DWG or DOC file of following drawings, data and
descriptive literature to CSCI Engineering Department for approval.
Detailed dimensions in metric units shall be clearly marked on all
drawings.
(1) Outline drawing showing overall dimensions of the GIS and the
relative location of each equipment and bus bar.
(2) Drawings showing the details of the major component, (circuit breaker,
disconnecting switch, earthing switch, potential transformer, current
transformer, bus bar etc.) with its enclosure and supporting insulators.
These drawings shall be sufficiently detailed to show the general size
of all parts, and physical clearances necessary for disassembly the
minimum distance to energize metal and the weight.

(3) Bus bar arrangement drawing showing the locations of support
insulators connectors and expansion joint.
(4) Dimensional drawings of the interrupting chamber and capacitors, if
required. These dimensional drawings shall be sufficiently detailed to
show the general size of all parts. All assemblies shall be shown in a
cutaway or cross-sectional view with all component parts identified.
(5) Detailed drawings of circuit breaker operating mechanism.
(6) Detailed drawings of disconnecting switch and earthing switch
operating mechanism.
(7) Schematic wiring diagram of the switchgear. The wiring diagram shall
also include or indicate the following:
A. The relative locations of the parts.
B. A material list to show the names, symbols, quantities, ratings, settings,
and manufacturers of the parts.
C. The terminal layout.
D. The operating pressures of the pressure switches, if any.
E. The time settings of the timers or time relays.
F. The colors and sizes of the wires.
(8) Complete back connections wiring diagram of the switchgear. The
wiring diagram shall also include or indicate the following:
A. The relative locations of the parts.
B. All terminal block connections.
C. The colors and sizes of the wires.
(9) Detailed drawings of the switchgear gas system. The drawings shall
include a flow diagram, showing all valves and pressure switches, and
arrangement of equipment.
(10) Detailed drawings of gas leakage detection system, including
construction, location and connection wiring diagrams.
(11) Drawings of nameplate for equipment of switchgear and accessories.
The feeder number is temporary used now. CSCI ENGINEERING
DEPARTMENT will provide the final feeder number approved by IPC.
(12) Detailed drawings of frameworks for all switchgear including working

platform.
(13) Foundation drawing of switchgear showing location and size of anchor
bolts and forces which the foundation must be capable of resisting.
(14) Detailed drawings of potential transformer and current transformer with
performance curves.
(15) Detailed drawings and descriptive information for interlocking device.
(16) Detailed drawings and descriptive information for surge arrester.
(17) Outline drawing of compressor, pump, receivers, and pressure reducing
device and compressor or pump housing. Wiring diagram for
compressor and pump motor control circuits.
(18) Shipping details.
(19) Descriptive bulletins of accessories or parts not otherwise described
above.
(20) Detailed bulletins of the gas filling equipment to be furnished.
(21) Any other drawings and data required for use in design of the
switchgear assembly installation or related substation facilities.
(22) Four complete sets of specifications for cables and accessories.
(23) Four sets of drawings showing construction and dimensions of the
cable reels.
(24) Four sets of drawing for cable pulling eye.
(25) Four sets of bills of material for accessories.
(26) Four sets of installation and operation instructions.
(27) Four sets of floor plan drawings for cable running.
(28) Four sets of drawings and instruction for terminating.
(29) Schedule for complete installation at site.
(30) Time schedule for making each type of cable sealing end/termination.
(31) Record forms, which are to be referred at site for recording the
processes of each type of cable sealing end/termination during cable
installation.
4.3.12.3 All shop drawings submitted and approved will form a part of the
Contract.
4.3.12.4 Within thirty (30) Calendar Days after receipt of the drawings, CSCI

Engineering Department will return one copy to the Contractor marked
"Approved", "Approved Except as noted", or "Returned for Correction".
The notations "Approved" and "Approved Except as Noted" authorize
the Contractor to proceed with fabrication of the Equipment covered by
such drawings subject to the corrections, if any, indicated thereon. If
prints of drawings have been returned to the Contractor marked other
than "Approved", the Contractor shall make the necessary revisions in
the drawings or redraw the drawings and shall submit four (4) copies
and two (2) sets CDROM with DWG or DOC file for approval in the
same routine as before. If revisions are made after a drawing has been
approved, the Contractor shall furnish four (4) additional copies
subsequent to each revision for approval. Every revision made during
the life of the Contract shall be shown by number, date and subject in a
revision block. For final drawings, the revision marks shall be erased,
and the mark of “FINAL DRAWING” shall be stamped.
4.3.12.5 No work shall be commenced without approved drawings. CSCI
Engineering Department shall have the right to request any additional
details and to require the Contractor to make any changes in the design
which are necessary to make the Equipment conforming to the
provisions and intent of the Specifications without additional cost.
Approval by CSCI Engineering Department of the Contractor's
drawings shall not relieve the Contractor from any part of the
Contractor's obligation to meet the requirements of the Specifications
or from the responsibility for the correctness of the Contractor's
drawings.
4.3.12.6 Drawings shall be in English or with English translations. Catalog cuts,
illustrations, or printed specifications shall be submitted with English
for review by CSCI Engineering Department. Any instructions shall be
submitted in English and Chinese.
4.3.12.7 Final Drawings, Instruction Books and Information
4.3.12.8 The Contractor shall furnish the following drawings in English and
instruction books in English and Chinese, to reach CSCI Engineering

Department not later than the date that the equipment contracted is
ready for delivery from the contractor's works.
4.3.12.9 The Contractor shall submit six (6) paper copies, one (1) set of sepia
and three (3) sets CDROM or DVD ROM with DWG file of complete
“As Built” drawing.
4.3.12.10 The Contractor shall furnish fifteen (15) books and three (3) sets
CDROM with DOC file of complete installation, operation and
maintenance instruction book for the circuit breaker, disconnecting
switch, earthing switch, potential transformer, current transformer,
surge arrester, and all accessory equipment that may be included
therewith. Any changes in subsequent units requiring additions to or
changes in the instructions, drawings or data in the books shall be
immediately covered by addenda and revised drawings.
4.3.12.11 When the equipment, as finally accepted, differs in any way from that
described in the instruction book furnished, the instruction book shall
be revised to reflect this difference and copies of the revision shall be
furnished for each book. Each revision shall be identified and the
identification shall include the number or identifying mark of the
superseded part or parts of the instruction book.
4.3.12.12 The instruction books shall be provided with complete instructions and
data for shipment, installation, operation, maintenance, and the
ordering of all parts for the circuit breaker, disconnecting switch,
earthing switch, potential transformer, current transformer, surge
arrester, and all accessories. All books shall be identified by he contract
and item numbers and the serial numbers of all circuit breakers,
disconnecting switches, earthing switches, potential transformers,
current transformers and surge arresters to which the books pertain.
Where there is variation between the circuit breaker, disconnecting
switch, earthing switch, potential transformer, current transformer and
surge arrester supplied under this specification, complete information
for each condition shall be provided. This information may be included

in a single set of books where feasible or separate sets of books
containing complete instructions and data shall be furnished covering
each variation. The instruction books shall included but not be limited
to the following:
(1) Complete instructions and data for ordering of all parts for the
switchgear and all accessories.
(2) Drawing or cuts showing cross-sections of the each component of the
switchgear and the operating mechanism.
(3) Drawings or cuts showing assembly and cross sections of the circuit
breaker interrupting devices.
(4) Complete instructions covering installation, assembly, including bolt
torque requirements, operating, maintenance and adjustment of the
breaker mechanism, operating mechanism, and interrupting devices.
Cuts or drawings shall be provided showing all points where
adjustments may be made.
(5) Complete information regarding any limits on frequency of operation
without overheating any components, or any other information
affecting application of the breaker.
(6) Complete instructions for maintenance of breaker, disconnecting switch,
potential transformer, current transformer and surge arrester including
any special instructions required for disassembly and assembly of the
breaker, disconnecting switch and earthing switch or its parts.
(7) Detailed lubrication instructions including information on probable
points of wear and recommended service life between lubrications.
These instructions shall include a lubrication chart showing all points
of lubrication and the type of lubricant required. Types of oils used in
dashpots, shock absorbers, or other auxiliary devices, shall be given.
(8) Complete instructions and information covering the operation,
maintenance, repair, and replacement of the energy storage system used
with the circuit breaker and disconnecting switch, including motor,
compressor, recharging of pressure reservoirs, moisture removal from
air systems, and spring, cam, lever and valve adjustments. Detailed

drawings of each different air compressor and hydraulic pump shall be
furnished.
(9) Complete hydraulic system or electrical motor for operating
mechanism and gas system for circuit breaker. This information shall
include the following applicable pressures:
A. Compressor or pump start and stop settings.
B. Low pressure alarm.
C. Trip lockout pressure.
D. Close lockout pressure.
E. Low pressure lockout for re-closing relay.
(10) Complete parts list, including a breakdown for all assemblies, or
subassemblies, including name or description, catalog number, quantity
used and reference by item number on included drawing. Where an
assembly has been quoted in the Schedule as a spare part, such
assemblies shall be clearly identified.
(11) Spare parts and gasket list as recommended by the manufacturer,
including the descriptive information listed in Section (6) above and in
addition, the current prices for such spare or gaskets.
(12) One set of the curves and data for potential transformer furnished.
(13) The contractor shall furnish calculation sheet for all CT’s burden to
prove that the specification is adequate without any saturation, and
together with one set of the following curves and data for current
transformer shall be furnished:
A. For Class C relaying current transformer, typical excitation current
curves for each required ratio showing excitation current and voltage
applied to the secondary terminals in accordance with ANSI Standard
C57.13 or approved equal standard.
B. Approximate resistance at 75℃ of the secondary windings, including
leads to the first available terminal block and the number of turns on
each tap.
C. Mechanical and thermal short time current ratings.
(14) Complete instructions and information covering the operation,

maintenance and replacement of the gas system. It shall also be
included the characteristics of the SF6 gas.
(15) Complete instructions and information covering the operation, repair
and maintenance of the gas filling equipment furnished.
(16) A complete set of all “As Built” drawings and three (3) sets CDROM
with DWG file include external wiring between LCC and RCP, even
the interface cable connection.
4.3.12.13 CSCI Engineering Department shall have the right to make copies of
any instruction book, drawings or data supplied by the contractor,
provided such copies are for use only in the construction, operation, or
maintenance of facilities for CSCI Engineering Department.
4.3.12.14 The actual scaled shipping weight of the heaviest piece shall be given
in the instruction books. In addition, the contractor shall advise CSCI
Engineering Department in writing, of the actual scaled shipping
weight of the heaviest piece at the time the switchgear equipment are
ready for delivery. This information is requested in order that highway
transportation of the proposed switchgear equipment by CSCI
Engineering Department personnel may be facilitated.
4.3.12.15 Within 30 Calendar Days after completion of installation and test-run
covered by the Contract, the Contractor shall furnish to CSCI
Engineering Department, a complete one (1) set of permanent Mylar
reproducible of all drawing, as finally installed and approved. Mylar
reproducible should be 0.100-mm gauge, made by silver emulsion
process. These tracings and drawings shall show all changes and
revisions made up to the time that the Equipment is completed,
including outline, arrangement installation, construction, schematic
diagram and wiring details.
4.3.12.16 Design Drawings
4.3.12.16.1Sheet size and format
The design drawings shall be of uniform size of the same system. Four
standard sheet sizes, as listed below, are adaptable up to Designer's
choice:

DRAWINGSIZE CODE NO. IN
mm IN inch
841 x 1189 (abt. 33 x 47) A0
594 x 841 (abt. 24 x 33) A1
(abt.686 x 914) 27 x 36
297 x 420 (abt. 12 x 17) A3 (see note)
(Note: For electrical, instrumentation and computer only)
CSCI Engineering Department 's title block shall be located in the
lower right-hand corner of the sheet. CSCI Engineering Department 's
title block and standard format are specified in Standard Drawing Sheet.
The size of the title block for A3 size drawings shall be two-third of A0.
For layout drawings or other special drawings, the length dimension of
standard drawing sheets may be enlarged by 180 mm (7 inches) each.
Any other drawing size than the above-mentioned specification is not
permitted except prior to approval of CSCI Engineering Department.
4.3.12.17 Reproducible
Mylar reproducible shall be used and shall be 0.100-mm gauge.
Reproducible should be made by the silver emulsion process.
4.3.13 PACKING, MARKING AND SHIPPING
4.3.13.1 All parts shall be adequately prepared for Ocean shipment. Particular
attention shall be taken to prevent corrosion of equipment during ocean
shipment and transport through the tropics.
4.3.13.2 All packing enclosure shall be such that slings for handling may be
readily attached during transport, or where it might be unsafe to attach
slings to boxes and crates, on transit they shall be packed with slings
already attached to the contents. The slings shall project through the
box or crate so that other lifting attachments can be readily made.
4.3.13.3 All projecting parts shall be removed, wherever possible, and shipped
separately. Where removal is not possible, they shall be provided,
wherever necessary, with protective steel plates or boxes welded in
place.
4.3.13.4 All finished non-ferrous metal work and devices liable to be damaged

shall be suitably wrapped or otherwise protected.
4.3.13.5 All finished ferrous surfaces shall be packed according to manufacturer
practice for tropical high humidity areas.
4.3.13.6 All boxes, containing equipment liable to corrode in a high humidity,
tropical; saline atmosphere, shall be double lined with suitable weather
proof packing with ample supply of silica gel or other dehydrating
agent enclosed in such boxes to prevent condensation.
4.3.13.7 Other material shall be packed, sealed, and shipped in accordance with
standard commercial practices. Each case shall have a description of its
content on both sides.
4.3.13.8 All parts shall be adequately marked to facilitate field erection and all
packages shall have at least one copy of packing list, in English,
enclosed, showing content. One copy of packing list shall be mailed to
CSCI Engineering Department when the packages are ready for
shipment.
4.3.13.9 The cable shall be packed on standard non-returnable wooden reels or
steel reels with the cable ends properly sealed to prevent entering of
moisture. Plywood reels are not acceptable.
4.3.13.10 Cable reels, shall be properly constructed to protect the cable assembly
from damage during transport and subsequent handling.
4.3.13.11 Each reel shall be marked on both inside and outside of the reel flange
with CSCI Engineering Department's whole name and address,
purchase order number, cable type, size of the conductor, rated voltage,
cable length and manufacturer's name.
4.3.13.12 Care should be taken to pack all materials for cable sealing
end/termination hermetically sealed with silica gel inside to keep from
being contaminated in salty atmosphere during sea transportation.
content on both sides. A detailed packing list shall also be attached
4.3.13.14 With the exception of bushing, each complete set of cable sealing
end/termination materials shall be packed in a separate case.

4.3.14 GUARANTEES
If within two (2) years after acceptance any part of the material or
equipment is found defective because of design, workmanship, or
quality of material, the Contractor shall at his own expense to
replacement parts of such design, workmanship, and material as may be
acceptable to CSCI Engineering Department.
4.3.15 INSTALLATION
4.3.15.1 General for GIS
4.3.15.1.1 The Contractor shall furnish all labor, facilities, instruments, materials
and perform all operations in connection with the unloading, hauling,
storing, handling, installing and testing of all materials and equipment
furnished by the Contractor under these specifications.
4.3.15.1.2 The Contractor shall submit the detailed method and procedure of
transportation, erection and testing, and installation schedule, for the
materials and equipment furnished under these specifications.
Installation work shall be performed according to the approved
schedule and the test work shall not be performed without the presence
of CSCI Engineering Department, all work shall be performed in strict
accordance with these specifications as well as the manufacturer's
detail design drawings, method and procedure of erection and testing
approved by CSCI Engineering Department. The Contractor shall be
fully responsible for all materials and equipment furnished and
installed by him until final acceptance.
4.3.15.1.3 To supervise the work covered by these specifications, CSCI
Engineering Department will have field inspector. The Contractor shall
cooperate fully with these inspectors. The inspectors will supervise the
erection, testing, starting and initial operation of equipment. All
temporary bracing, ties, stays, supports and safety provisions for
erection operation, if considered necessary by the inspectors, shall be

provided and placed by the Contractor in strict accordance with their
direction. The engineers and technicians from the manufacturer's shall
be referred as the manufacturer's Erection Engineer and shall be
considered as personnel to direct and assist the installation work in
their particular field for the equipment furnished by the manufacturer.
4.3.15.1.4 The Contractor may use any special erection equipment, appliance and
test facilities furnished with the equipment for erection purpose, but
shall not use tools furnished for maintenance purpose until specifically
permitted by CSCI Engineering Department. Tools furnished by the
Contractor for maintenance purpose shall be transferred to CSCI
Engineering Department in a brand new and unused condition.
4.3.15.1.5 All piping, conduits, cable trays and cable ways shall be installed in
harmony with all other work so that all the piping will be installed in
the most direct and workman like manner, and so that interference
between piping, ducts, equipment and architectural or structural
features will be avoided.
4.3.15.1.6 The Contractor shall remove all temporary facilities, tools, etc. and
clean the yards or areas satisfactory to CSCI Engineering Department.
4.3.15.2 Installation of GIS equipment
4.3.15.2.1 The GIS equipment comprise 220kV power circuit breakers, bus-bars,
disconnecting switches, earthing switches, Lightning arrester, potential
transformers, current transformers etc. The Contractor shall assemble
and install the complete set GIS equipment in accordance with the
manufacturer's approval drawings, data and instructions and as directed
by manufacturer's Erection Engineer.
4.3.15.2.2 The installation work shall be done by Contractor or qualified local
electrical subcontractor approved by CSCI Engineering Department.
4.3.15.2.3 The Contractor shall assemble the necessary supporting structures on
the foundation, leveled and anchored, concrete grouting of the anchor
bolts, and then installs the equipment onto the supporting structures.
4.3.15.2.4 Inspection and necessary adjustment shall be made to ensure the

erection quality.
4.3.15.2.5 All accessories, pipes, conduits, cables and wires shall be installed in
workmanship manner.
4.3.15.2.6 All operating mechanisms and control circuits shall be checked to
assure the proper operation.
4.3.15.2.7 Field test shall be performed and at the expense of the Contractor after
the installation of the equipment is completed.
4.3.15.3 General for 220kV power cable
4.3.15.3.1 The Contractor shall nominate a local contractor who shall be approved
by CSCI Engineering Department to service the installation, field test
and commissioning work (here in after called installation work) of
these 220kV XLPE Power Cable and Accessories. The Contractor shall
be fully responsible for above mentioned installation work carried out
by such local contractor until final acceptance.
4.3.15.3.2 The local Contractor shall furnish all labor, facilities, instruments,
materials and perform all operations in connection with the unloading,
hauling, storing, handling, installing and testing of all cable, sealing
ends and accessories furnished by the Contractor under these
specifications.
4.3.15.3.3 The Contractor shall submit the detailed method and procedure of
transportation, erection and testing, and installation schedule, for the
cable, sealing ends and accessories furnished under these specifications.
Installation work shall be performed under the supervision of
Contractor‘s personnel according to the approved schedule and the test
work shall not be performed without the presence of CSCI Engineering
Department, all work shall be performed in accordance with these
specifications as well as the Contractor’s detail design drawings,
method and procedure of erection and testing approved by CSCI
Engineering Department. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for
all cable, sealing ends and accessories furnished and installed by the
local contractor until final acceptance.
4.3.15.3.4 During the installation and commissioning period, CSCI Engineering

Department will have field inspector. The local contractor shall
cooperate fully with the inspector. The inspector will check the erection,
testing, and initial operation of the cable and sealing ends. All
temporary bracing, ties, stays, supports and safety provisions for
erection operation, if considered necessary by the inspector, shall be
provided and placed by the local contractor in accordance with their
direction. The engineers and technicians from the Contractor shall be
referred as the Contractor‘s Erection Supervisor and shall be
considered as personnel to direct, assist and if necessary proceed the
installation work in their particular field for the cable furnished by the
Contractor.
4.3.15.3.5 The local contractor may use any special erection equipment, appliance
and test facilities furnished with the equipment for erection purpose,
but shall not use tools furnished for maintenance purpose until
specifically permitted by CSCI Engineering Department. Tools
furnished by the Contractor for maintenance purpose shall be
transferred to CSCI Engineering Department in a brand new and
unused condition.
4.3.15.3.6 All cable ways shall be installed in harmony with all other work so that
all the cable will be installed in the most direct and good workmanship
manner, thus the interference between piping, ducts, cable tray,
equipment and architectural or structural features will be avoided.
4.3.15.3.7 The local contractor shall remove all temporary facilities, tools, etc.
and clean the yards or areas satisfactorily to CSCI Engineering
Department.
4.3.15.3.10 The 220kV power cable sealing ends comprise, SF6 gas cable sealing
end, oil-immerse cable sealing end, outdoor air cable sealing end,
bonding cable, protective/grounding device, miscellaneous
installation materials ... etc. The local contractor shall assemble and
install the complete set of cable sealing end in accordance with the
Contractor‘s approval drawings, data and instructions, and as directed
by Contractor’s Erection Supervisor.

4.3.15.3.10 The 220kV power cable will be installed at substation to link 220kV
overhead transmission line through a cable termination supported by
steel structure via underground route to 220kV GIS equipment and to
link the mentioned GIS equipment to the 60/80 MVA main
transformers as shown on the attached single line diagram.
4.3.15.3.10 The protective/grounding devices shall be properly mounted to the
support structures and place under the oil-immersed sealing ends, SF6
gas sealing ends and outdoor air sealing ends. The secondary of
protective/grounding devices shall be directly grounded to main
grounding system (by others).
4.3.15.3.11 The grounding wire shall be bare copper stranded conductor and shall
not be less than 200 mm2.
4.3.15.3.12 The local contractor shall have full responsibility to coordinate with
the GIS equipment, power transformer contractor and IPC for erecting
the connecting of the cable sealing end to respective equipment easily
and properly.
4.3.15.3.13 All cables will be installed along the routes as indicated on the
drawings and will be approved in detail with CSCI Engineering
Department before any work is commenced. The arrangement of
cables shall be planned to provide an orderly formation, free from
unnecessary bends and crossings, permitting the removal of any one
cable without disturbance to adjacent cables.
4.3.15.3.14 Cables running cable-spreading room (basement floor of building)
will be laid on floor and fixed with aluminum alloy cable cleats bolted
to floor.
4.3.15.3.15 Where cables running in horizontal and vertical shall be fixed with
cleats and cable holders.
4.3.15.3.16 Cable supports shall be in accordance with the cable manufacturer's
recommendation and, as a minimum requirement, 4.3.5-meter
horizontal and 4.3.0-meter vertical maximum spacing.
4.3.15.3.17 All accessories, cables and wires shall be installed in good
workmanship manner.

4.3.15.3.18 All cables shall be normally been installed in one continuous length
between terminal point; intermediate joints shall not be used.
4.3.15.3.19 All necessary precautions shall be taken to prevent the circulation of
eddy-currents for single core cables, ferrous plates through which the
cables pass shall be a slotted and brass gland and sockets shall be used.
4.3.15.3.20 Inspection and necessary adjustment shall be made to ensure the
erection quality.
4.3.15.3.21 Field test shall be performed by and at the expense of the local
contractor after the installation of the cable is completed.
4.3.16 PERSONNEL TRAINING
CSCI Engineering Department requests free of charge training of about
4 engineers 2 weeks in the manufacturer’s works of Contractor to
enable them to master the technical know-how required for operation
and maintenance of all GIS equipment CSCI Engineering Department
ordered with Contractor.
The contractor shall also have to offer local training of about 6~10
technician 2 weeks in the job site to enable operation and maintenance
of all equipment.
4.4 33kV Gas insulated switchgear, (GIS)

4.4.1 STANDARDS
earthing switch, potential transformer, current transformer covered

under these specifications shall conform in all respects to the latest
revision of IEC, ANSI Standards and/or NEMA Standards, IEEE-"Test
Procedures and Requirements for High- voltage Alternating Current
Cable Terminations" except as modified herein. Equipment meets other
authoritative standards, which ensure an equal or higher quality than
the standards mentioned above, will also be accepted.
ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT for approval.
shown in Appendix one.
4.4.3 SERVICE REQUIREMENTS
be locally controlled at the low voltage cubicle (LVC), which will be
furnished with this contract. The GIS can also be operated by SCADA
system remotely. The contractor shall furnish all protection control
function according to attached protection schematic diagram.
4.4.4.1 TYPE OF SWITCHGEAR
4.4.4.1.1 The equipment shall be indoor type, 36kV, Sulphur Hexafluoride (SF6)
Gas Insulated Type.
4.4.4.2 Layout
4.4.4.2.1 The arrangement of G.I.S shall be in accordance with the attached
drawings of Appendix one., and the preliminary layout drawings
attached for reference. The G.I.S shall be designed and arranged for the
limited space as to give the possible minimum outside dimensions.
Design must allow for future extension on either end.
4.4.4.3 Insulation Level
4.4.4.3.1 Circuit breaker, disconnecting switch, potential transformer, current
transformer and cable termination shall withstand the test voltage
specified in their respective Sections.

4.4.4.3.2 Each components of the switchgear, including circuit breaker,
enclosure and support insulator shall withstand the following test
voltage.
4.4.4.3.2.1 At normal operating gas pressure
(1) Low-frequency withstand voltage, one-minute, kV, rms 70
(2) Lightning impulse withstand voltage, (1.2x50
microsecond, full wave), kV, crest 170
4.4.4.3.3 Motor wiring, control wiring, potential transformer and current
transformer secondaries shall withstand the following test voltage.
4.4.4.3.3.1 Motor wiring and control wiring withstand voltage,

One-minute, Volts 1,500
4.4.4.3.3.2 Potential transformer and current transformer
secondaries withstand voltage, one-minute, Volts, rms 2,500
4.4.4.4 Continuous Current Rating
4.4.4.4.1 The rated continuous current rating of all primary components shall be
in accordance with Sections specified and these ratings shall be taking
rise specified.
4.4.4.5 Temperature Rise
4.4.4.5.1 With an ambient temperature of 40℃, the temperature rise of any
component contained in G.I.S at rated continuous current and rated
frequency shall not exceed the following values:(maximum value)
4.4.4.5.1.1 Bus runs, bare copper or copper alloy, without silver

plated connector. 115℃ (in SF6)
4.4.4.5.1.2 Bus runs with silver plated connector. 115℃ (in SF6)
4.4.4.5.1.3 Silver plated power circuit breaker and switch contacts. 105℃ (in SF6)

4.4.4.5.2 The total temperature of the parts to be handled by
operator in the normal course of his duty. 70℃
4.4.4.5.2 The total temperature of external surfaces accessible
to an operator in the normal course of his duty. 50℃
4.4.4.5.3 The insulation material used for the G.I.S shall be capable of
withstanding the above temperature without any deterioration.
4.4.4.6 Enclosure
4.4.4.6.1 If cylinder type G.I.S is offered, the enclosures shall be constructed
from aluminum alloy, nonmagnetic stainless steel or steel. If carbon
steel is used for single-phase enclosure or heavy duty 3-phase enclosure,
means shall be provided to avoid eddy current path due to magnetic
field and to limit the temperature rise of the enclosure less than the
value specified in Section 4.4.4.5. If cubicle type GIS is offered, the
outer enclosure of each cubicle and the partition walls shall also be
constructed from stainless steel or steel. The overall height of cubicle
shall not exceed 2.6 meters.
4.4.4.6.2 The enclosure shall be divided into at least two (2) compartments
breaker and cable termination, bus bar and disconnecting switch,
potential transformer. The enclosure shall be capable of withstanding
the effects of an internal arc result from the specified short-circuits
current over a period of at least 0.3 sec. without damage and the
compartments accessories shall be capable of withstanding vacuum
dry-out down to 1.0 torrs during installation and maintenance. The test
certificate or laboratory test report shall be submitted.
4.4.4.6.3 The enclosures shall be gas tight. In case of enclosure damage, gas
leakage shall not interfere with the adjacent compartment.
4.4.4.6.4 The enclosure shall be designed and constructed that the arc shall not
extend to the adjacent compartment when the internal faults occur.
4.4.4.6.5 The enclosure and seal shall be designed to withstand the gas pressure

encountered under normal and short-circuit conditions. To avoid
dangerous overpressure build up in the enclosure due to an internal
fault, a relief device shall be provided for each compartment, if
necessary. Number, location and pressure setting of the devices shall be
indicated. The contractor shall also indicate the area (in mm2) through
which the pressure can escape.
4.4.4.6.6 The enclosures shall be perfectly earthed. The method of earthing shall
be subjected to approval.
4.4.4.6.7 The SF6 gas leakage rate per each compartment shall not exceed 1%
per year.
4.4.4.7 Gas Leakage Detection
compartment. The alarm and lock-out control circuit shall be connected
to the low-voltage cabinet.
4.4.4.8 Insulation Spacer
4.4.4.8.1 Reliable epoxy resin spacer or insulator shall be provided between
enclosure compartments to support the live conductors and to act as gas
tight barriers between compartments.
4.4.4.8.2 The design of the spacer or insulator shall be such that it is possible to
inspect, maintain or pressurize each compartment individually without
4.4.4.8.3 The design of the spacer or insulator shall be such that it can withstand
all overpressures building up in the compartment in case of an internal
fault. No design will be accepted which allows the spacer or insulator
to give way under overpressure, thus communicating the overpressure
to compartments not at fault.

4.4.4.9.1 Rigid supporting structure shall be provided for the switchgear unless it
is a self-standing type. The structure shall be hot dip galvanized or
adequately painted.
4.4.4.9.2 The design of the supporting structure shall be such that must not
4.4.4.10 Busbars and Connectors
4.4.4.10.1 Conductors for the busbar and the various connectors shall be of
tubular copper, aluminum or copper bar and shall be of adequate
any electrical discharges within the insulation SF6 gas. Electrical joints
between bus bar sections and between bus bar and other connectors
shall be subjected to the approval.
4.4.4.10.3 The busbars and connectors shall be mounted in a gas tight earthed
metal enclosure which shall be filled with SF6 gas for insulation
between live parts and earth. A homogeneous uniform electric field
shall be maintained within the insulation gas. Supports shall be in the
form of epoxy resin insulators.
4.4.4.11.1 SF6 gas required for the G.I.S shall be furnished with switchgear.
Moreover, gas cylinder and SF6 gas in more than 10% of above
required amount with necessary connecting hose and fittings shall also
be supplied for future maintenance.
4.4.4.11.2 All gas cylinders except those for spare gas will be returned to the
manufacture at the expense of the contractor upon request.
4.4.4.11.3 SF6 gas shall conform in all respects to the latest revision of IEC
standard, publication 60376.
4.4.4.12.1 The design of all components of G.I.S shall take into consideration of
its expansion, contraction and vibration to ensure satisfactory operation
under the service conditions as specified in this specification.

4.4.4.12.2 The impulse noise level shall not exceed 140 dB at a horizontal
distance of 1 meter from operating mechanism to the measurement
point.
4.4.4.13 Low-voltage cabinet
4.4.4.13.1 Each bay shall be furnished with a metal enclosed type low-voltage
cabinet which can be accommodated control devices and digital
protective relays. The following equipments shall be provided in the
cabinet for local and remote control shall be mounted on the front-side
of the panels.
(1) Normal-Maintenance select switch for each bay.
(2) Position indicators for circuit breaker, disconnecting switch and
earthing switch.
(3) Open and close push button switches for circuit breaker and
disconnecting switch.
(4) De-Interlock key switch to cancel the interlock system among
circuit breakers and disconnecting switches.
(5) Mimic diagram: Made of acrylic or tin foil sticky paper and the
color shall be pink for line and busbar, and yellow for earthing
bus.
(6) Molded case circuit breakers for A.C. and D.C power supply and
heater.
(7) Space heater with adjustable humidity controller to maintain the

internal relative humidity of cubicle or housing below 60%.The
voltage rating shall be A.C 240V(1 φ ) for heater ,lamp and other
accessories.
(8) Terminal blocks for connecting all external connection from G.I.S
to remote control center. Terminal blocks used for CT secondary
circuits shall be of short-circuit type. All terminal blocks shall be

suitable for 3.5mm2 stranded copper wires.
(9) Digital type meters, relays, transducers and the other devices
specified in the Appendix one.
4.4.4.13.2 The cabinet shall have a hinged door. Provisions shall be made for
locking the cabinet door.
4.4.4.13.3 The cabinet shall be provided with cable glands mounted on the bottom
plate for the entrance of control cables.
4.4.4.13.4 The control cables between low-voltage cabinet and GIS shall be
furnished. The control cables between the low-voltage cabinet and the
remote control center shall also be furnished.
4.14.1 The AC power supply in substation will be 240 volts, 50Hz, 3 phase, 3
wire, ungrounded.
4.4.4.14.2 The DC power supply in substation will be 110 volts.
4.4.5 Power Circuit Breaker
4.4.5.1 Type
4.4.5.1.1 The power circuit breaker shall be of single break, three-pole, single
throw and three phase gang operated type, suitable for automatic
reclosing services. Circuit breakers for capacitor switching will not be
used for automatic reclosing service.
4.4.5.1.2 Breakers shall be of vacuum or SF6 gas puffer type. The other types
will not be considered.
4.4.5.2 Rating
4.4.5.2.1 Rated frequency, Hertz 50
4.4.5.2.2 Voltage ratings
4.4.5.2.2.1 Rated voltage, kV, rms. 36
4.4.5.2.3 Current ratings
4.4.5.2.3.1 Rated continuous current, Amperes ,rms.as shown on Single Line diagrams
4.4.5.2.3.2 Rated short circuit current (at rated voltage),
Amperes 40,000
4.4.5.2.3.3 3-second short-time current carrying capability,

Amperes, rms. 40,000
4.4.5.2.4 Interrupting ratings
4.4.5.2.4.1 Maximum symmetrical Interrupting capability for standard
duty cycle of CO＋15 sec.＋CO, Amperes, rms. 40,000
4.4.5.2.4.2 Maximum symmetrical Interrupting capability for reclosing
duty cycle of O＋0.3 sec.+CO+3min.+CO, Amperes, rms. 40,000
4.4.5.2.5 Rated interrupting time, cycle (Based on 50 Hertz) 5
4.4.5.3.1 The circuit breakers, complete with insulators shall withstand the
following test voltage.
4.4.5.3.1.1 Low-frequency (50 Hertz) test voltage, one-minute, dry, kV, rms. 70
4.4.5.3.1.2 Impulse withstand voltage, 1.2x50 microsecond, full wave, kV, crest 170
4.4.5.3.2 Control wiring shall withstand following test voltages.
4.4.5.3.2.1 Low-frequency (50 Hertz) test voltage, one minute, Volts, rms. 1,500
4.4.5.4.1 With an ambient temperature of 40℃, the maximum temperature of all
parts of the breakers, when tested at rated voltage and rated continuous
current shall not exceed the temperature limitation specified in Section
4.4.4.5.
4.4.5.5 Circuit Breaker Capabilities
4.4.5.5.1 Each circuit breaker shall be capable of performing within the
applicable rating and operating characteristics limits established in
accordance with ANSI Standards C37.04 or IEC Standards publication
62271-100 for a standard operating duty of close-open(CO) plus 15
seconds plus close-open (CO). Each breaker shall be designed and
constructed for automatic reclosing from remote device at a duty cycle
of open (O) plus 0.3sec plus close-open (CO) plus 3min plus close-
open (CO) at rated interrupting capability.
4.4.5.5.2 Each circuit breaker shall be capable of completely interrupting all
phases of a 50HZ. three-phase circuit when faulted by any type fault,

maximum voltage or related required capability in five (5) cycles, after
which time there shall be no recurrence of main current flow. The
one cycle.
4.4.5.5.3 The circuit breaker used for capacitor switching shall be able to switch
a capacitor bank and comply with IEC standard.
4.4.5.6 Operating Requirement and Control
4.4.5.6.1 Each circuit breaker shall be provided with all necessary mechanisms,
fittings, auxiliaries, with electrical and mechanical connections
required for the satisfactory operation of the circuit breaker in local and
remote.
4.4.5.6.2 The total operating current of the tripping coils or closing coils shall be
less than 15 amperes at rated control voltage.
4.4.5.6.3 All control devices shall be completely wired and shall be terminated
on readily accessible terminal blocks adjacent to incoming conduits.
Control wiring shall be 2 sq-mm minimum stranded, flame proof and
moisture resistant insulation.
4.4.5.6.4 The operating mechanism shall be electrically and mechanically trip-
free.
4.4.5.6.5 The operating mechanism shall be suitable for a three-phase reclosing

duty cycle of:
O+0.3 sec.+CO+3min. + CO
4.4.5.6.6 A manually operated device for closing and tripping shall be provided
in the control cubicle. This device shall be so interlocked that while it is
operative, the breaker cannot be opened or closed remotely.
4.4.5.6.7 Control voltage
4.4.5.6.7.1 Closing control, D.C 110 Volts
4.4.5.6.7.2 Tripping control, D.C 110 Volts

4.4.5.6.7.3 Power supply for heater, A.C, 50 Hz, single (1) phase. 240 Volts
4.4.5.6.7.4 The circuit breaker shall be capable of opening and closing throughout
the appropriate control voltage ranges as follows:
Closing voltage range 100-140V
Tripping voltage range 70-140V
4.4.5.6.8 A suitable anti-pump device shall be included to prevent the circuit
breaker from going through a second closing operation before the
closing control circuit is restored to its initial starting condition.
4.4.5.6.9 Once the closing control switch has been operated and the first device
in the control scheme has responded, the circuit breaker mechanism
must make one complete closing operation even though the control
switch is released before the closing operation is complete.
4.4.5.6.10 The control circuit of breaker shall be automatically lock-out and the
breaker can not be closed or open when the pressure of SF6 gas in any
or all phases drops below the value necessary for operating the breaker.
4.4.5.6.11 Extra four (4) normally open and four (4) normally closed contacts
shall be provided for each breaker, in addition to those normally
required for breaker operation.
4.4.5.6.12 The electrical and mechanical endurance capabilities of operating
mechanism and contacts of circuit breakers shall meet the requirements
specified by ANSI standard. However, for capacitor bank switching
breakers, they shall be capable of performing a numbers of at least
5000 close-open mechanical operations and without replacing any
major parts under the service condition specified in this specification.
4.4.5.6.13 Terminal shall be marked permanently and conspicuously.
Identification of control wires and terminals must conform to the
symbols used in the circuit diagrams
4.4.5.7 Construction
4.4.5.7.1 Circuit breakers
4.4.5.7.1.1 Live parts shall be mounted within a gas-tight and earthed metal
enclosure, SF6 gas shall be used as the insulation medium between live
parts and earthed enclosure. A homogeneous uniform electric field

shall be maintained within the insulation gas. Supports shall be epoxy
resin insulators.
4.4.5.7.2 Operating mechanisms:
The operating mechanism shall be of spring operated type. The other
types will not be accepted.
4.4.5.7.2.1 The operating mechanism shall operate to open and close all three
poles of the breaker essentially and simultaneously for three-phase
operation. The echanism shall be installed in dust-proof housing.
4.4.5.7.2.2 Access to the control or operation mechanism shall be through hinged
doors of the cabinet. Provisions shall be made for locking the cabinet
doors with a padlock or handle key.
4.4.5.7.2.3 One or more heaters with humidity controller shall be supplied in the
operating mechanism cabinet. These heaters shall be installed in the
lower portion of the cabinet with electrical connections below the
heaters to minimize deterioration of insulation of supply wire. Heaters
shall be encased in sheath having high electrical insulating properties.
The surface temperature of the heaters shall be restricted to a value
which will not shorten the life of the heater sheaths or other circuit
breaker components in the cabinet. A separate two-pole, single-throw
no-fuse breaker shall be provided for each heater circuit. Heaters shall
be suitable for continuous operation at 240V A.C. The heater circuit
shall be independent of any other circuit.
4.4.5.7.2.4 Each operating mechanism shall be designed for the duty cycle
involved and all working joints throughout shall be made of corrosion
resistant materials. All bearings which require periodic greasing shall
be provided with suitable means of introducing the lubricant. Where
periodic packing of the bearings is recommended, the bearings shall be
such as to facilitate disassembly prior to packing. The mechanism shall
be strong rigid, positive, quick in action, not subject to rebound or to
critical adjustment and shall be readily accessible for maintenance.
4.4.5.7.2.5 For purposes of inspection and adjustment, means shall be provided for
manual closing and opening of the circuit breaker at a conveniently

accessible place.
4.4.5.7.2.6 Spring operated mechanism
(1) The spring shall be charged by a motor. The motor and its control
circuits shall be so constructed as to automatically fully charge
the closing spring within fifteen (15) seconds after each closing
operation so that the breaker can perform the reclosing duty cycle
specified. The spring compressing motor shall be rated D.C 110V.
The motor and all necessary accessories for satisfactorily
performing this function shall be provided with the breaker,
suitably mounted and completely wired. Means shall be provided
for charging and release the spring manually.
(2) In case of loss of power supply, the operating mechanism shall be
capable of performing the operation of open-close-open if circuit
breaker is in closed position.
(3) On stored-energy mechanism, a position indicator shall indicate
the state of energy in the storage device. The word "Charged" in
black print on a yellow background shall be used; "Discharged"
in black print on a white background may be used where
applicable.
(4) Suitable means shall be provided to prevent operating the
mechanism when maintenance work is being done.
4.4.5.8 Accessories
4.4.5.8.1 Each circuit breaker shall be furnished with all necessary accessories,
but not be limited to the following:
4.4.5.8.1.1 Position indicator:
A mechanical position indicator shall be provided in the operating
mechanism housing to indicate the open and closed positions of circuit
breaker.
4.4.5.8.1.2 Operation counter:

of the breaker.
4.4.5.8.1.3 Exposed runs of control cable through the G.I.S structure shall be
protected by suitable covers.
4.4.5.8.1.4 Other accessories in accordance with manufacturer‘s standard.
4.4.6 Disconnecting Switch
4.4.6.1 General requirement
4.4.6.1.1 Disconnecting switches shall be of single-break, triple-pole, single
throw and three-phase gang operated type.
the charging current.
4.4.6.1.3 Disconnecting switches shall be mechanically or electrically
interlocked with the circuit breakers and earthing switches to prevent
from unauthorized operation.
4.4.6.2 Rating
4.4.6.2.2 Rated voltage, kV, rms. (line to line) 36
4.4.6.2.3.1 Rated current, Amperes, rms. as shown on Single Line Diagram
4.4.6.2.3.2 Rated short circuit current (at maximum voltage) Amperes,rms. 40,000
4.4.6.2.3.2 3-second short-time current carrying capability Amperes,rms. 40,000

4.4.6.3.1.1 Low-frequency withstand voltage, one minute, kV, rms. 70
4.4.6.3.1.2 Impulse withstand voltage, 1.2x50 microsecond,
full wave, kV, crest 170
4.4.6.4 Operating Mechanism of Disconnecting Switch
4.4.6.4.1 The disconnecting switches shall be operated electrically and manually.
The control and service voltage of operating mechanism shall be
suitable for the power supply specified in Section 4.4.4.14. The
operating mechanism shall be enclosed in a metal housing. A heater

shall be provided in the housing and controlled by a humidity controller
in the low-voltage cabinet.
4.4.6.4.2 Each bay shall be provided with a "ON/OFF/EARTH" three position
disconnecting switch between circuit breaker and busbar. If a bus side
DS and a line side DS are used, instead of the three position DS, they
will also be accepted.
4.4.6.4.3 By putting the disconnecting switch into "EARTH" position, the circuit
breaker shall be closed automatically due to mechanical or electrical
interlocking system; contrarily, during opening operation of the
disconnecting switch from "EARTH" position to "OFF" position, the
circuit breaker shall also be opened automatically for feeder bay.
4.4.6.4.4 A mechanical position indicator to indicate the "ON", "OFF" and
"EARTH" positions of the disconnecting switch shall be furnished in
the operating mechanism housing. A space heater shall be provided in
the housing and controlled by a humidity controller.
shall be provided for each disconnecting switch, in addition to those
normally required for disconnecting switch operation. The contacts
shall have a voltage rating not less than 110 volts D.C and a continuous
current rating not less than 15 amperes.
4.4.7.0 Earthing Switch
4.4.7.1 All earthing switches shall be manually operated. The operating
mechanism shall be enclosed in a metal housing. A mechanical position
indicator shall be provided for operating mechanism. A heater shall be
provided in the housing and controlled by a humidity controller
installed in low-voltage cabinet.
4.4.7.2 The earthing switches shall be fully interlocked with the associated
circuit breakers and disconnecting switches to prevent from earthing
the live parts.
4.4.7.3 Extra four (4) normally open ad four (4) normally closed contacts shall
be provided for each earthing switch, in addition to those normally
required for earthing switch operation. The contacts shall have a

voltage rating not less than 110 volts D.C continuous current rating not
less than 15 amperes.
4.4.8.0 Potential Transformer
4.4.8.1 Type
4.4.8.1.1 The potential transformers shall be of electromagnetic type.
4.4.8.2 Rating
4.4.8.2.1 Rated frequency, Hz 50
4.4.8.2.2 Voltage rating: as shown on Single Line Diagram
4.4.8.2.4 Burden rating:
Total burden per phase, VA: as shown on Single Line Diagram
4.4.8.2.5 Accuracy class: as shown on Single Line Diagram
4.4.8.2.6 Polarity: Subtractive
4.4.8.3 Connection
wye/wye neutral grounded / open delta as shown on Single Line
Diagram

4.4.8.4.1 Primary, low-frequency withstand voltage, one-minute, kV, rms. 70
4.4.8.4.2 Primary, impulse withstand voltage, 1.2x50 microsecond,
4.4.8.4.3 Secondary withstand voltage, one-minute, Volts, rms. 2,500

4.4.8.5.1 The limits of observable temperature rise in potential transformers and
hottest-spot conductor when tested in accordance with their thermal
ratings shall be as follows:

Ambient Winding Hottest-Spot
Temperature Winding
Temperature Rise Temperature
Rise
30℃ 55℃ 65℃
55℃ 30℃ 40℃
4.4.8.6 Design and Construction
4.4.8.6.1 Potential transformer shall be installed in metal enclosures filled with
SF6 gas. The compartments shall be fully segregated from other
primary compartments of the switchgear by means of epoxy resin
spacer as specified in Section 4.4.4.8. The other types of potential
transformer shall be submitted for approval.
4.4.8.6.2 All secondary leads of potential transformers shall be brought out and
connected to the low-voltage cabinet. All connections within the
cabinet shall be made with solderless connectors on suitable terminal
blocks. Sufficient terminals shall be provided to permit three phase
connections and external connections.
4.4.8.6.3 Suitable means shall be provided for changing the primary taps
preferable at the secondary terminal blocks, if dual tap potential
transformer is offered.
4.4.8.6.4 The neutral of primary winding of each single-phase potential

transformer shall be brought out through a 10kV neutral bushing and
connected to the earthing terminal fitted to the outside of the enclosure.
4.4.9.1 Rating
4.4.9.1.2 Current transformation
ratio, Amp.: as shown on Single-Line Diagram
4.4.9.1.3 Accuracy class: as shown on Single-Line Diagram


4.4.9.3.1 The limits of observable temperature rise in current transformers and
hottest-spot conductor when tested in accordance with their rated
burden shall be as follows:
Temperature Winding
Rise
30℃ 55℃ 65℃
55℃ 30℃ 40℃

4.4.9.4.1 Current transformers shall be of multi-core design to suit the
requirements as specified in Section 6.1 and the cores shall be made of
cold-rolled grain oriented steel or nickel iron alloy.
4.4.9.4.3 All secondary tap leads of each current transformer shall be brought out
and connected to the low-voltage cabinet. All connections within the
cubicle shall be made with solderless connectors on suitable short-
circuiting type terminal block. Sufficient terminal shall be provided for
external connection.
4.4.10. Cable Termination
4.4.10.1 The outgoings of G.I.S are connected with power cables, the cable size
will be shown on the attached “Single-Line Diagram.” The cable
termination shall be provided and shall be of plug-in type, similar to
PFISTERER CONNEX CABLE PLUG-IN SYSTEM.
4.4.10.1.1 Ratings
4.4.10.1.1.1Rated voltage, kV 36

4.4.10.1.1.2Low-frequency withstand voltage, 1 min., kV, rms 70
4.4.10.1.1.3Impulse withstand voltage, 1.2x50 μs, kV, crest 170
4.4.10.2 Sufficient space shall be provided in the G.I.S to terminate and connect
up to 36 kV XLPE power cable.
4.4.10.3 For detecting the line energized state, a plug-in potential indicator shall
be provided with the cable termination.
4.4.11 Nameplates
4.4.11.1 Nameplates for circuit breaker, disconnecting switch, earthing switch,
potential transformer and current transformer shall be visible from the
ground and be installed on each equipment. Nameplate shall be made
of stainless steel and giving complete information and rating as
specified in ANSI Standard.
4.4.12 Interlocking system
If three-position Disconnecting Switch is provided, the interlocking
system shall meet the following condition.
4.4.12.1 A mechanical or electrical interlock prevents from closing or opening
the disconnecting switch when the circuit breaker is in the closed
position.
4.4.12.2 An electrical interlock prevents from closing the earthing switch of
busbar when the disconnecting switch is closed.
4.4.12.3 An electrical interlock prevents from opening the circuit breaker when
the disconnecting switch is in the earthed position for feeder bay.
4.4.12.4 An electrical interlock prevents from closing the disconnecting
switches on the same busbar when the earthing switch of the identical
busbar is closed.
4.4.12.5 An electrical interlock prevents from energizing the secondary of
potential transformer or power transformer when the disconnecting
switch is in the earthed position.
4.4.13 Protective device, monitoring device and Accessories
All measurement and control functions for protective device,
monitoring device and accessories as specified on the section 7.2
Appendix one “Single Line Diagram” shall be provided and completely

wired. PMCC shall be of semi-flush mounting type.
4.4.13.1 Circuit Breaker Trip and Close Push Buttons
Each circuit breaker shall be provided with two sets of trip and close
push buttons. One set shall be used for mechanical operations; the other
shall be used for electrical operation. The push buttons for electrical
operation shall be provided with red and green indicating lamps for
close and trip respectively.
4.4.13.2 Transfer Switches
Transfer switches shall be rotary type. Switch contacts shall be rated
600 volts, 20 amperes.
4.4.13.3 Molded Case Circuit Breakers
4.4.13.3.1 Molded case circuit breakers shall be used for protection of A.C and
D.C circuits. They shall be of the thermal magnetic type. The breaker
shall have a short circuit rating of 10kA, symmetrical A.C and 5kA
D.C.
4.4.13.3.2 Breakers shall have thermal magnetic trip, quick make contacts and
shall be complete with external trip free handle and trip indication.
4.4.13.3.3 Breakers shall be supply one extra alarm contact for trip indicating.
4.4.13.4 Test Block and Test Plug
4.4.13.4.1 Test block to be supplied for each current transformer secondary
circuits shall be switchboard heavy duty type with contacts rated 250V,
10 Amps, continuous. Block shall be furnished with covers. Contacts in
the block shall be of line pressure type with minimum contacts
resistance.
4.4.13.4.2 Test plug to be used with above block for testing purpose shall be
furnished completely with external link or jumper for making various
test connections, three (3) pieces of the test plug shall be supplied for
each set of switchgear.
4.4.14 Protective Relays
Protective relays as specified on the Appendix one “Single Line
Diagram”
4.4.15 Color of Painting

4.4.15.1 The color of painting shall be light pearly gray, Munsell N7.5 inside
and outside.
4.4.15.2 All unpainted ferrous surfaces shall be galvanized in accordance with
latest revision of ASTM Designation A123 or A153 which ever is
applicable.
4.4.16 ACCESSORY EQUIPMENT
4.4.16.1 Blind Cover
4.4.16.1.1 The blind covers for each end shall be furnished. The covers will be
used for blinding the gas compartment during maintenance works.
4.4.16.2 Gas Filling Hose and Adapter

4.4.16.2.1 Two sets of gas filling hoses and adapters shall be supplied for each set
of GIS. Each set of gas filling hose and adapter shall include a 5m long,
9-12mm inner diameter flexible hose, with two adapters on both ends.
One adapter shall suitable for coupling to the gas filling port of G.I.S
the other shall be suitable for DILO coupling tongue part No. VK/F-
02/20 or equivalent. The connection between DILO adapter and hose
shall be detachable type so that DILO adapter can also be replaced by
other type adapters.
4.4.16.3 Dummy panel, dummy plug and surge arrestor of 33kV switchgear.
4.5 11kV Gas insulated switchgear, (GIS)
4.5.1 STANDARDS
earthing switch, potential transformer, current transformer covered

under these specifications shall conform in all respects to the latest
revision of IEC, ANSI Standards and/or NEMA Standards, IEEE-"Test
Procedures and Requirements for High- voltage Alternating Current
Cable Terminations" except as modified herein. Equipment meets other
authoritative standards, which ensure an equal or higher quality than
the standards mentioned above, will also be accepted.
Engineering Department for approval.

shown in the Appendix one of CSCI Engineering Department.
4.5.3 SERVICE REQUIREMENTS

be locally controlled at the low voltage cubicle (LVC), which will be
furnished with this contract. The GIS can also be operated by SCADA
system remotely. The contractor shall furnish all protection control
function according to attached protection schematic diagram.
4.5.4.1 TYPE OF SWITCHGEAR
4.5.4.1.1 The equipment shall be indoor type, 11kV, Sulphur Hexafluoride (SF6)
Gas Insulated Type.
4.5.4.2 Layout
4.5.4.2.1 The arrangement of G.I.S shall be in accordance with the attached
drawings of the Appendix one of CSCI Engineering Department., and
the preliminary layout drawings attached for reference. The G.I.S shall
be designed and arranged for the limited space as to give the possible
minimum outside dimensions. Design must allow for future extension

on either end.
4.5.4.3.1 Circuit breaker, disconnecting switch, potential transformer, current
transformer and cable termination shall withstand the test voltage
specified in their respective Sections.
4.5.4.3.2 Each components of the switchgear, including circuit breaker,
enclosure and support insulator shall withstand the following test
voltage.
4.5.4.3.2.1 At normal operating gas pressure
(1) Low-frequency withstand voltage, one-minute, kV, rms 28
(2) Lightning impulse withstand voltage, (1.2x50
microsecond, full wave), kV, crest 75
4.5.4.3.3 Motor wiring, control wiring, potential transformer and current
transformer secondary shall withstand the following test voltage.
4.5.4.3.3.1 Motor wiring and control wiring withstand voltage,
One-minute, Volts 1,500
4.5.4.3.3.2 Potential transformer and current transformer
secondary withstand voltage, one-minute, Volts, rms 2,500
4.5.4.4 Continuous Current Rating
4.5.4.4.1 The rated continuous current rating of all primary components shall be
in accordance with Sections specified and these ratings shall be taking
rise specified.
4.5.4.5.1 With an ambient temperature of 40℃, the temperature rise of any
component contained in G.I.S at rated continuous current and rated
frequency shall not exceed the following values:(maximum value)
4.5.4.5.1.1 Bus runs, bare copper or copper alloy, without silver
plated connector. 115℃ (in SF6)
4.5.4.5.1.2 Bus runs with silver plated connector. 115℃ (in SF6)
4.5.4.5.1.3 Silver plated power circuit breaker and switch contacts. 105℃ (in SF6)

4.5.4.5.2 The total temperature of the parts to be handled by
operator in the normal course of his duty. 70℃
4.5.4.5.2 The total temperature of external surfaces accessible
to an operator in the normal course of his duty. 50℃
4.5.4.5.3 The insulation material used for the G.I.S shall be capable of
withstanding the above temperature without any deterioration.
4.5.4.6 Enclosure
4.5.4.6.1 If cylinder type G.I.S is offered, the enclosures shall be constructed
from aluminum alloy, nonmagnetic stainless steel or steel. If carbon
steel is used for single-phase enclosure or heavy duty 3-phase enclosure,
means shall be provided to avoid eddy current path due to magnetic
field and to limit the temperature rise of the enclosure less than the
value specified in Section 4.5.4.5. If cubicle type GIS is offered, the
outer enclosure of each cubicle and the partition walls shall also be
constructed from stainless steel or steel. The overall height of cubicle
shall not exceed 2.6 meters.
4.5.4.6.2 The enclosure shall be divided into at least two (2) compartments
breaker and cable termination, bus bar and disconnecting switch,
potential transformer. The enclosure shall be capable of withstanding
the effects of an internal arc result from the specified short-circuits
current over a period of at least 0.3 sec. without damage and the
compartments accessories shall be capable of withstanding vacuum
dry-out down to 1.0 torrs during installation and maintenance. The test
certificate or laboratory test report shall be submitted.
4.5.4.6.3 The enclosures shall be gas tight. In case of enclosure damage, gas
leakage shall not interfere with the adjacent compartment.
4.5.4.6.4 The enclosure shall be designed and constructed that the arc shall not
extend to the adjacent compartment when the internal faults occur.
4.5.4.6.5 The enclosure and seal shall be designed to withstand the gas pressure
encountered under normal and short-circuit conditions. To avoid

dangerous overpressure build up in the enclosure due to an internal
fault, a relief device shall be provided for each compartment, if
necessary. Number, location and pressure setting of the devices shall be
indicated. The contractor shall also indicate the area (in mm2) through
which the pressure can escape.
4.5.4.6.6 The enclosures shall be perfectly earthed. The method of earthing shall
be subjected to approval.
4.5.4.6.7 The SF6 gas leakage rate per each compartment shall not exceed 1%
per year.
4.5.4.7 Gas Leakage Detection
compartment. The alarm and lock-out control circuit shall be connected
to the low-voltage cabinet.
4.5.4.8 Insulation Spacer
4.5.4.8.1 Reliable epoxy resin spacer or insulator shall be provided between
enclosure compartments to support the live conductors and to act as gas
tight barriers between compartments.
4.5.4.8.2 The design of the spacer or insulator shall be such that it is possible to
inspect, maintain or pressurize each compartment individually without
4.5.4.8.3 The design of the spacer or insulator shall be such that it can withstand
all overpressures building up in the compartment in case of an internal
fault. No design will be accepted which allows the spacer or insulator
to give way under overpressure, thus communicating the overpressure
to compartments not at fault.
4.5.4.9.1 Rigid supporting structure shall be provided for the switchgear unless it
is a self-standing type. The structure shall be hot dip galvanized or
adequately painted.
4.5.4.9.2 The design of the supporting structure shall be such that must not
4.5.4.10 Bus-bars and Connectors

4.5.4.10.1 Conductors for the bus-bar and the various connectors shall be of
tubular copper, aluminum or copper bar and shall be of adequate
any electrical discharges within the insulation SF6 gas. Electrical joints
between bus bar sections and between bus bar and other connectors
shall be subjected to the approval.
4.5.4.10.3 The bus-bars and connectors shall be mounted in a gas tight earthed
metal enclosure which shall be filled with SF6 gas for insulation
between live parts and earth. A homogeneous uniform electric field
shall be maintained within the insulation gas. Supports shall be in the
form of epoxy resin insulators.
4.5.4.11.1 SF6 gas required for the G.I.S shall be furnished with switchgear.
Moreover, gas cylinder and SF6 gas in more than 10% of above
required amount with necessary connecting hose and fittings shall also
be supplied for future maintenance.
4.5.4.11.2 All gas cylinders except those for spare gas will be returned to the
manufacture at the expense of the contractor upon request.
4.5.4.11.3 SF6 gas shall conform in all respects to the latest revision of IEC
standard, publication 60376.
4.5.4.12.1 The design of all components of G.I.S shall take into consideration of
its expansion, contraction and vibration to ensure satisfactory operation
under the service conditions as specified in this specification.
4.5.4.12.2 The impulse noise level shall not exceed 140 dB at a horizontal
distance of 1 meter from operating mechanism to the measurement
point.
4.5.4.13 Low-voltage cabinet
4.5.4.13.1 Each bay shall be furnished with a metal enclosed type low-voltage
cabinet which can be accommodated control devices and digital

protective relays. The following equipments shall be provided in the
cabinet for local and remote control shall be mounted on the front-side
of the panels.
(1) Normal-Maintenance select switch for each bay.
(2) Position indicators for circuit breaker, disconnecting switch and
earthing switch.
(3) Open and close push button switches for circuit breaker and
disconnecting switch.
(4) De-Interlock key switch to cancel the interlock system among
circuit breakers and disconnecting switches.
(5) Mimic diagram: Made of acrylic or tin foil sticky paper and the
color shall be pink for line and busbar, and yellow for earthing
bus.
(6) Molded case circuit breakers for A.C. and D.C power supply and
heater.
(7) Space heater with adjustable humidity controller to maintain the
internal relative humidity of cubicle or housing below 60%.The
voltage rating shall be A.C 240V(1 φ ) for heater ,lamp and other
accessories.
(8) Terminal blocks for connecting all external connection from G.I.S
to remote control center. Terminal blocks used for CT secondary
circuits shall be of short-circuit type. All terminal blocks shall be
suitable for 3.5mm2 stranded copper wires.
(9) Digital type meters, relays, transducers and the other devices
specified in the Appendix one.
4.5.4.13.2 The cabinet shall have a hinged door. Provisions shall be made for
locking the cabinet door.
4.5.4.13.3 The cabinet shall be provided with cable glands mounted on the bottom
plate for the entrance of control cables.
4.5.4.13.4 The control cables between low-voltage cabinet and GIS shall be
furnished. The control cables between the low-voltage cabinet and the

remote control center shall also be furnished.
4.5.4.14.1 The AC power supply in substation will be 240 volts, 50Hz, 3 phase, 3
wire, ungrounded.
4.5.4.14.2 The DC power supply in substation will be 110 volts.
4.5.5 Power Circuit Breaker

4.5.5.1 Type
4.5.5.1.1 The power circuit breaker shall be of single break, three-pole, single
throw and three phase gang operated type, suitable for automatic
reclosing services. Circuit breakers for capacitor switching will not be
used for automatic reclosing service.
4.5.5.1.2 Breakers shall be of vacuum or SF6 gas puffer type. The other types
will not be considered.
4.5.5.2 Rating
4.5.5.2.2 Voltage ratings
4.5.5.2.2.1 Rated voltage, kV, rms. 12
4.5.5.2.3.1 Rated continuous current, Amperes ,rms.as shown on Single Line diagrams
4.5.5.2.3.2 Rated short circuit current (at rated voltage),
Amperes 40,000
4.5.5.2.3.3 3-second short-time current carrying capability,
Amperes, rms. 40,000
4.5.5.2.4 Interrupting ratings
4.5.5.2.4.1 Maximum symmetrical Interrupting capability for standard
duty cycle of CO＋15 sec.＋CO, Amperes, rms. 40,000
4.5.5.2.4.2 Maximum symmetrical Interrupting capability for reclosing
duty cycle of O＋0.3 sec.+CO+3min.+CO, Amperes, rms. 40,000
4.5.5.2.5 Rated interrupting time, cycle (Based on 50 Hertz) 5

4.5.5.3.1 The circuit breakers, complete with insulators shall withstand the
following test voltage.
4.5.5.3.1.1 Low-frequency (50 Hertz) test voltage, one-minute, dry, kV, rms. 28
4.5.5.3.1.2 Impulse withstand voltage, 1.2x50 microsecond, full wave, kV, crest 75
4.5.5.3.2 Control wiring shall withstand following test voltages.
4.5.5.3.2.1 Low-frequency (50 Hertz) test voltage, one minute, Volts, rms. 1,500
4.5.5.4.1 With an ambient temperature of 40℃, the maximum temperature of all
parts of the breakers, when tested at rated voltage and rated continuous
current shall not exceed the temperature limitation specified in Section
4.4.5.5.
4.5.5.5 Circuit Breaker Capabilities

4.5.5.5.1 Each circuit breaker shall be capable of performing within the
applicable rating and operating characteristics limits established in
accordance with ANSI Standards C37.04 or IEC Standards publication
62271-100 for a standard operating duty of close-open(CO) plus 15
seconds plus close-open (CO). Each breaker shall be designed and
constructed for automatic reclosing from remote device at a duty cycle
of open (O) plus 0.3sec plus close-open (CO) plus 3min plus close-
open (CO) at rated interrupting capability.
4.5.5.5.2 Each circuit breaker shall be capable of completely interrupting all
phases of a 50Hz. three-phase circuit when faulted by any type fault,
maximum voltage or related required capability in five (5) cycles, after
which time there shall be no recurrence of main current flow. The
one cycle.
4.5.5.5.3 The circuit breaker used for capacitor switching shall be able to switch

a capacitor bank and comply with IEC standard.
4.5.5.6 Operating Requirement and Control
4.5.5.6.1 Each circuit breaker shall be provided with all necessary mechanisms,
fittings, auxiliaries, with electrical and mechanical connections
required for the satisfactory operation of the circuit breaker in local and
remote.
4.5.5.6.2 The total operating current of the tripping coils or closing coils shall be
less than 15 amperes at rated control voltage.
4.5.5.6.3 All control devices shall be completely wired and shall be terminated
on readily accessible terminal blocks adjacent to incoming conduits.
Control wiring shall be 2 sq-mm minimum stranded, flame proof and
moisture resistant insulation.
4.5.5.6.4 The operating mechanism shall be electrically and mechanically trip-
free.
4.5.5.6.5 The operating mechanism shall be suitable for a three-phase reclosing
duty cycle of:
O+0.3 sec.+CO+3min. + CO
4.5.5.6.6 A manually operated device for closing and tripping shall be provided
in the control cubicle. This device shall be so interlocked that while it is
operative, the breaker cannot be opened or closed remotely.
4.5.5.6.7 Control voltage
4.5.5.6.7.1 Closing control, D.C 110 Volts
4.5.5.6.7.2 Tripping control, D.C 110 Volts
4.5.5.6.7.3 Power supply for heater, A.C, 50 Hz, single (1) phase. 240 Volts
4.5.5.6.7.4 The circuit breaker shall be capable of opening and closing throughout
the appropriate control voltage ranges as follows:
Closing voltage range 100-140V
Tripping voltage range 70-140V
4.5.5.6.8 A suitable anti-pump device shall be included to prevent the circuit
breaker from going through a second closing operation before the
closing control circuit is restored to its initial starting condition.
4.5.5.6.9 Once the closing control switch has been operated and the first device

in the control scheme has responded, the circuit breaker mechanism
must make one complete closing operation even though the control
switch is released before the closing operation is complete.
4.5.5.6.10 The control circuit of breaker shall be automatically lock-out and the
breaker can not be closed or open when the pressure of SF6 gas in any
or all phases drops below the value necessary for operating the breaker.
shall be provided for each breaker, in addition to those normally
required for breaker operation.
4.5.5.6.12 The electrical and mechanical endurance capabilities of operating
mechanism and contacts of circuit breakers shall meet the requirements
specified by ANSI standard. However, for capacitor bank switching
breakers, they shall be capable of performing a numbers of at least
5000 close-open mechanical operations and without replacing any
major parts under the service condition specified in this specification.
4.5.5.6.13 Terminal shall be marked permanently and conspicuously.
Identification of control wires and terminals must conform to the
symbols used in the circuit diagrams
4.5.5.7.1 Circuit breakers
4.5.5.7.1.1 Live parts shall be mounted within a gas-tight and earthed metal
enclosure, SF6 gas shall be used as the insulation medium between live
parts and earthed enclosure. A homogeneous uniform electric field
shall be maintained within the insulation gas. Supports shall be epoxy
resin insulators.
4.5.5.7.2 Operating mechanisms:
The operating mechanism shall be of spring operated type. The other
types will not be accepted.
4.5.5.7.2.1 The operating mechanism shall operate to open and close all three
poles of the breaker essentially and simultaneously for three-phase
operation. The echanism shall be installed in dust-proof housing.

4.5.5.7.2.2 Access to the control or operation mechanism shall be through hinged
doors of the cabinet. Provisions shall be made for locking the cabinet
doors with a padlock or handle key.
4.5.5.7.2.3 One or more heaters with humidity controller shall be supplied in the
operating mechanism cabinet. These heaters shall be installed in the
lower portion of the cabinet with electrical connections below the
heaters to minimize deterioration of insulation of supply wire. Heaters
shall be encased in sheath having high electrical insulating properties.
The surface temperature of the heaters shall be restricted to a value
which will not shorten the life of the heater sheaths or other circuit
breaker components in the cabinet. A separate two-pole, single-throw
no-fuse breaker shall be provided for each heater circuit. Heaters shall
be suitable for continuous operation at 240V A.C. The heater circuit
shall be independent of any other circuit.
4.5.5.7.2.4 Each operating mechanism shall be designed for the duty cycle
involved and all working joints throughout shall be made of corrosion
resistant materials. All bearings which require periodic greasing shall
be provided with suitable means of introducing the lubricant. Where
periodic packing of the bearings is recommended, the bearings shall be
such as to facilitate disassembly prior to packing. The mechanism shall
be strong rigid, positive, quick in action, not subject to rebound or to
critical adjustment and shall be readily accessible for maintenance.
4.5.5.7.2.5 For purposes of inspection and adjustment, means shall be provided for
manual closing and opening of the circuit breaker at a conveniently
accessible place.
4.5.5.7.2.6 Spring operated mechanism
(1) The spring shall be charged by a motor. The motor and its control
circuits shall be so constructed as to automatically fully charge
the closing spring within fifteen (15) seconds after each closing
operation so that the breaker can perform the reclosing duty cycle
specified. The spring compressing motor shall be rated D.C 110V.
The motor and all necessary accessories for satisfactorily

performing this function shall be provided with the breaker,
suitably mounted and completely wired. Means shall be provided
for charging and release the spring manually.
(2) In case of loss of power supply, the operating mechanism shall be
capable of performing the operation of open-close-open if circuit
breaker is in closed position.
(3) On stored-energy mechanism, a position indicator shall indicate
the state of energy in the storage device. The word "Charged" in
black print on a yellow background shall be used; "Discharged"
in black print on a white background may be used where
applicable.
(4) Suitable means shall be provided to prevent operating the
mechanism when maintenance work is being done.
4.5.5.8 Accessories
4.5.5.8.1 Each circuit breaker shall be furnished with all necessary accessories,
but not be limited to the following:
4.5.5.8.1.1 Position indicator:
A mechanical position indicator shall be provided in the operating
mechanism housing to indicate the open and closed positions of circuit
breaker.
4.5.5.8.1.2 Operation counter :
of the breaker.
4.5.5.8.1.3 Exposed runs of control cable through the G.I.S structure shall be
protected by suitable covers.
4.5.5.8.1.4 Other accessories in accordance with manufacturer‘s standard.
4.5.6. Disconnecting Switch
4.5.6.1 General requirement
4.5.6.1.1 Disconnecting switches shall be of single-break, triple-pole, single

throw and three-phase gang operated type.
the charging current.
4.5.6.1.3 Disconnecting switches shall be mechanically or electrically
interlocked with the circuit breakers and earthing switches to prevent
from unauthorized operation.
4.5.6.2 Rating
4.5.6.2.2 Rated voltage, kV, rms. (line to line) 12
4.5.6.2.3.1 Rated current, Amperes, rms. as shown on Single Line Diagram
4.5.6.2.3.2 Rated short circuit current (at maximum voltage) Amperes,rms. 40,000
4.5.6.2.3.2 3-second short-time current carrying capability Amperes,rms. 40,000
4.5.6.3.1.1 Low-frequency withstand voltage, one minute, kV, rms. 28
4.5.6.3.1.2 Impulse withstand voltage, 1.2x50 microsecond,
4.5.6.4 Operating Mechanism of Disconnecting Switch
4.5.6.4.1 The disconnecting switches shall be operated electrically and manually.
The control and service voltage of operating mechanism shall be
suitable for the power supply specified in Section 4.5.4.14. The
operating mechanism shall be enclosed in a metal housing. A heater
shall be provided in the housing and controlled by a humidity controller
in the low-voltage cabinet.
4.5.6.4.2 Each bay shall be provided with a "ON/OFF/EARTH" three position
disconnecting switch between circuit breaker and busbar. If a bus side
DS and a line side DS are used, instead of the three position DS, they
4.5.6.4.3 By putting the disconnecting switch into "EARTH" position, the circuit

breaker shall be closed automatically due to mechanical or electrical
interlocking system; contrarily, during opening operation of the
disconnecting switch from "EARTH" position to "OFF" position, the
circuit breaker shall also be opened automatically for feeder bay.
4.5.6.4.4 A mechanical position indicator to indicate the "ON", "OFF" and

"EARTH" positions of the disconnecting switch shall be furnished in
the operating mechanism housing. A space heater shall be provided in
the housing and controlled by a humidity controller.
shall be provided for each disconnecting switch, in addition to those
normally required for disconnecting switch operation. The contacts
shall have a voltage rating not less than 110 volts D.C and a continuous
current rating not less than 15 amperes.
4.5.7. Earthing Switch
4.5.7.1 All earthing switches shall be manually operated. The operating
mechanism shall be enclosed in a metal housing. A mechanical position
indicator shall be provided for operating mechanism. A heater shall be
provided in the housing and controlled by a humidity controller
installed in low-voltage cabinet.
4.5.7.2 The earthing switches shall be fully interlocked with the associated
circuit breakers and disconnecting switches to prevent from earthing
the live parts.
4.5.7.3 Extra four (4) normally open ad four (4) normally closed contacts shall
be provided for each earthing switch, in addition to those normally
required for earthing switch operation. The contacts shall have a
voltage rating not less than 110 volts D.C continuous current rating not
less than 15 amperes.
4.5.8. Potential Transformer
4.5.8.1 Type
4.5.8.1.1 The potential transformers shall be of electromagnetic type.

4.5.8.2 Rating
4.5.8.2.1 Rated frequency, Hz 50
4.5.8.2.2 Voltage rating: as shown on Single Line Diagram
4.5.8.2.4 Burden rating:

Total burden per phase, VA: as shown on Single Line Diagram
4.5.8.2.5 Accuracy class: as shown on Single Line Diagram
4.5.8.2.6 Polarity: Subtractive
4.5.8.3 Connection
wye/wye neutral grounded / open delta as shown on Single Line
Diagram
4.5.8.4.1 Primary, low-frequency withstand voltage, one-minute, kV, rms. 28
4.5.8.4.2 Primary, impulse withstand voltage, 1.2x50 microsecond,
4.5.8.5.1 The limits of observable temperature rise in potential transformers and
hottest-spot conductor when tested in accordance with their thermal
ratings shall be as follows:
Temperature Winding
Rise
30℃ 55℃ 65℃
55℃ 30℃ 40℃

4.5.8.6.1 Potential transformer shall be installed in metal enclosures filled with
SF6 gas. The compartments shall be fully segregated from other
primary compartments of the switchgear by means of epoxy resin
spacer as specified in Section 4.4.5.8. The other types of potential

transformer shall be submitted for approval.
4.5.8.6.2 All secondary leads of potential transformers shall be brought out and
connected to the low-voltage cabinet. All connections within the
cabinet shall be made with solderless connectors on suitable terminal
blocks. Sufficient terminals shall be provided to permit three phase
connections and external connections.
4.5.8.6.3 Suitable means shall be provided for changing the primary taps
preferable at the secondary terminal blocks, if dual tap potential
transformer is offered.
4.5.8.6.4 The neutral of primary winding of each single-phase potential
transformer shall be brought out through a 10kV neutral bushing and
connected to the earthing terminal fitted to the outside of the enclosure.
4.5.9.1 Rating
4.5.9.1.2 Current transformation
ratio, Amp.: as shown on Single-Line Diagram
4.5.9.1.3 Accuracy class: as shown on Single-Line Diagram


4.5.9.3.1 The limits of observable temperature rise in current transformers and
hottest-spot conductor when tested in accordance with their rated
burden shall be as follows:
Temperature Winding
Rise
30℃ 55℃ 65℃
55℃ 30℃ 40℃

4.5.9.4.1 Current transformers shall be of multi-core design to suit the
requirements as specified in Section 4.5.6.1 and the cores shall be made
of cold-rolled grain oriented steel or nickel iron alloy.
4.5.9.4.3 All secondary tap leads of each current transformer shall be brought out
and connected to the low-voltage cabinet. All connections within the
cubicle shall be made with solderless connectors on suitable short-
circuiting type terminal block. Sufficient terminal shall be provided for
external connection.
4.5.10 Cable Termination
4.5.10.1 The outgoings of G.I.S are connected with power cables, the cable size
will be shown on the attached “Single-Line Diagram.” The cable
termination shall be provided and shall be of plug-in type, similar to
PFISTERER CONNEX CABLE PLUG-IN SYSTEM.
4.5.10.1.1 Ratings
4.5.10.1.1.1Rated voltage, kV 12
4.5.10.1.1.2Low-frequency withstand voltage, 1 min., kV, rms 28
4.5.10.1.1.3Impulse withstand voltage, 1.2x50 μs, kV, crest 75
4.5.10.2 Sufficient space shall be provided in the G.I.S to terminate and connect
up to 4.5.11.5 kV XLPE power cable.
4.5.10.3 For detecting the line energized state, a plug-in potential indicator shall
be provided with the cable termination.
4.5.11.0 Nameplates
4.5.11.1 Nameplates for circuit breaker, disconnecting switch, earthing switch,
potential transformer and current transformer shall be visible from the
ground and be installed on each equipment. Nameplate shall be made
of stainless steel and giving complete information and rating as
specified in ANSI Standard.

4.5.12.0 Interlocking system
If three-position Disconnecting Switch is provided, the interlocking
system shall meet the following condition.
4.5.12.1 A mechanical or electrical interlock prevents from closing or opening
the disconnecting switch when the circuit breaker is in the closed
position.
4.5.12.2 An electrical interlock prevents from closing the earthing switch of
busbar when the disconnecting switch is closed.
4.5.12.3 An electrical interlock prevents from opening the circuit breaker when
the disconnecting switch is in the earthed position for feeder bay.
4.5.12.4 An electrical interlock prevents from closing the disconnecting
switches on the same busbar when the earthing switch of the identical
busbar is closed.
4.5.12.5 An electrical interlock prevents from energizing the secondary of
potential transformer or power transformer when the disconnecting
switch is in the earthed position.
4.5.13 Protective device, monitoring device and Accessories
All measurement and control functions for protective device,
monitoring device and accessories as specified on the Appendix one of
“Single Line Diagram” shall be provided and completely wired. PMCC
shall be of semi-flush mounting type.
4.5.13.1 Circuit Breaker Trip and Close Push Buttons
Each circuit breaker shall be provided with two sets of trip and close
push buttons. One set shall be used for mechanical operations; the other
shall be used for electrical operation. The push buttons for electrical
operation shall be provided with red and green indicating lamps for
close and trip respectively.
4.5.13.2 Transfer Switches
Transfer switches shall be rotary type. Switch contacts shall be rated
600 volts, 20 amperes.

4.5.13.3 Molded Case Circuit Breakers
4.5.13.3.1 Molded case circuit breakers shall be used for protection of A.C and
D.C circuits. They shall be of the thermal magnetic type. The breaker
shall have a short circuit rating of 10kA, symmetrical A.C and 5kA
D.C.
4.5.13.3.2 Breakers shall have thermal magnetic trip, quick make contacts and
shall be complete with external trip free handle and trip indication.
4.5.13.3.3 Breakers shall be supply one extra alarm contact for trip indicating.
4.5.13.4 Test Block and Test Plug
4.5.13.4.1 Test block to be supplied for each current transformer secondary
circuits shall be switchboard heavy duty type with contacts rated 250V,
10 Amps, continuous. Block shall be furnished with covers. Contacts in
the block shall be of line pressure type with minimum contacts
resistance.
4.5.13.4.2 Test plug to be used with above block for testing purpose shall be
furnished completely with external link or jumper for making various
test connections, three (3) pieces of the test plug shall be supplied for
each set of switchgear.
4.5.14 Protective Relays
Protective relays as specified on the Appendix one .
4.5.15 Color of Painting
4.5.15.1 The color of painting shall be light pearly gray, Munsell N4.5.7.5
inside and outside.
4.5.15.2 All unpainted ferrous surfaces shall be galvanized in accordance with
latest revision of ASTM Designation A123 or A153 which ever is
applicable.
4.5.16 ACCESSORY EQUIPMENT
4.5.16.1 Blind Cover
4.5.16.1.1 The blind covers for each end shall be furnished. The covers will be
used for blinding the gas compartment during maintenance works.

4.5.16.2 Gas Filling Hose and Adapter
4.5.16.2.1 Two sets of gas filling hoses and adapters shall be supplied for each set
of GIS. Each set of gas filling hose and adapter shall include a 5m long,
9-12mm inner diameter flexible hose, with two adapters on both ends.
One adapter shall suitable for coupling to the gas filling port of G.I.S
the other shall be suitable for DILO coupling tongue part No. VK/F-
02/20 or equivalent. The connection between DILO adapter and hose
shall be detachable type so that DILO adapter can also be replaced by
other type adapters.
4.5.16.3 Dummy panel, dummy plug and surge arrestor of 11kV switchgear.
4.6 11kV Power Factor and Harmonic Improvement Equipment

4.6.1 Scope of Supply
4.6.1.1 The specification covers the design, technical propose, fabrication,
inspection, test, delivery, tax, site installation and commissioning of
outdoor type, power factor improvement equipments and provide 3
phases 11kV, 50Hz reactive power for power system compensation in
CSCI Engineering Department. The contractor shall deliver all
capacitor and reactor banks with accessories to local specified filter
yard and finish erection completely. The contractor shall also have to
provide technical support to accomplish the installation, operation and
maintenance. All equipment shall be from original manufacturer in
Europe. Any other area of manufacturer will not be acceptable.
4.6.1.2 Similarly rated equipment shall have been built previously and proven
to meet the required performance during satisfactory operation. No
prototype design will be considered.
4.6.1.3 Equipment and services by Contractor shall be included as follows:
4.6.1.3.1 Outdoor type of power factor compensator as described in this
specification.
4.6.1.3.2 Special equipment and tools for adjustment, testing, installation and

regular maintenance.
4.6.1.3.3 Galvanized steel rack for capacitors and insulator for air core reactor
installation.
4.6.1.3.4 Complete assembly and test at the factory, prior to shipment in
accordance with IEC relative standard.
4.6.1.3.5 The unbalance current relays and control devices for the power factor
compensator circuit. And shall be supplied and installed in wall
mounting cabinet with inspection window.
4.6.1.3.6 To provide detailed installation, construction, operation and
maintenance documents and control schematic diagrams for power
factor compensator include the layout drawing.
4.6.1.3.7 To provide unbalance relay test reports and setting comments of relay
(including upper stream overload and short circuit protection).
4.6.1.3.8 To complete the technical data sheet for submittal with the proposal.
Especially the complete data sheet for all specified equipment.
4.6.1.3.9 The stainless steel equipment label and substation name shall be
provided.
4.6.1.3.10 The factory acceptance test (FAT) will be held in original
manufacturing factory. CSCI Engineering Department will delegate
engineers to have witness test.
4.6.1.3.11 To provide the training course and document for maintenance at job site.
4.6.1.4 Equipment and services by others
4.6.1.4.1 Civil work of capacitor room.
4.6.1.4.2 External cable tray out of capacitor room.
4.6.1.4.3 The protective metal-fences.
4.6.1.4.4 110DC power supply for relay and control by MCB in substation DC
panel.
4.6.1.4.5 11kV switchgears.
4.6.1.4.6 The overload and short circuit protection equipment in switchgear.
4.6.1.5 The total quantity of power factor improvement equipments is as

follows:

(1) Three (3) sets of Outdoor type power factor improvement
equipments with 4050kVAR net reactive power for CSCI
Engineering Department substation(FOR ACL line).
4.6.2 Standards and Service Conditions
4.6.2.1 Standards
4.6.2.1.1 All design, materials, fabrication, construction, performance and testing
of power factor compensator covered under this specification shall
conform in all respects to the latest revisions of applicable IEC
standards.
4.6.2.1.2 Other authoritative national standards may be acceptable at CSCI
Engineering Department discretion if the requirements equal or exceed
the above-mentioned standard. The Bidder shall furnish complete
information and details concerning the standards to which proposed
equipment complies.
4.6.2.2 Service Conditions
4.6.2.2.1 The Contractor shall make himself aware of the related weather,
4.6.2.2.3 The power factor compensator and auxiliaries will be used for the 11kV
and, 50HZ, three phases three wires system. The bus short circuit
capacity max is 25KA.
4.6.2.2.4 All control circuit and equipment specified in this specification shall be
operated on normal 110V DC.
4.6.3 GENERAL
4.6.3.1 The main substations filter yard shall be intend to install power factor
compensator.
4.6.3.2 The single line diagram and system schematic diagram are shown on
the attached drawings (Appendix one).
4.6.3.3 The power factor compensator is intended to be installed in main

substations filter yard. The layout of the power factor compensator shall

be designed and as arranged for the limited space as shown on the
attached drawings (Appendix two). The reactor shall be installed
separately by one layer and without any influence to the metal fence.
4.6.3.4 Basic requirements
4.6.3.4.1 The contractor shall provide 11kV with 4050KVAR of net reactive
power by a capacitor bank with air core series-reactors. The reactance
of the three cores are chosen to series 6% reactors and to improve the
system power factor about 0.91~0.98.
4.6.3.4.2 Each Power Factor Compensator shall provide consisting of (but not
limited to following):
a) Capacitor banks with internal fuse protection including racks.
b) 3 air core reactors with epoxy insulation and support insulator.
c) 1 pc of phase unbalance current transformer.
d) 1 pc of cubicle with one set of capacitor phase unbalances relay and
adequate devices.
e) 1 set of bus work and erection material like connecting conductor.
f) 1 pc of spare capacitor for each type of capacity and substation.
g) One (1) set of special tools and instrument for capacitance measurement,
testing and maintenance.
4.6.4 Description of the Power Factor Compensation Unit
4.6.4.1 Others will provide the overload and short circuit protection. But the
Contractor shall provide the setting comments of the protective relay.
4.6.4.2 The capacitors are design for continuous overload duty at 1.35 times
rated output and1.1 times rated voltage.
4.6.4.3 The capacitor units are made of all-film dielectric and equipped with
internal fuses and internal discharge resister, and one set of discharge
potential transformer.
4.6.4.4 Each capacitor unit is single phase with non-pcb oil insulation.
4.6.4.5 The capacitor units shall be arranged in double star connection with
unbalance current protection.
4.6.4.6 In case of failure of one capacitor unit or one element of capacitor unit,

the star point differential protection (unbalance protection) is used as
protection for the capacitor unit. This comparison is done by a current
transformer, which is connected in series to the star points. Even in case
of a failure of one capacitor winding, the existing power circuit breaker
will be tripped by an unbalance current relay and the contractor shall
suggest the setting value of relay. The contractor shall provide the
calculation data sheet for review and verify the relay setting.
4.6.4.7 All measuring, unbalance current relay and control device for the power
factor compensator circuit shall be arranged in cabinet. The cabinet
shall be painted with corrosion protection epoxy and finished color shall
be light gray. The door of the cabinet shall be arranged to swing through
no less than 135 degrees from the close position. All wires in the
cabinet shall be run in plastic wiring ducts with removable cover and
properly supported. All circuits leaving the cabinet shall be phoenix rail
type terminal blocks. Suitable provision shall be made for supporting
incoming cables from the point entrance to the terminals on the terminal
blocks. All cables leaving the cabinet shall be run from the bottom of
the cabinet. Check window shall be equipped for operator inspection.
4.6.4.8 The power factor compensator shall be provided for outdoor type to
withstand the high salty and humidity environment.
4.6.4.9 The tolerance of air core reactors shall be within -3%~+3%.
The BIL rating of the insulator for the 11kV reactors shall be 50kV for
phase to phase.
4.6.4.10 The reactors are to be built up with three phase separate of each other
depending on the filter yard layout (refer to Appendix two) for power
factor compensator.
4.6.4.11 One set of copper bars, insulator and support materials, sufficient for
compact installation of the equipments shall be provided for each power
factor compensator.
4.6.4.12 The voltage that has been used when calculating the generated reactive
power is 11 kV in CSCI Engineering Department. On CSCI

Engineering Department request an extra 415V on the fundamental
voltage has been added for dimensioning voltage, except for the voltage
due to harmonic and fundamental voltage increase due to reactor.
4.6.5 Technical Document with Quotation by Bidder
4.6.5.1 Analysis report and calculation sheets of design include the selection of
power factor compensator rating, system voltage variation, parallel
resonance and harmonic distortion etc.
4.6.5.2 Layout plan (disposition) and erection drawing including the connection
of power cable and power factor compensator.
4.6.5.3 Detail installation and construction diagrams for the power factor
compensator.
4.6.5.4 Detail specification of power factor compensator including capacitor,
reactor, insulator, current transformer for unbalance protection, case
rupture curve of capacitor and internal fuse connection (series, parallel
and number) etc.
4.6.6 Tests and Reports
4.6.6.1 All test (including site testing / commissioning) shall be made and at the
expense of the Contractor, in accordance with applicable standards of
IEC or approved equivalent, unless otherwise specified herein. The
Type tests and Routine tests shall be tested at the manufacturer's plant
or at a suitable test site.
4.6.6.2 Test Reports
The Contractor shall furnish five (5) copies of suitable bound certified
test reports (include each component and capacitor list), in English,
within thirty (30) days after completion of tests.
4.6.6.3 Advance Notices

For factory tests of the complete power factor compensator, CSCI
Engineering Department and his representative or both reserve the right
to dispatch his personnel to the manufacturer’s factory to witness final

inspection and/or specific testing. The contractor shall inform CSCI
Engineering Department the time for such tests forty (40) days in
advance. The round trip air tickets and daily expenses for CSCI
Engineering Department ’s personnel will be borne by CSCI
4.6.6.4 Test Failure

4.6.6.4.1 If any time of equipment fails to pass any of the above tests, it shall be
repaired and defective parts replace or replace with a new one and the
equipment shall then be retested without additional cost. All items of
equipment of the same type and rating being furnished shall conform in
all respects with the item of equipment, which passed the above tests.
4.6.6.4.2 If any apparatus covered by this specification includes modifications or
departure from the designs on which certified design test data have been
accepted, or in the opinion of the CSCI Engineering Department, shows
evidence of failure to comply with the requirements of these
specifications, CSCI Engineering Department reserves the right to
require the performance of such tests as may be necessary to
demonstrate that the apparatus meets the requirements of these
specifications. Such additional tests shall be made without additional
cost.
4.6.7 Spare Parts

4.6.7.1 One lot of spare parts for at least two years operations, as Spare part list
(section 6.1)by the manufacturer shall be furnished.
4.6.7.2 The total price for the recommended spare parts shall not be included in
the Bid evaluation price. The itemized prices for the spare parts shall be
quoted separately. CSCI Engineering Department reserves the right to
adjust the quantities of these spare parts to be purchased before the
contract award. The spare parts list shall be attached to the Bid and shall

show the items, quantities, itemized price and total price.
4.6.7.3 The contractor shall be responsible during the commissioning period for
replacing any material or equipment that is damaged as a result of
normal start-up procedures.
4.6.8 Documentation and training
4.6.8.1 Contractor shall submit the following drawings and data in accordance
with the contract requirement:
(1) Within 15 days after receipt of Letter of Intent of award the contract:
Layout and arrangement drawings showing front and rear views,
weights, Sections, bus arrangements, dimensions, and so forth. All
dimensions shall be in the metric systems.
(2) Within 15 days after receipt of Letter of Intent of award of contract:
Schematic Control Diagram.
4.6.8.2 Contractor shall submit twelve (12) paper copies and three (3) CDROM
of instruction book in Chinese and English before shipment. The
instruction book shall contain details of construction, installation,
maintenance and CT, relays instruments and all other devices in the
assemblies.
4.6.8.3 The contractor shall furnish the following information and drawings to
send to CSCI Engineering Department, No later than the date that the
contract delivery from the Contractor's works:
(1) Five (5) sets of certified drawings of equipment, including outline,
arrangement, construction, and wiring details.
(2) Three (3) sets of shop test report.
4.6.8.4 The contractor shall provide the training course for CSCI Engineering
Department’s engineer by 2 persons 1 week in factory and 6 persons 1
week at site in CSCI Engineering Department. The contractor shall have
obligation to let CSCI Engineering Department’s engineer familiar to
operation and maintenance.

4.6.9 Packing and Delivery
4.6.9.1 All parts shall be adequately prepared for ocean shipment. Particular
attention shall be taken to prevent corrosion of equipment during ocean
shipment and transport through the tropics.
4.6.9.2 All packing enclosure shall be such that slings for handling may be
readily attached during transports, or where it might be unsafe to attach
slings to box and crates, on transit they shall be packed with slings
already attached to the contents. The slings shall project through the box
or crate so that other lifting attachments can be readily made.
4.6.9.3 All finished non-ferrous metal work and devices liable to be damaged
4.6.9.4 All finished ferrous surfaces shall be packed according to manufacturer
practice for tropical high humidity areas.
4.6.9.5 All boxes, containing equipment liable to corrode in a high humidity,
tropical, saline atmosphere, shall be double lined with suitable weather
proof packing with ample supply of silica gel or other dehydrating agent
enclosed in such boxes to prevent condensation.
content on both sides.
4.6.9.7 All parts shall be adequately marked to facilitate field erection and all
packages shall have at least one copy of a packing list, in English or
Chinese, enclosed, showing content sent to CSCI Engineering
Department directly via air mail immediately after shipment.
4.6.10 Guarantee
4.6.10.1 Any damage of equipment, which delivered to local switch board
manufacturer’s factory site, shall be contractor’s responsibility.
4.6.10.2 If within two (2) years after delivery from the Contractor's factory, any
part of the material or equipment is found defective because of design,
workmanship or quality of materials, the Contractor shall furnish, at his
own expense, to CSCI Engineering Department for replacement part of

such design, workmanship and material as approved by CSCI
4.6.11 Exception to Specifications
Bidder shall list all exceptions to these specifications. Unless exceptions
are listed herein, compliance with the Specifications shall be a term of
the Contract.
4.7 220kV/33kV 60/80MVA Main Power Transformer
4.7.1 Scope
4.7.1.1 This Specification covers the design, manufacture, test, delivery

and installation of three phases, two-winding, oil immersed, 60/80
MVA self-cooled / forced air cooled (OA/FA) power transformers,
complete with insulating oil, accessories and spare parts. (Refer to
Table "A"). These transformers will be used as
power transformers for substation service at the CSCI
Engineering Department, and will step down voltage from a
220kV (nominal) system to 3 3 kV service systems. (The
installation includes cement and installing accessories.)
4.7.1.2 The Contractor shall offer design, size, type and foundations
which has been built previously and proven to meet the required
performance during satisfactory operating. No proto-type design
will be considered.
4.7.1.3 Base bids shall be on transformers with copper windings.
4.7.2.1 Standards
Construction, performance and testing of all equipment covered

under this Specification shall conform in all respects to the latest
revisions of ANSI C57.12 and NEMA-TR-1 standards. Other
authoritative standards which assure an equal or higher quality than
these standards will also be accepted.
The Contractor shall make himself aware of the related weather,

In order to insure reliable service of equipment and wiring under
these adverse atmospheric conditions, the equipment shall be
tropicalzed and the control cabinet shall be provided with space
heaters and gasketed doors.
The successful Bidder will receive the control cabinet wiring

diagram from CSCI Engineering Department, the circuit and
designations shall follow.
The apparatus covered by this Specification will be connected to a

50
Hertz, three phase system operating at a nominal voltage of 220 kV
and with a three phase symmetrical fault current of 40kA.
The screw/washer below M10 (including M10) for all fitting

device in transformer shall be stainless steel and the screw/washer
above M10 shall be hot-dip galvanized.
4.7.3 Equipment and Services by Contractor
4.7.3.1 Power Transformers - three-phase, two-winding, oil immersed,

60/80 MVA, 50 Hertz, self-cooled/forced air cooled (OA/FA) with
quantities and ratings as tabulated on Table "A" attached, and as
further specified herein. The procurement quantities, as tabulated
on Table "A" may change within a range of plus or minus 1.
CSCI Engineering Department reserves the right to make
transformer quantity change without changing the unit bid prices.
4.7.3.2 All transformers shall be complete with, but not necessarily

limited to, on-load-tap-changing equipment, neutral grounding
resistors, cooling equipment, all controls and accessories,
including bushing current transformers, as specified herein.
4.7.3.3 Special tools which for site assembly and installation.(If required)
4.7.3.5 Complete assembly and test of each transformer, at the factory,

prior to shipment.
4.7.3.5 Complete installation and commissioning test of each transformer

at field.
4.7.4 Detailed Requirements

4.7.4.1 Type and Ratings
4.7.4.1.1. All transformers covered by this Specification shall be three-

phase, 50 Hertz, oil-filled type with two windings which are rated
for self-cooled/forced air cooled (OA/FA) at an average
temperature rise (by resistance) of 55 ℃ . Insulation shall be
thermally upgraded and all current-carrying components,
including bushings, shall be capable of carrying a 65 ℃ winding
temperature rise rating (112 percent of the 55 ℃ rise rating), with
no loss of transformer life.
4.7.4.1.2. The HV windings of all transformers shall be delta connected,

with seven full capacity 1.25 percent taps, at 2 4 2 kV, 2 3 9 .25kV,
236.5kV, 233.75kV, 231kV, 228.25kV, 225.5kV, 222.75kV,
220kV, 2 1 7 . 2 5 kV, 2 1 4 . 5 k V , 2 1 1 . 7 5 kV, 2 0 9 kV,
20 6 . 2 5 kV, 203.5kV, 200.75kV, 198kV, 195.25kV, 192.5kV.
4.7.4.1.3. The LV windings of all transformers shall be wye connected,

resistance grounded neutral, and designed for 40.5 kV operation.
4.7.4.1.4. Angular displacement of all transformers shall be ANSI standard,

with low voltage lagging high voltage by 30 degrees. (i.e. vector
group Dyn1)
4.7.4.1.5. Basic insulation level (BIL) of all HV windings and bushings

shall be 550 KV.
4.7.4.1.6. BIL of all LV windings and bushings shall be 200kV.
4.7.4.2 Size Limitations
The transformers are intended to be installed in the transformer yard

of MAIN STATION. Therefore, the Contractor shall design the
suitable size of transformers including cooling equipments to meet
the provided space of the transformer yard. The dimension and
arrangement of transformers designed by the Contractor shall
conform to attached drawings.
4.7.5 Performance

4.7.5.1.1. The conductor temperature rise of the windings, as measured by
the resistance method, shall not exceed 55 ℃ above the
surrounding temperature of 40 ℃ with the transformer
continuously loaded, as described in Section 4.7.5.1.2, at rated
frequency. Under these conditions, the hottest spot winding
temperature rise shall not exceed 65 ℃ and the top oil
temperature rise shall not exceed 55℃.
4.7.5.1.2. Capacity Ratings
The above specified temperature rise shall apply when the

transformer is operated continuously at full load rating, with the
primary voltage tap set at any tap positions. The MVA rating is
based on rated low voltage, which is maintained by impressing on
the HV winding a voltage higher than its rated voltage for
compensation of the transformer voltage regulation. The transformer
shall deliver rated MVA continuously at 105 percent rated voltage
and operate continuously at 10 percent above rated voltage at no
load without exceeding the above specified temperature rise.
4.7.5.2 Tap Voltage Ratings
The taps specified in Section 4.7.5.1.2 shall be full capacity taps and
shall be connected as described therein. The taps, upon which all
ratings are based, shall be 220kV for the high voltage winding and
22kV for the low voltage winding.
Transformer windings shall be designed to withstand impulse

voltage, applied voltage and induced voltage tests, all in accordance
with ANSI Standard C57.12.90.
4.7.5.4 Short Circuit Standard
The transformers covered by this Specification shall meet the Short

Circuit Qualification Requirements given in the Short Circuit Test Code
prepared by IEEE Transformer Committee as an amplification of ANSI
Standard C57.12.00, Section 10, entitled Short Circuit Characteristics.
A quotation for the performance of such tests, including the system
conditions under which the tests will be performed, and the test
procedures to be followed.

CSCI Engineering Department will advise the Contractor at any time
during the engineering and manufacturing cycle whether such tests will
be required, but not later than four (4) weeks prior to delivery.
4.7.5.5 Overload Capability
The transformers shall be capable of loading in excess of nameplate

rating under conditions of low ambient temperature and short-time
overload. The limit of loading for these conditions shall be as given
in the ANSI C57.92 in its latest revision. All current carrying parts,
such as bushings, leads, and contacts shall have adequate capacity
for the specified overload conditions.
4.7.5.6 Radio Influence Voltage Level
The transformer shall not produce radio influence voltage in excess

of 650 microvolt measured in accordance with NEMA Standard TR-
1(latest revision).
4.7.5.7 Sound Level
The transformer shall be so designed that the average audible sound

level will not exceed the standard values of NEMA Standard TR-1
(latest revision), when measured at the factory according to
conditions outlined in TR 1-9.04. Noise Level 71 db (A) + 3 db (A)
tolerance.
4.7.5.8 Parallel Operation

Similarly rated transformers specified herein shall be electrical
duplicates, suitable for parallel operation, and with mechanically
interchangeable parts. Transformer should be suitable for reverse
power operation.
4.7.5.9 Losses
The ratio of copper loss to iron loss at base MVA for each
transformer shall be the practical minimum (Refer to Table "A").
4.7.5.10 Impedance
4.7.5.10.1. The transformers shall have impedance at rated OA rating of 60

MVA, 75 ℃ . A plus/minus 7.5 percent tolerance will be
acceptable.

4.7.5.10.2. If impedance over the tap range varies from impedance at rated
voltage, variation shall be uniform over entire range.
4.7.6 Construction
4.7.6.1 Core
The core shall be of cold rolled, grain oriented silicon steel of low
hysteresis loss and high permeability. The core legs shall be securely
held by appropriate means, insulated with Class B insulation. The
use of organic tape or pressed board wrapping to hold the
laminations will not be acceptable. All clamping structures shall
have adequate mechanical strength and shall be so constructed as to
minimize eddy currents. The core laminations shall have an
insulating coating resistant to the action of hot oil. The core and
coils shall be so fixed in the tank that shifting will not occur when
the transformer is being moved.
4.7.6.2 Windings
The windings shall consist of copper conductors and be of surge-
proof design to provide best protection against impulse stress. Coil
and core assembly shall be vacuum dried at the factory. All
permanent current carrying joints, except threaded connections,
shall be welded or silver soldered. Bolted clamp-type connections
shall be used at bushings, tap changers, and terminal boards. Bolts
shall be furnished with suitable locking devices to prevent
loosening of connections.
Coils, winding insulation and leads shall be braced to withstand

repeated short circuits at either set of terminals, with rated voltage
maintained at the other set of terminals.
4.7.6.3 Bushings
All bushings shall have current ratings to match the transformer

capacity and shall not crack due to uneven tightening in
assembly or from stresses of normal operation. All contact surfaces
shall be silver plated.
HV bushings shall be of the completely sealed, air and sunlight

proof, standard chocolate brown glazed. Bushings shall be 230 kV

class in accordance with ANSI Standards. External BIL rating shall
be 550 kV.
HV bushings shall be mounted on transformer for enclosure in an

air terminal chamber. The space of air terminals chamber shall be
enough to install the high-voltage cable sealing end.
LV bushings shall be mounted on transformer on opposite side of

tank from HV bushings, for enclosure in weather-proof, dust-tight,
air-filled terminal chamber similar to that described in above
mentioned.
LV neutral terminal shall be provided for connection to external

neutral grounding resistor.
External clearances between energized parts and ground, and

spacing between adjacent phases, shall be coordinated with
the internal transformer insulation class.
The design of the bushings and the transformer shall permit the
removal and replacement of the bushings without removing the top
cover of the transformer tank and without lowering the oil to a
level which will uncover the windings.
4.7.6.4 Bushing Current Transformers
Bushing current transformers shall be removable without lowering

transformer oil to a level which would expose the windings. Bushing
current transformers shall be multi-ratio type. All secondary taps
shall be connected to shorting type terminal blocks at the control
cabinet of each transformer.
4.7.6.5 Under-Load-Tap-Changing Equipment (ULTC)
4.7.6.5.1. Each transformer shall be equipped with under-load-tap-changing

equipment, operating on the high voltage winding and in parallel
operation each other. ULTC shall be M type and supplied by MR
Company.
4.7.6.5.2. The tap-changer shall regulate the voltage of all three phases
simultaneously and shall be suitable for remote manual operation.
Provision shall also be made for direct manual operation at the

transformer during inspection and maintenance of the equipment.
4.7.6.5.3. Equipment shall be supplied complete, including equipment

required for remote control, supervision, alarm and annunciation
as well as indication of the tap-changer position. The remote
equipment including a self stand steel panel (TR remote control
panel) will be located in Main Substation. Installation and
interconnection of remote equipment, which is located in the
control room, shall be done by contractor.
4.7.6.5.4. Design and Construction
- The under-load tap-changing equipment shall be supplied

completely, including preventive auto-transformers and series
transformers if necessary, mounted in the main transformer tank,
with under-load tap-changing switches, operating mechanisms,
driving mechanisms and motor, automatic and manual control
equipment all mounted in separate chambers or cabinets attached
to the transformer tank.
- Preventive auto-transformers, bridging resistance, and all other

parts which carry transient circulating currents shall be amply
designed for the most severe duty cycle permitted by the control
equipment.
- All switching of load shall be performed by suitable heavy-duty

transfer switches made of special arc-resisting alloys to insure
long contact life with minimum maintenance. At least one
hundred thousand times of operation shall be performed before
maintenance of arcing contacts is necessary.
- The tap selector switches shall not open or close under conditions,
which would require them to make or break load current.
- The under-load tap-changing switches, heavy duty transfer

switches, and tap selector switches shall be located in an oil filled
compartment separate from the main transformer tank and
arranged to provide ready access for inspection and maintenance
without removal of oil from the main tank. Each separate
compartment shall be provided with a magnetic type oil gauge
with alarm contacts, drain, and filter connections.

- Tap changing switches for all phases shall be operated
simultaneously through suitable gearing and shafting by the
driving motor. The design of the switches and operating
mechanisms shall be such as to insure positive tap changing,
without any possibility of interrupting the transformer winding
current at any stage of the tap-change.
- Mechanical power for any switching sequence shall be supplied

by a stored energy device. The equipment shall be so designed
that once a tap-change is initiated it will proceed to completion
without possibility of interruption, even by the loss of auxiliary
power supply or by receipt of a conflicting manual change order.
Alternatively, all parts involved in the tap-change shall be capable
of operating continuously in any intermediate position, without
damage to the equipment or loss of load.
- A magnetic brake shall be provided to stop the tap changer motor

at desired positions. Limit switches shall be provided to prevent
motor over-runs and consequent damage to the mechanism. A
hand-operating crank, suitable for operating by one man, shall be
provided. This crank, when inserted for hand operation, shall
automatically disconnect the motor circuits and disengage the
motor gearing so as to insure safety of the operator. All the motor
circuits and gearing shall be automatically restored to their ready
to-operate condition when the hand-operating crank is removed.

- A mechanical operation counter and an externally visible tap
position indicator with reset maximum-minimum hands shall be
furnished and suitably mounted for easy visibility.
- A tap-changer driving mechanism and other auxiliaries and

accessories located at the transformer shall be suitably housed in
a weatherproof steel cabinet. The cabinet shall be provided with
hand-pad-locked hinged doors.
- The equipment shall be designed for easy access to all parts

requiring periodic inspection or maintenance.
- All control wiring shall be 2 mm2 minimum and/or proper size

PVC insulated stranded copper conductor for 600 volts.
4.7.6.5.5. Control Equipment
Each set of under-load tap-changing equipment shall be supplied

with a complete set of control equipment, including but not
limited to the following:
One dust proof steel cabinet, with pad-locked hinged doors,

mounted on the transformertank to house the
remote-local control of the tap-changing mechanism. This
cabinet shall be furnished complete with the following:
(1). One interlocked motor control relay to operate the tap-changer

motor in response to the timing or manual control switch.
(2). Two molded case circuit breakers with thermal and magnetic
trip device, one to protect the motor and control circuit, the
other to disconnect the voltage regulating equipment from the
potential source.
(3). One set of two position transfer switches for Remote-Local.
(Remote is controlled by TR remote control panel in MS; local
is controlled by TR ULTC panel)
(4). One Raise-off-Lower manual control switch.
(5). One set of terminal blocks for termination of control and signal
wiring.
(6). One device for remote tap position indication on TR remote
control panel.

4.7.6.5.5.1. The following equipment shall be furnished for remote
installation by contractor on a self stand steel panel (TR remote
control panel) located in MS.
(1). Signal lamps (LED), to indicate the operating condition of the

tap-changing equipment.
(2). One set of annunciation indication (LED), for TR failure.
(3). One set of local/remote selection switch.
(4). One Raise-Off-Lower manual control switch.
(5). One set of master/slave selection switch.
(6). One set of SCADA operation and monitoring contact on
terminal block.
(7). The color of TR remote control panel shall be RAL 7032.
4.7.6.5.6. Parallel operation equipment for load-tap change units
- All necessary switches and wiring shall be provided so that, when

the transformer is operated in parallel with other similar units tap-
changing mechanisms will follow each other.
- One Independent-Follow-Master parallel switch, to accomplish this

feature, shall be provided for mounting on TR remote control panel
in the PH switchgear room of substation.
4.7.6.6 Transformer Tank and Fittings
4.7.6.6.1. The tank shall withstand without permanent deformation a

pressure 25 percent greater than the maximum operating pressures
resulting from the system of oil preservation used. The tank shall
also be suitable for vacuum drying of the transformer, in case of
future need in the field. All seams and joints shall be oil and gas
tight. Guides within the tank shall be furnished to facilitate
tanking, untanking, and to prevent movement of the core and
winding assembly in transit or during seismic disturbances. Ample
space shall be provided between the core and winding assembly
and the tank bottom for collection of sediment. Standard oil-tight
drain, sampling, and upper and lower filter-press connection
valves shall be provided. Cooler shutoff valves attached to the
transformer tank shall be furnished for top and bottom cooler
connections and shall be oil-tight. All gate or globe valves shall be

furnished with the pipe plugs or plates for additional protection.
Tank shall be suitable for filtering oil by use of hotline oil filter.
4.7.6.6.2. The base shall be sufficiently strong and properly constructed to

permit skidding the transformer forward, backward or sidewise.
The points of support of the skid base shall be so located that the
center of gravity of support for a tilt of the base of 15 degrees or
less from the horizontal, with or without oil in the transformer.
Provision shall be made on, or adjacent to, the base, for pulling
the transformer parallel to both center lines. Lifting eyes for
lifting the cover and jack lugs for jacking the completely
assembled transformer shall be provided, in accordance with
ANSI C57.12.10, Section B.17.
4.7.6.7 Main Drain and Sampling Valve
51mm minimum size, located at lowest point on tank for complete

drainage of tank. Valves have valve body offset below outlet,
flanged inlet, threaded outlet with pipe plug; and sampling valve to
drain only when main valve is open. Flanged end to be bolted to
mating flange welded to tank with gasket between flanges.
4.7.6.8 Filter Press Valves
31.75 millimeters minimum size, located on opposite side of tank

from drain valves. Valves have flanged inlet, threaded outlet with
pipe plug.
4.7.6.9 Gas sampling valve shall be provided for the gas preservation
system.
4.7.6.10 Ground pads shall be furnished as specified in ANSI C57-12-10,

Section B, 17. Each ground pad shall be furnished with a crimp
type connector for two 100 mm2 copper cable.
4.7.6.11 Gasketed surfaces shall be provided with gasket compression-limit

stop. Gasketed surfaces which must be opened for untanking the
transformer shall have gaskets so installed as to minimize damage
to the gaskets when untanking the transformer. Gaskets shall be
Nitrile rubber, Corprene Neoprene, or approved equal. One spare
set of gaskets shall be quoted for all bushings and openings.

4.7.6.12 Each transformer shall be provided with a ladder bolted to the
transformer tank, with lower part removable or fixed.
4.7.6.13 Oil (Non-Inhibited)
4.7.6.13.1. The insulating oil shall be Naphthene series distillated pale oil
refined from natural crude petroleum, suitable for cooling and
insulating the transformers being supplied. It shall contain no
corrosive impurities which might affect insulating materials,
varnishes, metals and other parts of the transformer. It shall not
form sludge, chemical reaction or any other adverse condition,
even during a long period. The Contractor shall be provided "Shell
DD" oil. The Contractor shall give a survey of transformer oils
approved for filling or topping-up. All transformer oil shall be the
same sort.
4.7.6.13.2. The insulating oil will be tested before and after filling into the
transformers. If the tests indicate that the oil from any drum fails
to meet requirements of this Specification, the entire quantity of
supplied insulating oil will not be accepted and shall be replaced
at Contractor's expense.
4.7.6.13.3. The characteristics
The oil shall be tested in accordance with the latest applicable

ASTM Standard (U.S.A.) and shall conform in all respects to the
following Specification:
Item Condition & Acceptable ASTM Test

Characteristics Unit
No. Value Designation
1. Color ASTM color 0.5 max. D1500
scale
2. Gravity 15.6 ℃ 0.898 max. D1298
3. Flash point (C.O.C) ℃ 145 min. D92
4. Fire point ℃ 160 min. D92
5. Pour point ℃ -45.6 max. D97
6. Viscosity 0℃, sus 320 max. D88
7. Viscosity 37.8℃, sus 62 max. D88
8. Dielectric strength kV 30 min. D877
9. Interfacial tension Dynes/cm, 25℃ 40 min. D971
10. Dielectric constant -- 2.2 D924

11. Power Factor 25℃ 50Hz,% 0.05 max. D924
12. Resistivity 50℃ ohm-cm 1.0x1014min.D1169
13. Neutralization number mgKOH/g oil 0.03 max. D974
14. Free sulfur -- None D989
15. Corrosive sulfur -- None D1275
16. Inorganic chlorides o -- None D878
sulphates
17. Steam emulsion number seconds 35 max. D1935
18. Water content ppm 35 max. D1533
(Kral fischer test)
19. Oxidation Stability 140℃,24 Hr.; % 0.06 max. D1313
(Sludge)
4.7.6.14 Oil Preservation Equipment
4.7.6.14.1. Oil preservation equipment shall be Atmoseal type or approved

equivalent.
4.7.6.14.2. For Atmoseal type, the equipment shall include a separate oil
expansion chamber with a synthetic rubber bag, which is of high
quality, high strength, moisture and oil resistant, suitable for
durable operation under variable temperature, and shall be airtight
and easily replaceable. No oil shall be blown off on replacement
of the bag. All necessary accessories shall also be included in the
equipment. The construction, mechanical strength and painting of
oil expansion chamber shall conform to Section 4.7.6.6 and
4.7.7.2.
4.7.6.15 Cooling Equipment
The cooling equipment shall be supplied complete, with radiators, valves,

drains, vents, pipes, and any other accessories, as required.
All radiators shall be hot-dip galvanized. Special attention shall be given

to materials, design, production and corrosion protection of radiators to
insure that they will be thoroughly suitable to withstand the severe
corrosive forces encountered. The radiators shall be able to withstand the
same vacuum conditions specified for the tank.
Valves shall be provided to permit removal of any radiator without

draining the transformer oil or affecting the operation. Plugs shall be
provided at top and bottom of all radiators to permit bleeding and
draining.

The OA/FA cooling system shall consist of necessary fans, motors,
temperature control and alarm devices. The system shall be capable of
operation by either manual or automatic control.
AC control power for cooling equipment and other controls as required

shall be 220 or 415 V properly fused, one for each alternate 220 or
415 V supply, furnished and mounted by the Contractor.
Fan guards shall be provided to prevent direct human contact with

blades.
4.7.6.16 Motors
All auxiliary motors shall be totally enclosed fan- cooled or totally

enclosed nonventilated, rated 80 ℃ temperature rise and 1.0
service factor. Maximum ambient temperature shall be 40 ℃. Motor
less than one-quarter horse-power may be 220 or 415 volt, 1-
phase, 50
Hertz.
4.7.6.17 Electrical Wiring
4.7.6.17.1. In general, all devices furnished as a part of this contract and

requiring electrical connections shall be designed for terminating
at terminal blocks in control cabinet. External wiring furnished on
the transformer shall be oil resistant cables securely routed and
supported and enter from the bottom of control cabinet with
suitable conduit.
4.7.6.17.2. All control and secondary wiring shall consist of not less than 2
mm2 stranded copper switchboard wire, having 600-volt heat and
moisture resistant insulation, with fireproof covering, if the
insulation alone is not fire retardant. Neoprene shall not be used.
Wiring shall be treated with antifungal agent to provide
satisfactory performance. All switchboard wiring shall be attached
to terminals with crimp-type lugs or approved equal.
4.7.6.17.3. Terminal blocks for all control wiring shall be stainless type. Ten
percent of the terminal positions shall be provided as spares.

4.7.6.17.4. Terminal blocks for current transformers shall be of the
short-circuiting type. All wiring terminating on terminal blocks
shall be identified either by legible markings on the device
terminals or by printing on the wire jacket or wire sleeves. All
spare auxiliary contacts shall be wired to accessible terminal
blocks for CSCI Engineering Department's future connections,
and all wiring leaving a junction box or cabinet shall leave from
terminal blocks, not from other devices in the cabinet. Terminal
blocks for control wiring shall be separated by barriers from
equipment, cables or buses operating at voltages above 240
volts. Each relay, fuse block, breaker, terminal or other
auxiliary device shall be permanently labeled to coincide with the
drawings.
4.7.6.17.5. Each transformer shall be fitted with a complete stainless steel

control cabinet (including mounting plate, screws/washers and etc.)
mounted near the bottom of the tank. Necessary wiring shall be
provided to connect all the trip, alarm, signaling, cooling
control and other leads, to terminal blocks mounted in the control
cabinet.
4.7.6.17.6. Each transformer shall be provided with a set of electronic fault

indicator device installed in the control cabinet for indicating
abnormal condition of transformer. The fault indicator device
shall be TK type (FUJI manufacturer) or approved equivalent.
4.7.6.18 All trip, alarm and other auxiliary contacts for thermo-meters,
thermostats, Buchholz relay, pressure relief device, oil gauge…
etc., shall be ungrounded and rated for use with CSCI
Engineering Department 's ungrounded 110 V DC system.
4.7.7 Accessories
4.7.7.1 Accessories shall be provided, including, but not limited to, as

following:
4.7.7.1.1. A mechanical type pressure relief device shall be mounted on the
cover of each transformer to prevent the buildup of dangerous
pressure in the transformer tank. The device shall trip at 10 psi,
concurrently actuating a semaphore and an alarm contact. When
the internal pressure is reduced, the device shall automatically
close to keep out rain or other foreign matter.

4.7.7.1.2. Buchholz Relay
The Buchholz relay for transformer internal fault detection shall be
provided and mounted on the transformer tank. Mechanical shock or
disturbances, such as earthquakes, short circuits, inrush current and
impulse voltage, shall not operate the relay unless the transformer is
damaged internally with concurrent generation of sudden gas
pressure.
The Buchholz relay shall be provided with one alarm contact and
one trip contact (for operation and leakage indication). All leads for
these contacts shall be brought to the control cabinet.
A suitable device for internal fault gas collection should be provided.
The fault gas shall be easily collected for analysis whiles the
transformer in operation.
4.7.7.1.3. Magnetic liquid-level oil gauge with low level alarm contacts, by
the Contractor.
4.7.7.1.4. Stainless steel nameplate and connection diagram plate, in

accordance with ANSI standards, by the Contractor.
4.7.7.1.5. Each transformer shall be provided with a dial type hot spot
winding temperature indicator for LV winding, to be located in a
well which is sealed off from the main tank. Indicator shall be
AKM type or approved equivalent, with 4 sets of microswitch
contacts adjustable in a range of 50℃ to 150℃ and provision for
field testing. Leads shall be brought out and tagged for control
cabinet termination. The dial type thermometer shall be
weatherproof and submersible.
The dial type thermometers shall be equipped with maximum
temperature indication pointer.
4.7.7.1.6. The dial type hot spot winding temperature indicator shall
perform the following functions at specified successive values of
hot spot temperature rise:
a. Turn on cooling equipment.

b. Operate CSCI Engineering Department 's alarm.
c. Trip breakers.

4.7.7.1.7 One dial type thermometer direct mounted for measuring the top
liquid temperature complete with 4 sets of micro switch contacts
adjustable temperature alarm/trip contacts and with maximum
temperature indication pointer. The indicating part shall be of air
tight construction and submersible; that there is no possibility of
the glass interior collecting moisture resulting in difficulty to
observe the indicator.
Indicator shall be AKM type approved equivalent. All the
indicator dials, with alarm/trip contact adjustments, shall be
mounted as a group in a position conveniently visible and
accessible to a man standing at floor level.
4.7.7.1.8. One (1) set of remote indicating temperature measuring

equipment complete with ambient temperature and distance
compensation, selector switch, search coils, temperature indicator,
adjustment devices, and all other equipment necessary for
satisfactory operation. The equipment will be used to measure the
top-oil temperature and the windingtemperatures of the
transformer components. Installation and wiring of the equipment
shall be done by Contractor.
All of the remote indicating temperature as above mentioned shall
also be provided with RTD PT100 Ohm 0 ℃ and 4-20mA output
signal terminal for connection to SCADA system for remote
monitor by others.
4.7.7.1.9. Current transformer for use with this indicator shall be located
under oil in transformer tank, in the center phase of the
low-voltage winding. Ratio of this CT, and indicator contact
settings, shall be indicated on a metal nameplate located near the
indicator and on transformer nameplate.
4.7.7.1.10. Each transformer shall have an angle-type alcohol thermometer to

measure the top-oil temperature, located near the transformer top
at a position conveniently visible to a man standing at floor level.
The thermal elements of both dial and alcohol thermometers shall
be housed in a well in the cover or wall of the main tank to permit
inspection and replacement without draining oil or gas from the
transformer.
4.7.7.1.11. Insulating oil sufficient to fill the transformer to the normal oil
level.

4.7.7.1.12. The transformer shall be furnished with all standard accessories
and fittings for transformer oil filling or removal to include oil
sampling connections top and bottom, oil filtering connections,
and draining extreme bottom of tank. All accessories shall be
rustproof.
4.7.7.1.13. Any equipment which is normally furnished with this size

transformer, or which is necessary for satisfactory operation and
maintenance shall be provided by the Contractor without
additional cost to CSCI Engineering Department.
4.7.7.1.14. All accessories shall be provided with mountings that preclude

misopeation due to vibration.
4.7.7.1.15. Each transformer shall be fitted with a complete stainless steel

control cabinet. The cabinet shall be weatherproof, dust tight and
shall include space heaters and thermostat to prevent condensation.
The cabinet shall be mounted on suitable position and height of
the transformer tank. Necessary steel conduit and wiring shall be
provided to connect all the trip, alarm, signaling, cooling control
and other auxiliary contacts, secondary circuits of all current
transformers and temperature coil leads to respective terminal
blocks mounted within the control cabinet. All current transformer
leads shall terminate on short circuiting type terminal blocks.
4.7.7.1.16. All insulations that are not fungus-resistant shall have a fungus
resisting coating applied. Where such coatings would interfere
with proper operation of apparatus, the coating shall not be
applied. In such cases, the part
shall be inherently fungus-resistant.
4.7.7.1.17. Each transformer shall be furnished with two pieces of equipment

nameplate made of stainless steel by Contractor.
4.7.7.1.18. Each transformer shall be furnished with stainless steel fence,

located on the cover of the transform main tank, to protect
workers from falling.

4.7.7.2 Painting
4.7.7.2.1. Standard finish shall consist of three coats. The first coat shall be a
rust inhibitor, and the second and third coat shall be painted
according to the manufacturer's standard practice. The paint shall be
selected for superior quality with respect to both pigment and vehicle.
The color of the third coat shall be RAL 7033 (cement gray). The
second coat shall be of different color to insure that each coat is
continuous and of sufficient thickness. Sufficient quantity of RAL
7033 (cement gray) paint for a final field coat shall be furnished.
4.7.7.2.2. Before painting, all surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned of oil,

rust and detritus. All edges and rough spots shall be smoothed.
The surfaces shall be kept thoroughly dry and clean before and
during painting.
4.7.7.2.3. The Contractor shall provide 4 liters of finish paint for touch-up
purposes at China Steel Corporation site.
4.7.8 Neutral Grounding Resistor Assembly
4.7.8.1 General
4.7.8.1.1. Each transformer shall be provided with a neutral

grounding resistor assembly which shall be assembled in the
stainless steel panel and installed at substation.
4.7.8.1.2. The resistor assembly shall be floor mounted and screened in

cubicle for personnel protection, self-supporting and of the
stainless steel, open grid, dry, stack type.
4.7.8.1.3. The resistors will be connected to the transformer

secondary neutral to limit the grounding fault current.
4.7.8.2 Ratings
System voltage 33 kV
Rated voltage 33/kV
Rated current (10 seconds) 800 amps
Resistance (Approximate) at 20 ℃ 15.9 ohms
Temperature rise limit at 30 ℃ ambient for stainless steel 760 ℃

4.7.8.3 Insulation levels
The resistor assembly shall withstand the application of a low
frequency (50 Hz) test voltage of 115kV for one (1) minute under
dry condition.
4.7.8.4.1. All resistor grids shall be made of stainless steel and shall be
insulated from mounting supports and framework.
4.7.8.4.2. Each assembly shall consist of several resistor stacks assembled to

form a rigid structure. All connections between stacks shall be
made with properly sized copper bars.
4.7.8.4.3. All supporting insulators shall be of outdoor type, wet process

porcelain free from cavities and other flaws.
4.7.8.4.4. The assembly framework shall be hot-dip galvanized in

accordance with the latest ASTM standards. The maximum
overall dimensions of each assembly shall be shown on the
drawing attached to the Bid.
4.7.8.4.5. Each assembly shall be furnished with a stainless steel nameplate

in English, including as a minimum:
(a) Rated Voltage

(b) Rated current and time rating
(c) Resistance at 20 ℃
(d) Name of manufacturer, serial number, etc.
4.7.8.4.6. Each assembly shall be furnished with lugs for terminating the
cable from the transformer neutral and for connection of the
assembly to ground.
4.7.9 Drawing, ETC., By Contractor
4.7.9.1 The Contractor shall submit, in both the Chinese and English
languages, five (5) copies of drawings of all equipment, including
dimensions, arrangement, electrical connections, name plate and
similar pertinent drawings, to CSCI Engineering Department
for approval. Detailed dimensions in metric units shall be clearly
marked on all drawings. CSCI Engineering Department will return

one copy to the Contractor marked "Approved", or commented for
correction. The Contractor shall then make all necessary
corrections and revisions. Correction of drawings shall be not
entitled to any extension of the delivery time. Any work done or
materials ordered by the Contractor, prior to receipt by the
Contractor of drawings marked Approved, shall be at the
Contractor's own risk.
4.7.9.2 CSCI Engineering Department 's approval of drawings shall in

no way relieve the Contractor of his responsibilities for
supplying equipment in strict accordance with the contract
Specifications.
4.7.9.3 The Contractor shall furnish the following information and

drawings, in Chinese and English languages, to reach CSCI
Engineering Department not later than the date that the
equipment contracted is ready for delivery from the Contractor's
works.
4.7.9.4 Five (5) sets of finally corrected and certified drawings of the
equipment, including outline, arrangement, construction and
wiring details. Five(5) sets of installation, operation and
maintenance instructions. (Including test r e p o r t , name p l a t e ,
outline, wiring details)
4.7.9.5 Five (5) sets of replacement parts list.
4.7.10 Spare Parts
These following parts shall be provided by the Contractor

as section 6.1spare parts list.
4.7.11 Test and Reports
All tests shall be made by and at the expense of the Contractor

in accordance with the latest revision of ANSI Standard C57-12,
unless otherwise specified, or to standards that equipment is built to.
CSCI Engineering Department reserves the right to witness the tests.
Contractor shall notify CSCI Engineering Department four weeks in
advance of scheduled tests.

4.7.11.1 Tests on each Transformer.
4.7.11.1.1. Leakage tests on tank, radiators, valve and other pressurized

equipment at a test pressure calculated from the method stated in
Section 4.7.6.6.1.
4.7.11.1.2. Tests for resistances of each tap, phases for both HV and LV
winding.
4.7.11.1.3. Tests for no-load and exciting current.
4.7.11.1.4. Measurement of load loss and impedance voltage.
4.7.11.1.5. Ratio test.
4.7.11.1.6. Tests for polarity and checking of the type of winding connection
as well as phase sequence.
4.7.11.1.7. Test for insulating oil and test report from the insulating oil’s
manufacturer.
4.7.11.1.8. Applied potential and induced voltage tests.
4.7.11.1.9. Insulation resistance and tangent delta or power factor test of

windings, bushings and completed transformers.
4.7.11.1.10. Control wiring check and insulation test.
4.7.11.1.11. Test of current transformers.
4.7.11.2 Type Tests
Type tests shall be made on at least one transformer of the lot

supplied.
4.7.11.2.1. Impulse voltage tests, both full wave and chopped wave, on the
complete transformer, with all bushings mounted.
4.7.11.2.2. Temperature rise tests, for one transformer to be selected by CSCI

ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT in accordance with the
requirement of Section 4.7.5.1.
4.7.11.2.3. Radio influence voltage level test.
4.7.11.2.4. Sound level test.

4.7.11.3 The following tests shall be performed on each neutral grounding
resistor assembly:
- Current carrying capability test.

- Voltage withstand test.
- Resistance measurement test.
- Insulation resistance measurement test.
4.7.11.4 All tests shall be conducted at the Contractor's works, by and at

the expense of the Contractor. The test items of Sections
4.7.11.1.3, 4.7.11.1.4, 4.7.11.1.5, 4.7.11.1.6, 4.7.11.1.7, 4.7.11.1.8,
4.7.11.1.9, 4.7.11.1.10, 4.7.11.2.1 for completed transformers
shall be conducted in the presence of CSCI Engineering
Department 's inspector, shall in no way relieve the contractor of
his responsibility for testing the equipment in strict accordance
with the relevant standard.
4.7.11.5 Three (3) copies of suitable bound certified test report and
inspection data in Chinese and English shall be furnished after
these have been approved by CSCI Engineering Department.
4.7.11.6 Oil used in the transformer during tests conducted at the

Contractor's works shall be the same as applied and specified in
Section 4.7.6.13.
4.7.12 Inspection
4.7.12.1 All material and workmanship shall be subject to inspection to the

extent practical, by CSCI Engineering Department or his
consignee, at all times during manufacturing, assembling and
testing of material or equipment to be furnished under this
Specification.
4.7.12.2 The Contractor shall afford without charge, all necessary and
reasonable facilities required by CSCI Engineering Department or
his consignee for the performance of inspection required.
4.7.12.3 CSCI Engineering Department or his consignee shall have full

access to all fabricating or manufacturing plants at all times, to
inspect all materials and fabrication, as well as witness all tests.
4.7.12.4 No material or equipment shall be delivered before it has been

cleared by CSCI Engineering Department and the material or
equipment so marked.
4.7.12.5 The acceptance of equipment by CSCI Engineering Department

shall in no way relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for
furnishing material or parts thereof according to the requirements
of this Specification. Any warranties or guarantees concerning
workmanship or material on this equipment shall be in full force
even though the equipment has been accepted.
4.7.13 Installation
The assembling of the transformers on the centerlines of

Engineering Department 's foundations, including final paint coating
and tests after assembling or before commissioning, shall be done
and at the expense of the Contractor. Above mentioned test shall
include at least test items of Section 4.7.11.1.2, 4.7.11.1.4, 4.7.11.1.6,
and 4.7.11.1.9 for assembled transformer. Above mentioned test shall
include at least test items of Section 4.7.11.2.2, 4.7.11.2.3 and
4.7.11.2.4 for neutral grounding resistor assembly.
4.7.14 Performance Guarantee
4.7.14.1 The Bidder shall guarantee the transformers to meet the

characteristic value as specified in Table "A".
4.7.14.2 Liquidated damage shall be twenty thousand US dollars

(US$20,000) for each KW or part thereof, by which the actual
total no-load losses of each transformer, operating on 220kV /
33kV taps excited at rated voltage and frequency exceed the
guaranteed value.
4.7.14.3 Liquidated damage shall be ten thousand US dollars (US$10,000)

for each KW or part thereof, by which the actual total full load
losses and auxiliary power losses of each transformer, operating
under rated load condition on 220kV/33kV taps, at 75℃ winding
temperature, exceeds the guaranteed value.
4.7.14.4 Liquidated damage shall be fifteen-hundredths of one percent

(0.15%) of the unit contract price for each one-tenth of one
percent (0.10%) or fraction thereof of the deficiency in capacity of
the transformer. The transformer shall be considered to be of

adequate rating if the temperature rise of the windings above
ambient temperature does not exceed 55 ℃ when measured by
the resistance method, with the transformers operating
continuously at the 220/33kV ratio and loaded to 80 MVA, at
33kV output, in accordance with the specified MVA rating
conditions.
4.7.14.5 The liquidated damage shall be applied to each transformer of that

shipment. The quantity of transformer which will be tested with
the witness of CSCI Engineering Department shall be decided by
CSCI Engineering Department. If more than one transformer has
been tested with CSCI Engineering Department's witness, the
losses shall be the arithmetic mean value of all tested transformers.
4.7.15 Statement of exceptions
The Bidder shall clearly state all exceptions, if any, to any part of this
Specification. Any statement on the Bidder's proposal (including
drawings) which differs from the requirements of this Specification shall
be specifically referred to by a definite citation in a "Statement of
Exceptions" to be considered by CSCI Engineering Department as
constituting an Exception to the Specification. Justification for such
exceptions shall be included in the "Statement of Exceptions".

4.7.16 TABLE "A" - EQUIPMENT RATINGS
1. Type outdoor type
2. Quantity 2
3. OA/FA rating 55℃, MVA 60/80
4. Percent Impedance at 75 ℃, 13 %
60 MVA base
5. LV neutral grounding resistor
Resistance at 20 ℃ 15.9 ohms
Rated current (10 seconds, at 24.2 KV) 800 amps
6. Bushing current transformer
6.1 HV terminal 600/1A CT per
Terminal with an accuracy class of 15VA, 5P20A. (Two cores CT,
each core CT include above ment-ioned rating.)
6.2 LV terminal X1, X2, X3 X0

6.2.1 Number per terminal One One
6.2.2 Ratings (multi-ratio) 2000/1A,15VA
800/1A,15VA
6.2.3 Accuracy class 5P20
5P20
7. Characteristic value:
(guaranteed losses, at 75 ℃, at rated voltage, PF=1.0, 50Hz)
7.1 No-load losses ≦ 39 KW
7.2 Full load, Load Losses, at 75 MVA ≦ 372 KW
7.3 Total losses, at 75 MVA ≦ 411 KW
8. Exciting amperes at rated voltage in ≦ 1 %

percent of full load current (75 MVA)
9. Efficiency in percent at
100% load (75 MVA) ≧ 99.45%
75% load ≧ 99.56%
50% load ≧ 99.67%

4.8 33kV/11kV 32/40MVA Power Transformer
4.8.1 SCOPE
4.8.1.1 This specification covers the design, manufacture, test,delivery and

installation of three phase, two windings, oilimmersed, self-cooled /
forced air cooled (OA/FA) power transformers, complete with
insulating oil, accessories and spare parts. (Refer to Appendix "A").
These transformers will be used as power transformers for substation
service at the China Steel Corporation steel-making at Kaohsiung,
Taiwan, Republic of China, and will step down voltage from a 33 KV
(nominal) system to 11.5 KV system.
( The installation includes cementing and installing accessories. )
4.8.1.2 Bidder shall offer design, size and type which has been built previously
and proven to meet the required performance during satisfactory
operating. No proto-type design will be considered.
4.8.2 STANDARDS AND SERVICE CONDITIONS
4.8.2.1 Standards
4.8.2.1.1 Construction, performance and testing of all equipment covered under

this specification shall conform in all respects to the latest revisions of
ANSI C57.12 and NEMA-TR-1 standards. Other authoritative
standards which assure an equal or higher quality than these standards
4.8.2.2.2 In order to insure reliable service of equipment and wiring under these
adverse atmospheric conditions, the equipment shall be tropicalized
and the control cabinet shall be provided with space heaters and
gasketed doors.

4.8.2.2.4 The apparatus covered by this specification will be connected to a
50Hz, three phase system operating at a nominal voltage of 33KV and
with a three phase symmetrical fault current of 40KA.
4.8.2.2.5 The screw/washer below M10 (including M10) for allfitting device in
transformer shall be stainless steel and the screw/washer above M10
shall be hot-dip galvanized .
4.8. 3 EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES BY CONTRACTOR
4.8.3.1 Power Transformers - Oil immersed, three-phase, two-winding,50Hertz,

self-cooled/forced air cooled (OA/FA) with quantities and ratings as
tabulated on Table "A" attached, and as further specified herein.
4.8.3.1.1 The procurement quantities, as tabulated on Appendix "A" may

change within a range of plus or minus 1.
CSCI Engineering Department reserves the right to make transformer
quantity change without changing the unit bid prices.
4.8.3.2 All transformers shall be complete with, but not necessarily limited to,
no load-tap-changing equipment, neutral grounding resistors, cooling
equipment, all controls and accessories, including bushing current
transformers, as specified herein.
4.8.3.3 Special tools for site assembly and installation, if required.
4.8.3.4 Complete assembly and test of each transformer, at the factory, prior to
shipment. (See Section 4.8.12)
4.8.3.5 Complete installation and commissioning test of each transformer at
field.
4.8.4.0 EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES BY OTHERS
The following will be provided by others:
4.8.4.1 110-volt DC ungrounded supply, for controls and alarms.
4.8.4.2 415-volt, three-phase, 50 Hertz supply for accessory equipments as

required.
4.8.4.3 Foundations.
4.8.4.4 External conduit and wiring.
4.8.4.5 Power cable for phase and neutral grounding resistor connection.

4.8. 5. DETAILED REQUIREMENTS
4.8.5.1.1 All transformers covered by this specification shall be three-phase, 60

50Hertz, oil-filled type with two windings which are rated for self-
cooled/forced air cooled (OA/FA) at an average temperature rise ( by
resistance ) of 55 ℃.
Insulation shall be thermally upgraded and all current-carrying
components, including bushings, shall be capable of carrying a 65 ℃
winding temperature rise rating ( 112 percent of the 55 ℃ rise rating),
with no loss of transformer life.
4.8.5.1.2 The HV windings of all transformers shall be delta connected, with

seven full capacity 1.25 percent taps, at 33.825 kV, 33.412 kV, 33 kV,
32.558 kV, 32.175 kV, 31.763 kV and 31.350 kV.
4.8.5.1.3 The LV windings of all transformers shall be wye connected,

resistance grounded neutral, and designed for 11.5kV operation.
4.8.5.1.4 Angular displacement of all transformers shall be ANSI standard, with

low voltage lagging high voltage by 30 degrees. (i.e. vector group
Dyn1)
4.8.5.1.5 Basic insulation level (BIL) of all HV windings and bushings shall be
200 kV.
4.8.5.1.6 BIL of all LV windings and bushings shall be 110kV.
4.8.5.2 Size Limitations

The transformers are intended to be installed in the transformer yard of
ground floor of main substation building.
Therefore, the Contractor shall design the suitable size of transformers
including cooling equipments to meet the provided space of the
transformer yard.
4.8.6. PERFORMANCE
4.8.6.1.1 The conductor temperature rise of the windings, as measured by the

resistance method, shall not exceed 55 ℃ above the surrounding
temperature of 40 ℃ with the transformer continuously loaded, as
described in Section 4.8.6.1.2, at rated frequency.
Under these conditions, the hottest spot winding temperature rise shall
not exceed 65 ℃ and the top oil temperature rise shall not exceed 55
℃.

4.8.6.1.2 Capacity Ratings
The above specified temperature rise shall apply when the transformer
is operated continuously at full load rating, with the primary voltage
tap set at any tap positions.
The MVA rating is based on rated low voltage, which is maintained by
impressing on the HV winding a voltage higher than its rated voltage
for compensation of the transformer voltage regulation.
The transformer shall deliver rated MVA continuously at 105 percent
rated voltage and operate continuously at 10 percent above rated
voltage at no load without exceeding the above specified temperature
rise.

The taps specified in Section 5.1.2 shall be full capacity taps and shall
be connected as described therein.
The taps, upon which all ratings are based, shall be 33 kV for the high
voltage winding and 11.5kV for the low voltage winding.
4.8.6.3.1 Transformer windings shall be designed to withstand impulse voltage,

applied voltage and induced voltage tests, all in accordance with ANSI
Standard C57.12.90.
4.8.6.4.1 The transformers covered by this specification shall meet the Short
Circuit Qualification Requirements given in the Short Circuit Test
Code prepared by IEEE Transformer Committee as an amplification of
ANSI Standard C57.12.00, Section 10, entitled Short Circuit
Characteristics.
4.8.6.4.2 The Bidder shall include, as an option, a quotation for the performance
of such tests, including the system conditions under which the tests
will be performed, and the test procedures to be followed.
4.8.6.4.3 CSCI Engineering Department will advise the Contractor at any time
during the engineering and manufacturing cycle whether such tests will
be required, but not later than four (4) weeks prior to delivery.

4.8.6.5.1 The transformers shall be capable of loading in excess of nameplate

overload. The limit of loading for these conditions shall be as given in
the ANSI C57.92 in its latest revision.
All current carrying parts, such as bushings, leads, and contacts shall
have adequate capacity for the specified overload conditions.
4.8.6.6.1 The transformer shall not produce radio influence voltage in excess of
650 micro-volts measured in accordance with NEMA Standard TR-
1(latest revision).
4.8.6.7 Sound Level
4.8.6.7.1 The transformer shall be so designed that the average audible sound
level will not exceed the standard values of NEMA Standard TR-
1(latest revision), when measured at the factory according to
conditions outlined in TR 1-9.04. Noise Level 71 db(A) + 3 db(A)
tolerance.
4.8.6.8.1 Similarly rated transformers specified herein shall be electrical

power operation.
4.8.6.9 Losses
4.8.6.9.1 Core iron losses at 50 Hertz and flux density of 15000 gausses shall
preferably be less than 1.52 watts/kg.
4.8.6.9.2 The ratio of copper loss to iron loss at base MVA for each transformer
shall be the practical minimum, relevant information shall be included
in Bidder's proposal.
4.8.6.10 Impedance
4.8.6.10.1 The transformers shall have impedance as shown on the equipment

list attached to this specification at rated OA rating of 32 MVA, 75
℃A plus/minus 7.5 percent tolerance will be acceptable.

4.8.6.10.2 If impedance over the tap range varies from impedance at rated
voltage, variation shall be uniform over entire range.
Variation shall be specified by Bidder for approval by CSCI
4.8.7.0 CONSTRUCTION
4.8. 7.1 Core
4.8.7.1.1 The core shall be of cold rolled, grain oriented silicon steel of low
held by appropriate means, insulated with Class B insulation.
The use of organic tape or pressed board wrapping to hold the
laminations will not be acceptable. All clamping structures shall have
adequate mechanical strength and shall be so constructed as to
minimize eddy currents.
The core laminations shall have an insulating coating resistant to the
action of hot oil.
The core and coils shall be so fixed in the tank that shifting will not
occur when the transformer is being moved.
4.8.7.2 Windings
4.8.7.2.1 The windings shall consist of copper conductors and be of surge-proof

design to provide best protection against impulse stress. Coil and core
assembly shall be vacuum dried at the factory. All permanent current
carrying joints, except threaded connections, shall be welded or silver
soldered.
Bolted clamp-type connections shall be used at bushings, tap changers,
and terminal boards.
Bolts shall be furnished with suitable locking devices to prevent
loosening of connections.
4.8.7.2.2 Coils, winding insulation and leads shall be braced to withstand

4.8.7.3 Bushings
4.8.7.3.1 All bushings shall have current ratings to match the transformer
capacity and shall not crack due to uneven tightening in assembly or
from stresses of normal operation. All contact surfaces shall be silver
plated.

4.8.7.3.2 HV bushings shall be of the completely sealed, air and sunlight proof,
standard chocolate brown glazed.
Bushings shall be 34.5kV class in accordance with ANSI Standards.
External BIL rating shall be 200 kV.
4.8.7.3.3 HV bushings shall be mounted on transformer for enclosure in an air

terminal chamber. The space of air terminals chamber shall be enough
to install the high-voltage cable sealing end.
4.8.7.3.4 The enclosure shall be punched to accept bottom entry of CSCI

Engineering Department's shielded copper cable. The enclosure shall
be suitable for attaching and connection with pre-cast type or thermal
shrinkable type cable sealing ends.
4.8.7.3.5 The main and neutral low voltage bushings shall be of 15 kV class, 110
kV BIL, according to ANSI Standard.
4.8.7.3.6 LV bushings shall be mounted on transformer on opposite side of tank

from HV bushings, for enclosure in weather-proof, dust-tight, air-filled
terminal chamber similar to that described in Part 4.8.7.3.4. Connector
between LV bushings and CSCI Engineering Department's cable
sealing ends shall be provided by Contractor.
Slip on rubber rings shall be provided to seal the gap between cable
and enclosure to make it dust-tight.
4.8.7.3.7 LV neutral terminal shall be provided for connection to external

neutral grounding resistor.
4.8.7.3.8 External clearances between energized parts and ground, and spacing
between adjacent phases, shall be coordinated with the internal
transformer insulation class.
4.8.7.3.9 The design of the bushings and the transformer shall permit the
removal and replacement of the bushings without removing the top
cover of the transformer tank and without lowering the oil to a level
which will uncover the windings.
4.8.7.4 Bushing Current Transformers (see Appendix "A" for details)
4.8.7.4.1 Bushing current transformers shall be removable without lowering

transformer oil to a level which would expose the windings.
Bushing current transformers shall be multi-ratio type. All secondary
taps shall be connected to shorting type terminal blocks at the control
cabinet of each transformer.

4.8.7.5 High Voltage Tap Changer
4.8.7.5.1 Each transformer shall be equipped with no-load tap changer,

operating on the high voltage winding.
The tap changer shall regulate the voltage of all three phases
simultaneously.
4.8.7.5.2 A tap changer suitable for manual deenergized operation shall be

furnished complete with tap selector, position indicator, locking device
and mechanism to prevent leaving winding open or short-circuited
when handwheel is in the locked position.
The tap changer handwheel shall be located on the transformer tank to
facilitate operation by personnel standing at level of transformer base.
4.8.7.6.1 The tank shall withstand without permanent deformation a pressure 25

percent greater than the maximum operating pressures resulting from
the system of oil preservation used.
The tank shall also be suitable for vacuum drying of the transformer, in
case of future need in the field.
All seams and joints shall be oil and gas tight. Guides within the tank
shall be furnished to facilitate tanking, untanking, and to prevent
movement of the core and winding assembly in transit or during
seismic disturbances. Ample space shall be provided between the core
and winding assembly and the tank bottom for collection of sediment.
Standard oil-tight drain, sampling, and upper and lower filter-press
connection valves shall be provided. Cooler shutoff valves attached to
the transformer tank shall be furnished for top and bottom cooler
connections and shall be oil-tight.
All gate or globe valves shall be furnished with the pipe plugs or plates
for additional protection.
Tank shall be suitable for filtering oil by use of hotline oil filter.
4.8.7.6.2 The base shall be sufficiently strong and properly constructed to skid
the transformer forward, backward or sidewise.
The points of support of the skid base shall be so located that the
center of gravity of support for a tilt of the base of 15 degrees or less
from the horizontal, with or without oil in the transformer.
Provision shall be made on, or adjacent to, the base, for pulling the
transformer parallel to both center lines.
Lifting eyes for lifting the cover and jack lugs for jacking the
completely assembled transformer shall be provided, in accordance
with ANSI C57.12.10, Section B.17.

4.8.7.7.1 51mm minimum size, located at lowest point on tank for complete
drainage of tank. Valves to have valve body offset below outlet,
4.8.7.8.1 31.75 millimeters minimum size, located on opposite side of tank from
drain valves. Valves to have flanged inlet, threaded outlet with pipe
plug.
4.8.7.9 Gas sampling valve shall be provided for the gas preservation system.
Section B,17. Each ground pad shall be furnished with a crimp type
connector for 250 mm2 copper cable.
4.8.7.11 Gasketed surfaces shall be provided with gasket compression-limit stop.
Gasketed surfaces which must be opened for untanking the transformer
shall have gaskets so installed as to minimize damage to the gaskets
when untanking the transformer.
Gaskets shall be Nitrile rubber, Corprene Neoprene, or approved equal.
One spare set of gaskets shall be quoted for all bushings and openings.
4.8.7.12 Each transformer shall be provided with a ladder bolted to the

transformer tank, with lower part removable or fixed.
4.8.7.13.1 The insulating oil shall be Naphthene series distillated pale oil refined
from natural crude petroleum, suitable for cooling and insulating the
transformers being supplied. It shall contain no corrosive impurities
which might affect insulating materials, varnishes, metals and other
parts of the transformer. It shall not form sludge, chemical reaction or
any other adverse condition, even during a long period. "Shell DD"
oil is preferable.
Contractor shall give a survey of transformer oils approved for filling
or topping-up.
All transformer oil shall be the same sort.
4.8.7.13.2 The characteristics

The oil shall be tested in accordance with the latest applicable ASTM
Standard (U.S.A.) and shall conform in all respects to the following
specification:
Item No. Characteristics Condition& Unit Acceptable Value ASTM

Test Designtion.
1. Color ASTM color scale 0.5 max. D1500

2. Gravity 15.6 ℃ 0.898 max. D1298
3. Flash point (C.O.C) ℃ 145 min. D92
4. Fire point ℃ 160 min. D92
5. Pour point ℃ -45.6 max. D97
6. Viscosity 0℃, sus 320 max. D88
7. Viscosity 37.8℃, sus 62 max. D88
8. Dielectric strength KV 30 min. D877
9. Interfacial tension Dynes/cm, 25℃ 40 min. D971
10. Dielectric constant -- 2.2 D924
11. Power Factor 25℃ 50Hz,% 0.05 max. D924
14
12. Resistivity 50℃ ohm-m 1.0x10 min. D1169
13. Neutralization mgKOH/g oil 0.03 max. D974number
14. Free sulfur -- None D989
15. Corrosive sulfur -- None D1275
16. Inorganic chlorides -- None D878 or sulphates
17. Steam emulsion number seconds 35 max. D1935
18. Water content ppm 35 max. D1533
(Kral fischer test)
19. Oxidation Stability 140℃,24 0.06 max. D1313
(sludge) Hr.; %
4.8.7.13.3 The insulating oil will be tested before and after filling into the
transformers. If the tests indicate that the oil from any drum fails to
meet requirements of this specification, the entire quantity of
supplied insulating oil will not be accepted and shall be replaced at
Contractor's expense.
4.8. 7.14 Oil Preservation Equipment
4.8.7.14.1 Oil preservation equipment shall be Atmoseal type or approved

equivalent.
4.8.7.14.2 For Atmoseal type, the equipment shall include a separate oil
expansion chamber with a synthetic separate oil expansion chamber
with a synthetic rubber bag, which is of high quality, high strength,
moisture and oil resistant, suitable for durable operation under
variable temperature, and shall be airtight and easily replaceable. No
oil shall be blown off on replacement of the bag. All necessary
accessories shall also be included in the equipment. The construction,
mechanical strength and painting of oil expansion chamber shall

conform to Section 4.8.7.6 and 4.8.8.2. shall be blown off on
replacement of the bag.
All necessary accessories shall also be included in the equipment.
The construction, mechanical strength and painting of oil expansion
chamber shall conform to Section 7.6 and 8.2.
4.8.4.8.7.15 Cooling Equipment
4.8.7.15.1 The cooling equipment shall be supplied complete, with radiators,

valves, drains, vents, pipes, and any other accessories, as required.
4.8.7.15.2 All radiators shall be hot-dip galvanized and painted. Special

attention shall be given to materials, design, production and corrosion
protection of radiators to insure that they will be thoroughly suitable
to withstand the severe corrosive forces encountered. The radiators
shall be able to withstand the same vacuum conditions specified for
the tank.
4.8.7.15.3 Valves shall be provided to permit removal of any radiator without

draining the transformer oil or affecting the operation. Plugs shall be
draining.
4.8.7.15.4 The OA/FA cooling system shall consist of necessary fans, motors,
temperature control and alarm devices. The system shall be capable
of operation by either manual or automatic control.
4.8. 7.15.5 Two 415-volt, 3-phase,50Hertz feeders each with a fault current
capability of 25000 amperes symmetrical will be furnished by CSC
for auxiliary power. Contractor shall provide circuit breakers and
equipment for automatic transfer to the standby source with remote
annunciation, in case of failure of the selected operating source.
If Contractor's equipment operates at voltages other than 415, two
suitable full capacity dry type transformers shall be furnished by
Contractor.
4.8.7.15.6 AC control power for cooling equipment and other controls as

required shall be 240 or 415 volts properly fused and derived from
415 to 240 volt dry type transformers, one for each alternate 415-
volt supply, furnished and mounted by Contractor.
4.8.7.15.7 Fan guards shall be provided to prevent direct human contact with
blades.

4.8.7.16 Motors
4.8.7.16.1 All auxiliary motors shall be totally enclosed fan-cooled or totally

enclosed nonventilated, rated 80 ℃ temperature rise and 1.0 service
factor.
Maximum ambient temperature shall be 40 ℃.
4.8.7.16.2 Motors shall be 415 volt, 3-phase, 50Hertz, within dividual overload
protection. Motor less than one-quarter horse-power may be 240
volt, 1-phase,50 Hertz.
4.8.7.17 Electrical Wiring
4.8.7.17.1 In general, all devices furnished as a part of this contract and

requiring electrical connections shall be designed for terminating at
terminal blocks in control cabinet. External wiring furnished on the
transformer shall be oil resistant cables securely routed and supported
and enter from the bottom of control cabinet with suitable conduit.
4.8.7.17.2 All control and secondary wiring shall consist of not less than 2 mm2
stranded copper switchboard wire, having 600-volt heat and moisture
resistant insulation, with fireproof covering, if the insulation alone is
not fire retardant. Neoprene shall not be used. Wiring shall be treated
with antifungal agent to provide satisfactory performance. All
switchboard wiring shall be attached to terminals with crimp-type
lugs or approved equal.
4.8.7.17.3 Terminal blocks for all control wiring shall be stainless type . Ten
4.8.7.17.4 Terminal blocks for current transformers shall be of the short-

circuiting type. All wiring terminating on terminal blocks shall be
identified either by legible markings on the device terminals or by
printing on the wire jacket or wire sleeves.
All spare auxiliary contacts shall be wired to accessible terminal
blocks for CSCI's future connections, and all wiring leaving a
junction box or cabinet shall leave from terminal blocks, not from
other devices in the cabinet. Terminal blocks for control wiring shall
be separated by barriers from equipment, cables or buses operating at
voltages above 240 volts. Each relay, fuse block, breaker, terminal or
other auxiliary device shall be permanently labeled to coincide with
the drawings.
4.8.7.17.5 Each transformer shall be fitted with a complete stainless steel

control cabinet (including mounting plate , screws/washers and etc. )
provided to connect all the trip, alarm, signaling, cooling control and

other leads, to terminal blocks mounted in the control cabinet.
4.8.7.17.6 Each transformer shall be provided with a set of electronic fault

indicator device installed in the control cabinet for indicating
abnormal condition of transformer. The fault indicator device shall be
TK type (FUJI manufacturer) or approved equivalent.
4.8.7.18 All trip, alarm and other auxiliary contacts for thermometers,
thermostats, buchholz relay, pressure relief device, oil gauge… etc.,
shall be ungrounded and rated for use with CSCI Engineering
Department 's ungrounded 110V DC system.
4.8.8 ACCESSORIES
4.8.8.1 Accessories shall be provided, including, but not limited to,as following:
4.8.8.1.1 A mechanical type pressure relief device shall bemounted on the cover
of each transformer to prevent the buildup of dangerous pressure in the
transformer tank. The device shall trip at 10 psi, concurrently actuating
a semaphore and an alarm contact. When the internal pressure is
reduced, the device shall automatically close to keep out rain or other
foreign matter.
4.8.8.1.2 Buchholz Relay

The Buchholz relay for transformer internal faultdetection shall be
provided and mounted on the transformer tank. Mechanical shock or
disturbances, such as earthquakes, short circuits, inrush current and
impulse voltage, shall not operate the relay unless the transformer is
damaged internally with concurrent generation of sudden gas pressure.
The Buchholz relay shall be provided with one alarm contact and one
trip contact (for operation and leakage indication). All leads for these
contacts shall be brought to the control cabinet. A suitable device for
internal fault gas collection should be provided. The fault gas shall be
easily collected for analysis while the transformer in operation.
4.8.8.1.3 Magnetic liquid-level oil gauge with low level alarm contacts, by
Contractor.
4.8.8.1.4 Stainless steel nameplate and connection diagram plate, in accordance

with ANSI standards, by Contractor.
4.8.8.1.5 Each transformer shall be provided with a dial type hot spot winding
temperature indicator for LV winding, to be located in a well which is
sealed off from the main tank. Indicator shall be AKM type or
approved equivalent, with 4 sets of microswitch contacts adjustable in
a range of 50℃ to 150℃ and provision for field testing. Leads shall be
brought out and tagged for control cabinet termination. The dial type

thermometer shall be weatherproof and submersible.
The dial type thermometers shall be equipped with maximum
temperature indication pointer.
4.8.8.1.6 The dial type hot spot winding temperature indicator shall perform the
following functions at specified successive values of hot spot
temperature rise:
a. Turn on cooling equipment.
b. Operate CSCI's alarm.
c. Trip breakers.
4.8.8.1.7 One dial type thermometer direct mounted for measuring the top
liquid temperature complete with 4 sets of micros witch contacts
adjustable temperature alarm/trip contacts and with maximum
temperature indication pointer. The indicating part shall be of air tight
construction and submersible; that there is no possibility of the glass
interior collecting moisture resulting in difficulty to observe the
indicator.
Indicator shall be AKM type approved equivalent.
All the indicator dials, with alarm/trip contact adjustments, shall be
mounted as a group in a position conveniently visible and accessible to
a man standing at floor level.
4.8.8.1.8 One (1) set of remote indicating temperature measuring equipment

complete with ambient temperature and distance compensation,
selector switch, search coils, temperature indicator, adjustment devices,
and all other equipment necessary for satisfactory operation. The
equipment will be used to measure the top-oil temperature and the
winding temperatures of the transformer components. Installation and
wiring of the equipment shall be done by Contractor. All of the remote
indicating temperature as above mentioned shall also be provided with
RTD PT100 Ohm 0 ℃ and 4-20 mA output signal terminal for
connection to SCADA system (in future) for remote monitor by others.
4.8.8.1.9 Current transformer for use with this indicator shall be located under
oil in transformer tank, in the center phase of the low-voltage winding.
Ratio of this CT, and indicator contact settings, shall be indicated on a
metal nameplate located near the indicator and on transformer
nameplate.
4.8.8.1.10 Each transformer shall have an angle-type alcohol thermometer to

measure the top-oil temperature, located near the transformer top at a
position conveniently visible to a man standing at floor level.
The thermal elements of both dial and alcohol thermometers shall be
housed in a well in the cover or wall of the main tank to permit
inspection and replacement without draining oil or gas from the
transformer.

4.8.8.1.11 Insulating oil sufficient to fill the transformer to the normal oil level.
4.8.8.1.12 The transformer shall be furnished with all standard accessories and
fittings for transformer oil filling or removal to include oil sampling
connections top and bottom, oil filtering connections, and draining
extreme bottom of tank. All accessories shall be rustproof.
4.8.8.1.13 Any equipment which is normally furnished with this size

transformer, or which is necessary for satisfactory operation and
maintenance shall be provided by the Contractor without additional
cost to CSCI.
4.8.8.1.14 All accessories shall be provided with mountings that preclude

misopeation due to vibration.
4.8.8.1.15 Each transformer shall be fitted with a complete stainless steel

control cabinet. The cabinet shall be weatherproof, dust tight and
shall include space heaters and thermostat to prevent condensation.
The cabinet shall be mounted on suitable position and height of the
transformer tank. Necessary steel conduit and wiring shall be
provided to connect all the trip, alarm, signalling, cooling control and
other auxiliary contacts, secondary circuits of all current transformers
and temperature coil leads to respective terminal blocks mounted
within the control cabinet. All current transformer leads shall
terminate on short circuiting type terminal blocks.
4.8.8.1.16 All insulations that are not fungus-resistant shall have a fungus
resisting coating applied. Where such coatings would interfere with
proper operation of apparatus, the coating shall not be applied. In
such cases, the part shall be inherently fungus-resistant.
4.8.8.1.17 Each transformer shall be furnished with two pieces of equipment

nameplate made of stainless steel by Contractor. The dimension of
equipment nameplate is 300(L) x 120(W) x 0.8(t) mm and the
inscription will be furnished later.
4.8.8.1.18 Each transformer shall be furnished with stainless steel fence, located
on the cover of the transform main tank, to protect workers from
falling.
4.8.8.2 Painting
4.8.8.2.1 Standard finish shall consist of three coats. The first coat shall be a
rust inhibitor, and the second and third coat shall be painted according
to the manufacturer's standard practice. The paint shall be selected for
superior quality with respect to both pigment and vehicle. The color of

the third coat shall be RAL 7033 (cement gray). The second coat shall
be of different color to insure that each coat is continuous and of
sufficient thickness. Sufficient quantity of RAL 7033 (cement gray)
paint for a final field coat shall be furnished.
4.8.8.2.2 Before painting, all surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned of oil, rust
and detritus. All edges and rough spots shall be smoothed. The
surfaces shall be kept thoroughly dry and clean before and during
painting.
4.8.8.2.3 Contractor shall provide 4 liters of finish paint for touch-up purposes
at CSCI Engineering Department site.
4.8.9 NEUTRAL GROUNDING RESISTOR ASSEMBLY
4.8.9.1 General
4.8.9.1.1 Each transformer shall be provided with a neutral grounding resistor

assembly which shall be assembled in the stainless steel panel and
installed at substation.
4.8.9.1.2 The resistor assembly shall be floor mounted and screened in cubicle
for personnel protection, self-supporting and of the stainless steel, open
grid, dry, stack type.
4.8.9.1.3 The resistors will be connected to the transformer secondary neutral to

limit the grounding fault current.
4.8.9.2 Ratings
4.8.9.2.1 System voltage 11.5 KV
4.8.9.2.2 Rated voltage 11.5/(root 3) KV
4.8.9.2.3 Rated current (10 seconds) 600 amps
4.8.9.2.4 Resistance (Approximate) at 20 ℃ 11.1 ohms
4.8.9.2.5 Temperature rise limit at 30 ℃ ambient
For stainless steel 760 ℃
4.8.9.3 Insulation levels

The resistor assembly shall withstand the application of a low
frequency ( 50 HZ ) test voltage of 34 KV for one (1)minute under dry
condition.
4.8.9.4.1 All resistor grids shall be made of stainless steel and shall be insulated
from mounting supports and framework.

4.8.9.4.2 Each assembly shall consist of several resistor stacks assembled to
form a rigid structure. All connections between stacks shall be made
with properly sized copper bars.
4.8.9.4.3 All supporting insulators shall be of outdoor type, wet process

porcelain free from cavities and other flaws.
4.8.9.4.4 The assembly framework shall be hot-dip galvanized in accordance

with the latest ASTM standards. The maximum overall dimensions of
each assembly shall be shown on the drawing attached to the Bid.
4.8.9.4.5 Each assembly shall be furnished with a stainless steel nameplate in

English, including as a minimum:
a) Rated Voltage
b) Rated current and time rating
c) Resistance at 20 ℃
d) Name of manufacturer, serial number, etc.
4.8.9.4.6 Each assembly shall be furnished with lugs for terminating the cable
from the transformer neutral and for connection of the assembly to
ground.
4.8.10 DRAWING, ETC., BY CONTRACTOR
languages, within the period given in Section 4.8.19.5.27, five (5)
copies of drawings of all equipment, including dimensions,
arrangement, electrical connections, name plate and similar pertinent
drawings, to CSC for approval.
Detailed dimensions in metric units shall be clearly marked on all
drawings. CSC will return one copy to the Contractor marked
"Approved", or commented for correction. The
Contractor shall then make all necessary corrections and revisions.
Correction of drawings shall be not entitled to any extension of the
delivery time. Any work done or materials ordered by the Contractor,
prior to receipt by the Contractor of drawings marked Approved, shall
be at the Contractor's own risk.
4.8.10.2 CSC's approval of drawings shall in no way relieve the Contractor of

his responsibilities for supplying equipment in strict accordance with
the contract specifications.

4.8.10.3 The Contractor shall furnish the following information and drawings,
in Chinese and English languages, to reach CSC not later than the date
that the equipment contracted is ready for delivery from Contractor's
works.
4.8.10.4 Five ( 5 ) sets of finally corrected and certified drawings of the

equipment, including outline, arrangement,construction and wiring
details.
4.8.10.5 Eight (8 ) sets of installation, operation and maintenance

instructions.( including test report, name plate, outline, wiring details)
4.8.10.6 Five ( 5 ) sets of replacement parts list.
4.8.11 SPARE PARTS
4.8.11.1 Itemized prices for following parts shall be quoted separately; CSCI
reserves the right to adjust the quantities of these spare parts (as
section 6.1 spare part list) within 24 months after contract signed:
4.8.12 TEST AND REPORTS
4.8.12.1.1 All tests shall be made by and at the expense of the Contractor in
accordance with the latest revision of ANSI Standard C57-12, unless
otherwise specified, or to standards that equipment is built to.
4.8.12.1.2 CSCI reserves the right to witness the tests. Contractor shall notify
CSCI four weeks in advance of scheduled tests.
4.8.12.2 Tests on each Transformer.
4.8.12.2.1 Leakage tests on tank, radiators, valve and other pressurized

Section 4.8.7.6.1.
4.8.12.2.2 Tests for resistances of each tap, phases for both HV and LV winding.
4.8.12.2.3.1 Tests for no-load and exciting current.

4.8.12.2.3.2 Measurement of load loss and impedance voltage.
4.8.12.2.4 Ratio test.
4.8.12.2.5 Tests for polarity and checking of the type of winding connection as
well as phase sequence.

4.8.12.2.6 Test for insulating oil and test report from the insulating oil’s
manufacturer.
4.8.12.2.7 Applied potential and induced voltage tests.
4.8.12.2.8 Insulation resistance and tangent delta or power factor test of

windings, bushings and completed transformers.
4.8.12.2.9 Control wiring check and insulation test.
4.8.12.2.10 Test of current transformers.
4.8.12.3 Type Tests

Type tests shall be made on at least one transformer of the lot supplied.
4.8.12.3.1 Impulse voltage tests, both full wave and chopped wave, on the
4.8.12.3.2 Temperature rise tests, for one transformer to be selected by CSCI

Engineering Department in accordance with the requirement of
Section 4.8.6.1.1 and 4.8.6.1.2.
4.8.12.3.3 Radio influence voltage level test.
4.8.12.3.2 Sound level test.
4.8.12.4 The following tests shall be performed on each neutral grounding

resistor assembly:
4.8.12.4.1 Current carrying capability test.
4.8.12.4.2 Voltage withstand test.
4.8.12.4.3 Resistance measurement test.
4.8.12.4.4 Insulation resistance measurement test.
4.8.12.5 All tests shall be conducted at the Contractor's works, by and at the
expense of the Contractor. The test items of Sections 4.8.12.2.3,
4.8.12.2.4, 4.8.12.2.5, 4.8.12.2.6, 4.8.12.2.7, 4.8.12.2.8, 4.8.12.2.9,
4.8.12.3.1 for completed transformers shall be conducted in the
presence of CSCI's inspector, shall in no way relieve the contractor of
his responsibility for testing the equipment in strict accordance with
the relevant standard.
4.8.12.6 Three (3) copies of suitable bound certified test report and inspection
data in Chinese and English shall be furnished after these have been
approved by CSCI Engineering Department.
4.8.12.7 Oil used in the transformer during tests conducted at the Contractor's
works shall be the same as applied and specified in Section 4.8.7.13.

4.8.13 INSPECTION

extent practical, by CSCI Engineering Department or his consignee, at
all times during manufacturing, assembling and testing of material or
reasonable facilities required by CSCI Engineering Department or his
consignee for the performance of inspection required.
4.8.13.3 CSCI Engineering Department or his consignee shall have full access
to all fabricating or manufacturing plants at all times, to inspect all
materials and fabrication, as well as witness all tests.
4.8. 13.4 No material or equipment shall be delivered before it has been cleared
by CSCI V, and the material or equipment so marked.
4.8.13.5 The acceptance of equipment by CSCI Engineering Department shall

in no way relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for furnishing
material or parts thereof according to the requirements of this
specification. Any warranties or guarantees concerning workmanship
or material on this equipment shall be in full force even though the
equipment has been accepted.
4.8.14PACKING, DELIVERY AND INSTALLATION
4.8.14.1 The transformers shall be delivered as completely assembled as

possible .
4.8.14.2 All bushings shall be demounted and individually packed, in carefully

constructed boxes, suitably tagged to protect the bushings against both
mechanical damage and electrical deterioration during transportation.
4.8.14.3 All packing enclosures shall be such that slings for handling may be
readily attached during transport. Where it is unsafe to attach slings to
boxes or crates, boxed or crated parts shall be packed with slings
attached to the contents. The slings shall project through the box or
crate so that other lifting attachments can be readily made.
4.8.14.4 All projecting parts such as valves, gauges, and similar equipment shall
be removed wherever possible, and transported separately; where
removal is not possible, protective steel plate or boxes shall be welded
for protection.

4.8.14.5 Any delays in the delivery of other transformers shall be subject to the
penalty clauses, as stipulated in the general contract.
4.8.14.6 All finished nonferrous metal work and devices liable to be damaged
All finished ferrous surfaces shall be coated with a readily removable
rust preventive compound.
4.8.14.7 All boxes, containing equipment liable to corrode in a highly humid,

saline atmosphere, shall be carefully lined with suitable weatherproof
packing, with ample supply of silica gel or other dehydrating agent
enclosed in such boxes to prevent condensation.
4.8.14.8 All parts shall be adequately marked to facilitate field erection, and all
packages shall have two (2) copies of the package list, one attached to
the package, the other to be sent to CSCI Engineering Department, if
requested.
4.8.14.9 The transformer with its accessories and spare parts shall be
transported to CSCI Engineering Department erection site in India at
Contractor's cost, with the transformer taps connected at 33 KV to
11KV position.
4.8.14.10 The assembling of the transformers on the centerlines of CSCI

Engineering Department's foundations, including final paint coating
and tests after assembling or before commissioning, shall be done and
at the expense of the Contractor. Above mentioned test shall include at
least test items of Section 4.8.12.2.2, 4.8.12.2.4, 4.8.12.2.6 and
4.8.12.2.9 for assembled transformer. Above mentioned test shall
include at least test items of Section 4.8.12.4.2, 4.8.12.4.3 and
4.8.12.4.4 for neutral grounding resistor assembly:
4.8.1 PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE
4.8.15.1 For the purpose of comparing bids, the Bidder shall guarantee the
transformers to meet the characteristic value as specified in Table“A”,
and propose relevant information as per Section 4.8.19.5.11. If the
characteristic value in Bidder’s proposal exceed the guaranteed value
as specified in Table “A”, CSCI Engineering Department will reject
the proposal.
4.8.15.2 Liquidated damage shall be one hundred twenty five thousand New
Taiwan dollars (NT$125,000) for each KW or part thereof, by which
the actual total no-load losses of each transformer, operating on 33 KV
/ 11 KV taps excited at rated voltage and frequency exceed the
guaranteed value.

4.8.15.3 Liquidated damage shall be seventy thousand three hundred and twelve
NT dollars (NT$70,312) for each KW or part thereof, by which the
actual total full load losses and auxiliary power losses of each
transformer, operating under rated load condition on 33 KV/11 KV
taps, at 75℃ winding temperature, exceeds the guaranteed value.
4.8.15.4 Liquidated damage shall be fifteen-hundredths of one percent(0.15%)

of the unit contract price for each one-tenth of one percent (0.10%) or
fraction thereof of the deficiency in capacity of the transformer. The
transformer shall be considered to be of adequate rating if the
temperature rise of the windings above ambient temperature does not
exceed 55 ℃ when measured by the resistance method, with the
transformers operating continuously at the 33/11 kV ratio and loaded
to 40 MVA, at 11kV output, in accordance with the specified MVA
rating conditions.
4.8.15.5 The liquidated damage shall be applied to each transformer of that

shipment. The quantity of transformer which will be tested with the
witness of CSCI Engineering Department shall be decided by CSCI
Engineering Department. If more than one transformer have been
tested with CSCI EN Engineering Department 's witness, the losses
shall be the arithmetic mean value of all tested transformers.
4.8.16.0 GUARANTEE
4.8.16.1 If within four (4) years after delivery from the Contractor's factory, any
workmanship, or quality of material, the Contractor shall, at his own
expense, furnish to CSCI Engineering Department site replacement
parts of such design, workmanship and material as approved by CSCI
4.8.17.0 STATEMENT OF EXCEPTIONS
4.8.17.1 The Bidder shall clearly state all exceptions, if any, to any part of this
specification. Any statement on the Bidder's proposal (including
drawings) which differs from the requirements of this specification
shall be specifically referred to by a definite citation in a "Statement of
Exceptions" to be considered by CSCI Engineering Department as
constituting an Exception to the specification. Justification for such
exceptions shall be included in the "Statement of Exceptions".

Attachment "Table A" - EQUIPMENT RATINGS
1. Type outdoor type
2. Quantity 2
3. OA/FA rating 55℃, MVA 32/40
4. Percent Impedance at 75 ℃, 9%
32 MVA base
5. LV neutral grounding resistor

Resistance at 20 ℃ 11.1 ohms
Rated current (10 seconds, at 6.64 KV) 600 amps
6. Bushing current transformer

6.1 HV terminal
1000/1A CT per terminal with an accuracy class of 15VA,5P20A.
(Two cores CT , each core CT include above mentioned rating.)
6.2 LV terminal X1, X2, X3 X0

6.2.1 Number per terminal One
One
6.2.2 Ratings (multi-ratio) 2500/1A,15VA
600/1A,15VA
6.2.3 Accuracy class 5P20 5P20
7. Characteristic value:
(guaranteed losses, at 75 ℃, at rated voltage, PF=1.0, 60Hz)
7.1 No-load losses <= 27.0 KW
7.2 Full load, Load Losses, at 40 MVA <= 182.1 KW
7.3 Auxiliary power loss, at 40 MVA <= 1.2 KW
7.4 Total losses, at 40 MVA <= 210.3 KW
8. Exciting amperes at rated voltage in <= 0.6 %

percent of full load current (40 MVA)
9 Efficiency in percent at
100% load (40 MVA) <= 99.48%
75% load <= 99.57%
50% load <= 99.63%

4.9 11kV/415V 1.6MVA Power Transformer
4.9.1 Scope
4.9.1.1 This specification covers the design, manufacture, test and delivery of
three phase, two windings, oil immersed, self-cooled (OA) power
transformers, complete with insulating oil, accessories and spare parts.
(Refer to Appendix A). These transformers will be used as power
transformers for substation service at the Dragon Steel Corporation
steel-mill at Taichung County, Taiwan, Republic of China, and will
step down voltage from 11kV (nominal) systems to 415 V service
systems.
4.9.1.2 Bidder shall offer design, size and type, which has been built
previously and proven to meet the required performance during
satisfactory operating. No proto-type design will be considered.
4.9.1.3 The transformers shall be cables connected to the bus of the main
incoming breakers.
4.9.1.4 Each power transformer is rated to carry the total load of the bus
section of each switchgear assembly. The impedance of each power
transformer has been selected to allow parallel operation of the two
sources without exceeding the interrupting rating of the associated
switchgear. (Transformer kVA and impedance values are as shown on
the attached list).
4.9.1.5 The arrangement of equipment shall be in no way interfering with

satisfactory performance and shall allow for adequate space for
maintenance within the structure.
4.9.1.6 Base bids shall be for equipment outlined in Section 4.9.1.3 including,
but not necessarily limited to, all controls and accessories further
specified herein, including transformers filled with non-inhibited oil

cooling medium. Bid shall include any special tools required for
installation, testing as specified in Section 4.9.11.0 .An alternate quote
for indoor and non-flammable liquid cooling transformers, with LV air
filled terminal box fabricated for cable connection to 415 V
switchgear, is required.
4.9.1.7 All components shall function in a satisfactory manner within their

rated capacity and under the specified service conditions (See Section
4.9.2.2) regardless of whether all necessary specific performances are
set forth herein or in applicable standard.
4.9.1.8 Whenever equipment proposed by the Bidder cannot satisfactorily

meet the intent of this specification, in any respect, such exceptions
must be clearly stated in the proposal. No exceptions are allowed
unless specifically granted by CSCI Engineering Department in
writing.
4.9.2.0 Standards and Service Conditions
4.9.2.1 Standards
this specification shall conform in all respects to the latest revisions of
ANSI C57.12 and NEMA-TR-1 standards. Other authoritative
standards, which assure an equal or higher quality than these standards,
4.9.2.1.2 In the event that any part of the offer is not covered by a national
standard listed the appropriate American National Standard or Codes
shall govern.

4.9.2.2.2 In order to insure reliable service of equipment and wiring under these
adverse atmospheric conditions, the equipment shall be tropicalized
and all cubicles, where required, and the control cabinets shall be
provided with space heaters and gasketed doors. In order to be
interchangeable with the existing transformers without any
modification or adjustment. The dimension and arrangement of
transformers designed by Bidder shall conform to attached drawing no.
The successful Bidder will receive the common control cabinet wiring
diagram from CSCI Table A, the circuit and designations shall follow.
4.9.3. Equipment and Services by Contractor

4.9.3.1 Power Transformers - Oil immersed three-phase, two-winding, 50Hz,
self-cooled (OA) with quantities and ratings as tabulated on Table A
attached,.
4.9.3.1.1 The procurement quantities, as tabulated on Table A may change.
CSCI Engineering Department reserves the right to make transformer
quantity change without changing the unit bid prices.
4.9.3.2 All transformers shall be complete with, but not necessarily limited to,
no-voltage tap-changer equipment, cooling equipment, all controls and
accessories, including bushing current transformers, as specified herein.
4.9.3.3 Special tools for site assembly and installation, if required.
4.9.3.4 Complete assembly and test of each transformer, at the factory, prior to
shipment. (See Section 4.9.11)
4.9.4.0 Equipment and Services by Others

The following items will be provided by others:
4.9.4.1 110-volt DC ungrounded supply, for controls and alarms.

4.9.4.2 415-volt, three-phase, 50 Hz power supplies for accessory equipment,
as required.
4.9.4.3 Foundations.
4.9.4.4 External conduit and wiring.
4.9.4.5 Erection labor and field-testing labor.
4.9.5.0 Detailed Requirements

4.9.5.1.1 All transformers covered by this specification shall be three-phase, 50
Hz, oil-filled type with two windings which are rated for self-cooled
(OA) operation, with non-inhibited oil coolant, at an average
temperature rise (by resistance) of 55℃.
4.9.5.1.2 The transformer and its insulation shall be thermally upgraded and all
current-carrying components, including bushings, tap changers, shall
be capable of carrying a 65℃ winding temperature rise rating (112
percent of the 55℃ rise rating), with no loss of transformer life. This
65℃ rise rating shall be shown on the nameplate.
4.9.5.1.3 The HV windings of all transformers shall be delta connected, with
five full capacity 2-1/2 percent taps, at 12.075kV, 11.7875kV, 11.5kV,
11.2125kV and 10.925 kV.
4.9.5.1.4 The LV windings of all transformers shall be wye connected; neutral
shall be brought out through the bushing and connected to CSCI Table
A 's grounding system.
4.9.5.1.5 Angular displacement of all transformers shall be ANSI standard, with

low voltage lagging high voltage by 30 degrees.
4.9.5.1.6 Basic insulation level (BIL) of all HV windings and bushings shall be

110 kV.
4.9.5.1.7 BIL of all LV windings and bushings shall be 45 kV.
4.9.6.0 Performance
4.9.6.1.1 The conductor temperature rise of the windings, as measured by the
resistance method, shall not exceed 55℃ above the surrounding
temperature of 40℃ with the transformer continuously loaded, as
described in Section 4.9.6.1.2, at rated frequency. Under these
conditions, the hottest spot winding temperature rise shall not exceed
65℃ and the top oil temperature rise shall not exceed 55℃.
4.9.6.1.2 The above specified temperature rise shall apply when the transformer
is operated continuously at full load rating, with the primary voltage
tap set at each one of the five positions. The kVA rating is based on
rated low voltage, which is maintained by impressing on the HV
winding a voltage higher than its rated voltage for compensation of the
transformer voltage regulation. The transformer shall deliver rated
kVA continuously at 105 percent rated voltage and operate
continuously at 10 percent above rated voltage at no load without
exceeding the above specified temperature rise.

The taps specified in Section 4.9.5.1.3 shall be full capacity taps and
shall be connected as described therein. The taps, upon which all
ratings are based, shall be 11 kV for the high voltage winding and 415
V for the low voltage winding.
Transformer windings shall be designed to withstand impulse voltage,
applied voltage and induced voltage tests, all in accordance with ANSI
Standard C57.12.90.

4.9.6.4.1 The transformers covered by this specification shall meet the Short
Circuit Qualification Requirements given in the Short Circuit Test
Code prepared by IEEE Transformer Committee as an amplification of
ANSI Standard C57.12.00, Section 4.9.7, entitled Short Circuit
Characteristics.
4.9.6.4.2 The Bidder shall include, as an option, a quotation for the performance
of such tests, including the system conditions under which the tests
will be performed, and the test procedures to be followed.
4.9.6.4.3 CSCI Table A will advise the Contractor at any time during the
engineering and manufacturing cycle whether such tests will be
required, but not later than four (4) weeks prior to shipment.
The transformer shall be capable of loading in excess of nameplate
overload. The limit of loading for these conditions shall be as given in
the ANSI C57.92 in its latest revision. All current carrying parts, such
as bushings, no-voltage tap-changers, leads, and contacts shall have
adequate capacity for the specified-overload conditions.
The radio influence voltage level shall not exceed values given in
NEMA Standard TR1.004.
4.9.6.7 Sound Level
The transformer shall be so designed that the average audible sound
level shall not exceed the standard values of NEMA Standard TR-
1(latest revision), when measured at the factory according to
conditions outlined in TR 1-9.04. Noise Level 56 db (A) +3 db (A)
tolerance.

Similarly rated transformers specified herein shall be electrical
power operation.
4.9.6.9 Loss Ratio
The ratio of copper loss to iron loss at base kVA for each transformer
shall be the practical minimum, relevant, information shall be included
in Bidder's proposal.
4.9.6.10 Impedance
4.9.6.10.1 The transformers shall have impedance as shown on the required list
attached to Table Aat rated OA rating of 1600 kVA, 75℃. A 7.5
percent tolerance will be acceptable.
4.9.6.10.2 If impedance over the tap range varies from impedance at rated voltage,
variation shall be uniform over entire range. Bidder shall specify
variation for approval by CSCI Engineering Department.
4.9.7.1 Core
The core shall be of cold rolled, grain oriented silicon steel of low
held by appropriate means, insulated with Class B insulation. The use
of organic tape or pressed board wrapping to hold the laminations will
not be acceptable. All clamping structures shall have adequate
mechanical strength and shall be so constructed as to minimize eddy
currents. The core laminations shall have an insulating coating
resistant to the action of hot oil. The core and coils shall be so fixed in
the tank that shifting will not occur when the transformer is being
moved.

4.9.7.2 Windings
4.9.7.2.1 The windings shall consist of copper conductors and be of surge-proof
design to provide best protection against impulse stress. Coil and core
assembly shall be vacuum dried at the factory. All permanent current
carrying joints, except threaded connections, shall be welded or silver
soldered. Bolted clamp-type connections shall be used at bushings, tap
changers, and terminal boards. Bolts shall be furnished with suitable
locking devices to prevent loosening of connections.
4.9.7.2.2 Coils, winding insulation and leads shall be braced to withstand
4.9.7.2.3 Windings shall be constructed so that mechanical forces are balanced
under the fault conditions. The bidder shall include in his proposal,
information on the particulars of how this will be accomplished.
4.9.7.3 Bushings
4.9.7.3.1 All bushings shall have current ratings to match the transformer
capacity and shall not crack due to uneven tightening in assembly or
from stresses of normal operation. All contact surfaces shall be
silvered plated.
4.9.7.3.2 HV bushings shall be of the completely sealed, air and sunlight proof,
standard chocolate brown glazed. Bushings shall be 15 kV class in
accordance with ANSI Standards. External BIL rating shall be110 kV.
4.9.7.3.3 HV bushings shall be mounted on the top of transformer for enclosure
in an air terminal chamber. The space of air terminals shall be enough
to install the high-voltage cable sealing ends. The connector which
between HV bushings and CSCI Engineering Department's cable
sealing ends shall be provided by Contractor. Slip on rubber rings and
cable glands shall be provided to seal the gap between cable and
enclosure to make it dust-tight. Cable O.D.'s will be furnished later.
4.9.7.3.4 The main and neutral low voltage bushings shall be of 1.2 kV class, 45
kV BIL, solid or oil-filled type, according to ANSI Standard.

4.9.7.3.5 LV bushings shall be mounted on the top of the transformer on
opposite side of tank from HV bushings, for enclosure in weatherproof,
dust tight, air-filled terminal chamber similar to that described in Part
4.9.7.3.3. The connector which between LV bushings and CSCI
Engineering Department's cable sealing ends shall be provided by
Contractor. Slip on rubber rings and cable glands shall be provided to
seal the gap between cable and enclosure to make it dust-tight. Cable
O.D.'s will be furnished later.
4.9.7.3.6 LV bushing shall be connected to five 250mm2 copper cables per

phase. The neutral circuit shall have the same ampacity as the phase
circuits. Permanent phase marking should be provided for HV and LV
bushing. The air filled terminal chamber shall be dust-tight,
weatherproof, bolted gasket cover. The end plate of terminal cover is
made of non-magnetic material. The high strength steel bolts and
washers for both HV and LV connection should be provided.
4.9.7.3.7 External clearances between energized parts and ground, and spacing
between adjacent phases, shall be coordinated with the internal
transformer insulation class.
4.9.7.5 Primary No-Voltage Tap-Changer
4.9.7.5.1 Externally manually operated no-voltage tap-changer shall be provided
in the primary winding for selection of primary taps. The manually
tap-changer shall be so arranged that it can be operated simultaneously
for all three phases with a single external handle. The tap-changer hand
wheel shall be located on the transformer tank to facilitate operation by
a person standing at the level of transformer base.
4.9.7.5.2 A tap changer suitable for manual de-energized operation shall be
furnished complete with tap selector, position indicator, locking device
and mechanism to prevent leaving winding open or short-circuited
when hand-wheel is in the locked position.

4.9.7.5.3 A tap position indictor shall be provided to indicate the tap selected. A
locking device will be provided to enable locking the operating handle
in position so as to prevent unauthorized operation.

4.9.7.6.1 The tank shall withstand without permanent deformation a pressure 25
percent greater than the maximum operating pressures resulting from
the system of oil reservation used. The tank shall also be suitable for
vacuum drying of the transformer, in case of future need in the field.
All seams and joints shall be oil and gas tight. Guides within the tank
shall be furnished to facilitate tanking, untanking, and to prevent
movement of the core and winding assembly in transit or during
seismic disturbances. Ample space shall be provided between the core
and winding assembly and the tank bottom for collection of sediment.
Standard oil-tight drain, sampling, and upper and lower filter-press
connection valves shall be provided. Cooler shut-off valves attached to
the transformer tank shall be furnished for top and bottom cooler
connections and shall be oil-tight. All gate or globe valves shall be
furnished with the pipe plugs or plates for additional protection. Tank
shall be suitable for filtering oil by use of hotline oil filter.
4.9.7.6.2 The base shall be sufficiently strong and properly constructed to permit
the transformer skidding forward, backward or sidewise. The points of
support of the skid base hall be so located that the center of gravity of
support for a tilt of the base of 15 degrees or less from the horizontal,
with or without oil in the transformer. Provision shall be made on, or
adjacent to, the base, for pulling the transformer parallel to both central
lines. Lifting eyes for lifting the cover and jack lugs for jacking the
completely assembled transformer shall be provided, in accordance
with ANSI C57.12.10, Section B.17.

4.9.7.6.3 All gasketed joints shall have machined surfaces on both sides and
shall be provided with gasket compression-limit step. Gasketed
surfaces which must be opened for untanking the transformer shall
have gaskets so installed as to minimize damage to the gaskets when
untanking the transformer for inspection. Gaskets shall be Nitride
rubber, Corprene Neoprene, or approved equal. One spare set of
gaskets shall be quoted for the manhole covers, all bushings and
openings.
One liquid drain valve located at lowest point on tank for complete
drainage of tank. Valves to have valve body offset below outlet,
31.75 millimeters minimum size located on opposite side of tank from
drain valves. Valves to have flanged inlet threaded outlet with pipe
plug.
4.9.7.9 Gas sampling Valve
Gas sampling valve shall be provided for the gas preservation system.
4.9.7.10.1 The insulating oil shall be Naphthalene series distillated pale oil
refined from natural crude petroleum, suitable for cooling and
insulating the transformers being supplied. It shall contain no
corrosive impurities, which might affect insulating materials, varnishes,
metals and other parts of the transformer. It shall not form sludge,
chemical reaction or any other adverse condition, even during a long
period. "Shell DD" oil is preferable. Contractor shall give a survey of
transformer oils approved for filling or topping-up for approval. Shell
DD oil and Transformer oil should be allowed to mix with each other
without loss its characteristics. All transformer oil shall be the same

sort.
4.9.7.10.2 The insulating oil shall be tested before and after filling into the
transformers. Test shall be made in accordance with the latest ASTM
standard. If the tests indicate that the oil from any drum fails to meet
requirements of this specification, the entire quantity of supplied
insulating oil will not be accepted and shall be replaced at
Contractor's expense.
4.9.7.11 Oil Preservation Equipment
4.9.7.11.1 Oil preservation equipment shall be of the conservator type.
4.9.7.11.2 The Buchholz relay shall be complete with separate contacts for alarm
and trip (for operation and leakage indication).
4.9.7.11.3 All leads for these contacts shall be brought to the common terminal
box described in Section 4.9.7.13.1. The system will be operated from
a 110V DC control source.
4.9.7.12 Cooling Equipment

4.9.7.12.1 The cooling equipment shall be supplied complete with radiators,
valves, drains, ends, pipes, and any other accessories, as required.
4.9.7.12.2 All radiators shall be hot-dip galvanized and painted acct. to RAL
7033. Special attention shall be given to materials, design, production
and corrosion protection of radiators to insure that they will be
thoroughly suitable to withstand the severe corrosive forces
encountered. The radiators shall be able to withstand the same vacuum
conditions specified for the tank.
4.9.7.12.3 Valves shall be provided to permit removal of any radiator without
draining the transformer or affecting the operation. Plugs shall be
draining.
4.9.7.12.4 CSCI Engineering Department will furnish one 415-volt, 3-phase, 50

Hz feeder with a fault current capability of 22,000 amperes
symmetrical for auxiliary power. Contractor shall provide circuit
breaker with remote annunciation, in case of failure of the operating
source. If Contractor's equipment operates at voltages other than 480
volts, Contractor shall furnish one suitable full capacity dry type
transformer. (If necessary)
4.9.7.12.5 AC control power for cooling equipment and other controls as required
shall be 240 volts properly fused and derived from 415to 240-volt dry
type transformer. (If necessary)
4.9.7.13 Common Terminal Box

4.9.7.13.1 Each transformer shall be fitted with a common control cabinet
provided to connect all trip, alarm, signaling, and other leads, to
terminal blocks mounted in the control cabinet.
4.9.7.13.2 In general, all devices furnished as a part of this contract and requiring
electrical connections shall be designed for terminating at terminal
blocks in control cabinet. External wiring furnished on the transformer
shall be oil resistant cables securely routed and supported.
4.9.7.13.3 All control and Secondary wiring shall consist of not less than 2mm2
stranded copper switchboard wire, having 600-volt heat and moisture,
oil resistant insulation, with fireproof covering, if the insulation alone
is not fire retardant. Neoprene shall not be used. Wiring shall be
treated with anti-fungal agent to provide satisfactory performance. All
switchboard wiring shall be attached to terminals with crimp-type lugs
or approved equal.
4.9.7.13.4 Terminal blocks for all control wiring shall be stainless type. Twenty
4.9.7.13.5 Terminal blocks for current transformers shall be of the short-
circuiting type. All wiring terminating on terminal blocks shall be
identified either by legible markings on the device terminals or by

printing on the wire jacket or wire sleeves. All spare auxiliary contacts
shall be wired to accessible terminal blocks for CSCI Engineering
Department 's future connect, and all wiring leaving a junction box or
cabinet shall leave from terminal blocks, not from other devices in the
cabinet. Barriers shall separate terminal blocks for control wiring from
equipment, cables or buses operating at voltages above 240 volts. Each
relay, fuse block, breaker, terminal or other auxiliary device shall be
permanently labeled to coincide with the drawings.
4.9.7.13.6 All alarm and relay contacts shall be ungrounded and rated for use
with CSCI Engineering Department 's ungrounded 110V DC system.
4.9.7.14 Painting
4.9.7.14.1 Standard finish shall consist of three coats. The first coat shall be a rust
inhibitor, and the Second and third coat shall be painted according to
the manufacturer's standard practice. The paint shall be selected for
superior quality with respect to both pigment and vehicle. The color of
the third coat shall be RAL 7033 (cement gray). The Second coat shall
be of different color to insure that each coat is continuous and of
sufficient thickness. Paints such as alkyd enamels having a fungus
resistant property shall be used on all inside surfaces and shall be
sprayed. The paint has to withstand chemically aggressive atmospheres
prevailing in steel mills.
4.9.7.14.2 Before painting, all surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned of oil, rust
and detritus. All edges and rough spots shall be smoothed. The
surfaces shall be kept thoroughly dry and clean before and during
painting.
4.9.7.14.3 All insulation that is not fungus-resistant shall have a fungus resisting
coating applied. Where such coatings would interfere with proper
operation of apparatus, the coating shall not be applied. In such cases,
the part shall be inherently fungus-resistant.

4.9.7.14.4 Contractor shall provide 4 liters of finish paint for touchup purposes at
Dragon Steel Corporation site.
4.9.8 Auxiliaries and Accessories

Each transformer shall be furnished complete with all necessary
auxiliaries and accessories, including, but not limited to, the following:
4.9.8.1 Buchholz relay shall be provided. Mechanical shock or disturbances,

such as short circuits, inrush current and impulse voltage, shall not
operate the relay unless the transformer is damaged internally with
concurrent generation of sudden gas pressure. Each relay shall be
provided with one alarm contact and one trip contact. For detecting of
fault gas, a suitable device shall be provided for collecting transformer
internal gas during transformer operation.
4.9.8.2 Magnetic liquid-level oil gauge.
4.9.8.3 Stainless steel nameplate and connection diagram plate, in accord with
ANSI standards, by Contractor.
4.9.8.4 Each transformer shall be provided with a dial type hot spot winding
temperature indicator for LV winding, to be located in a well which is
sealed off from the main tank. Indicator shall be FUKUDA type or
equal, with 4 sets of contacts adjustable in a range of 0℃ to 120℃ and
provision for field-testing. Leads shall be brought out and tagged for
control cabinet termination. The dial type thermometer shall be
weatherproof and submersible.
4.9.8.5 The dial type hot spot winding temperature indicator shall perform the
following functions at specified successive values of hot spot
temperature rise:

(1) Turn on cooling equipment.
(2) Operate CSCI Engineering Department 's alarm.
(3) Trip breakers.
The equipment will be used to measure the top-oil temperature and the
winding temperatures of the transformer components. Installation and
wiring of the equipment shall be done by Contractor. All of the remote
ndicating temperature as mentioned above shall also be provided with
RTD PT100 ohms 0℃ and 4-20 mA signal terminal (DC transducer
will be HSIANG CHENG type) for connection to UDC for remote
monitor by others.
4.9.8.6 The dial type thermometer direct mounted for measuring the top liquid
temperature complete with adjustable temperature alarm/trip contacts.
The indicating part shall be of airtight construction and submersible;
that there is no possibility of the glass interior collecting moisture
resulting in difficulty to observe the indicator.
4.9.8.7 One set of flat wheels according to DIN shall be provided.

One set of anchoring bolts.

Section B, 17. Each ground pad shall be furnished with a crimp type
connector suitable for stranded copper conductor of various sizes
ranging from 50-120 mm2.
4.9.8.9 One silica gel breather shall be provided.

4.9.8.10 Insulating oil sufficient to fill the transformer to the normal oil level.
4.9.8.11 All standard accessories and fittings for transformer oil filling or
removal to include oil sampling connections top and bottom, oil
filtering connections, and draining extreme bottom of tank.

4.9.8.12 All accessories shall be provided with mountings that preclude
misoperation due to vibration.
4.9.8.13 The control cabinet shall be weatherproof, dust tight and shall include
space heaters and thermostat.
4.9.8.14 The Contractor without additional cost shall provide any equipment
which is normally furnished with this size transformer, or which is
necessary for satisfactory operation and maintenance to CSCI
4.9.8.15 Other auxiliaries and accessories are required and furnished as

standard by the manufacturer.
4.9.9 Drawings
languages, three (3) copies of drawings of all equipment, including
dimensions, arrangement, electrical connections, name plate and
similar pertinent drawings, to CSCI Engineering Department for
approval. Detailed dimensions in metric units shall be clearly marked
on all drawings. CSCI Engineering Department will return one copy to
the Contractor marked "Approved", or Comment for correction. The
Contractor shall then make all necessary corrections and revisions.
Correction of drawings shall be not entitled to any extension of the
delivery time.
4.9.9.2 Any work done or materials ordered by the Contractor, prior to receipt
by the Contractor of drawings marked "Approved", shall be at the
Contractor's own risk. The Contractor shall make the equipment
conform to the provisions and intent of the contract documents without
additional cost. CSCI Engineering Department 's approval of drawings
shall not be held to relieve the Contractor of any part of the

Contractor's obligation to meet all of the requirements of this
specification nor of his responsibilities for supplying equipment in
strict accordance with the contract specifications.
4.9.9.3 The Contractor shall furnish the following information and drawings,
in Chinese and English languages, to reach CSCI Engineering
Department not later than the date that the equipment contracted is
ready for delivery from Contractor's works:
4.9.9.3.1 Fifteen (15) sets of finally corrected and certified drawings of the
equipment, including outline, arrangement, construction and wiring
details.
4.9.9.3.2 Fifteen (15) sets of installation, operation and maintenance instructions.
(including test report, name plate, outline, wiring details)
4.9.9.3.3 Five (5) sets of replacement parts list.
4.9.10 Spare Parts

4.9.10.1 Itemized prices for following parts shall be quoted separately; CSCI
Engineering Department reserves the right to adjust the quantities of
these spare parts(as section 6.1 spare part list) within 18 months after
contract signed:
Other spare parts as recommended by the Bidder for two years of
normal operation.
4.9.10.2 The Bidder shall provide with his proposal a separate list of
recommended spare parts suitable for two years operation complete
with unit price. Cost of spare parts shall not be included in the bid
price. Purchase of these additional spare parts will be at CSCI
Engineering Department 's option.
4.9.11 Test and Reports
4.9.11.1 All tests shall be made by and at the expense of the Contractor in
accordance with the latest revision of ANSI Standard C57-12, unless

otherwise specified, or to standards that equipment is built to. CSCI
Engineering Department reserves the right to witness the tests.
Contractor shall notify CSCI Engineering Department two weeks in
advance of scheduled tests.
4.9.11.2 The following tests shall be performed on each transformer.
4.9.11.2.1 Leakage tests on tank, radiators, coolers, valves and other pressurized
Section 4.9.7.6.1 of this specification.
4.9.11.2.2 Tests for resistance of each tap, phases for both HV and LV winding.
4.9.11.2.3 Tests for no-load and exciting current.
4.9.11.2.4 Measurement of load loss and impedance voltage.
4.9.11.2.5 Ratio test.
4.9.11.2.6 Tests for polarity and checking of the type of winding connection as
well as phase sequence.
4.9.11.2.7 Test report for insulating oil.
4.9.11.2.8 Applied potential and induced voltage tests.
4.9.11.2.9 Insulation resistance and tangent delta or power factor test of windings,
bushings and completed transformers.
4.9.11.2.10 Control wiring check and insulation test.
4.9.11.2.11 Test of current transformers.
4.9.11.3 Type Tests
Type tests shall be made on at least one transformer of the lot supplied
to be selected by CSCI Engineering Department.
4.9.11.3.1 Impulse voltage tests, both full wave and chopped wave, on the
4.9.11.3.2 Temperature rise tests, for one transformer to be selected by CSCI
Engineering Department in accordance with the requirement of Section
4.9.6.1.1 and 4.9.6.1.2.
4.9.11.4 All tests shall be conducted at the Contractor's works, by and at the
expense of the Contractor. The test items for completed transformers
shall be conducted in the presence of CSCI Engineering Department's

inspector, shall in no way relieve the contractor of his responsibility
for testing the equipment in strict accordance with the relevant
standard.
4.9.11.5 Three (3) copies of suitable bound certified test report and inspection
data in Chinese and English shall be furnished after CSCI Engineering
Department has approved these.
4.9.12.0 Inspection
extent practical, by CSCI Engineering Department or his consignee at
all times during manufacturing, assembling and testing of material or
reasonable facilities required by CSCI Engineering Department or his
consignee for the performance of inspection required.
4.9.12.3 CSCI E Engineering Department or his consignee shall have full
access to all fabricating or manufacturing plants at all times, to inspect
all materials and fabrication, as well as witness all tests.
4.9.12.4 No material or equipment shall be delivered before it has been cleared
by CSCI Engineering Department, and the material or equipment so
marked.
4.9.12.5 The acceptance of equipment by CSCI Engineering Department shall
in no way relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for furnishing
specification. Any warranties or guarantees concerning workmanship
or material on this equipment shall be in full force even though the
equipment has been accepted.
4.9.13.0 Packing and Delivery
4.9.13.1 The transformers with accessories and spare parts, shall be suitably
packed and transported to the CSCI Engineering Department operation
site in Kaohsiung at Contractor's expense with transformer taps
connected at 11,000/415volt position.

4.9.13.2 The delivery of equipment shall be scheduled in accordance with CSCI
Engineering Department 's requirements.
4.9.13.3 Any delays in the delivery of transformers shall be subject to the

penalty, as stipulated in the general contract.
4.9.14. Comparison of Bids and Contractor Price Adjustment
4.9.14.1 For the purpose of comparing bids, the following amounts will be
added to the unit price bid.
4.9.14.1.1 One hundred twenty five thousand NT dollars (NT$125,000) for each
KW, or part thereof, warranted no-load losses, as per Section 19.2.11
(a) for the transformer, with the transformer operating on 11kV/415 V
taps excited at rated voltage and frequency.
4.9.14.1.2 Seventy thousand three hundred and twelve NT dollars (NT$70,312)
for each kW or part thereof of warranted load losses plus auxiliary
power loss, as per Section 19.2.11 for the transformer, with the
transformer operating under rated load condition on 11 kV/415 V taps
at 75℃ winding temperature.
4.9.14.2 The unit contract price shall be reduced by one hundred and twenty
five thousand NT dollars (NT$125,000) for each kW or part thereof,
by which the actual total no-load losses of the transformer operating on
11 kV/415 V V taps excited at rated voltage and frequency exceed the
guaranteed figure.
4.9.14.3 The unit contract price shall be reduced seventy thousand three
hundred and twelve NT dollars (NT$70,312) for each kW or part
thereof, by which the full load losses and auxiliary power loss of each
transformer, operating under rated load condition on 11 kV/415 V taps,
at 75℃ winding temperature, exceeds the guaranteed figure.
4.9.14.4 The contract price shall be reduced by fifteen-hundredths of one
percent (0.15%) of the unit contract price for each ten-hundredths of
one percent (0.10%), or fraction thereof, for deficiency in capacity of

the transformer. The transformer shall be considered to be of adequate
rating if the temperature rise of the windings above ambient
temperature does not exceed 55℃ when measured by the resistance
method, with the transformer operating continuously at 11kV/415 V
taps under specified kVA rating conditions.
4.9.14.5 The unit price reduction shall be applied to each transformer of that
shipment. CSCI Engineering Department shall decide the quantity of
transformer, which will be tested with the witness of CSCI
Engineering Department. If more than one transformer have been
tested with CSCI Engineering Department 's witness, the losses shall
be the arithmetic mean value of all tested transformers.
4.9.15 Guarantee
If within four (4) years after delivery from the Contractor's factory,
any part of the material or equipment is found defective because of
design, workmanship, or quality of material, the Contractor shall, at his
own expense, furnish to CSCI Engineering Department site
replacement parts of such design, workmanship and material as
approved by CSCI Engineering Department.
4.9.16 Statement of Exceptions
The Bidder shall clearly state all exceptions, if any, to any part of this
specification. Any statement on the Bidder's proposal (including
drawings) which differs from the requirements of this
specifically referred to by a definite citation in a "Statement of
Exceptions" to be considered by CSCI Engineering Department
as constituting an exception to the specification. Justification for
such exceptions shall be included in the "Statement of
Exceptions".

Attachment Table A
REQUIRED LIST FOR 11.5 kV/480 V POWER TRANSFORMER
1.0 Quantity 100
2.0 Capacity (kVA) 1600
3.0 Impedance (+/- 7.5% tolerance),

at 75℃, 1600 kVA base 6.5 %
4.0 Cooling OA
5.0 Connection HV-Delta

LV-Wye
Dyn1
4.10 Distribution Power Transformer

4.10.1 General
4.10.1.1 Scope ： This Specification together with data sheets cover the
design, manufacture and test for the required cast resin
distribution transformers.
4.10.1.2 Standard ： Transformers will be constructed and tested in
accordance with the minimum applicable requirements of the
latest edition of IEC 60726 standard.
4.10.1.3 Service Condition：
Duty：Continuous
Location：Indoor
Altitude：Not exceeding 1000 meter above sea level.
Ambient temperature：Not exceeding 50℃and average during 24

hour period will not exceed 35℃.
Relative Humidity：95% Max.

4.10.2 Technical Description
4.10.2.1 The transformers shall be vacuum impregnated, cast-resin

encapsulated, dry type, three phase, 50 Hertz, insulation class F,
11kV/415-240V 250kVA, Impedance 3%.
4.10.2.2 Transformer shall be rated for continuous operation at rated kVA

with a maximum temperature rise of 100 deg C above a 40 deg C
maximum ambient.
4.10.2.3 The transformer shall be provided with two 2.5 percent full
capacity taps above and two 2.5 percent full capacity taps below
rated primary voltage. Taps shall be accessible from front or rear
of unit.
4.10.2.4 Transformer shall be low no-load loss type and transformer

impedance shall be as shown with IEC 60726 standard tolerances.
4.10.2.5 The transformer shall have a delta primary-grounded wye

secondary phase configuration. The phase relationship shall be
standard: HV to lead LV by 30 deg C. The minimum BIL ratings
of the windings shall be per IEC60726.
4.10.2.6 Each high voltage winding and each low voltage winding of each
phase shall be separately cast as a rigid tubular coil. High voltage
and low voltage windings shall be coaxial with no mechanical
connection. The windings shall not absorb moisture and shall be
suitable for both storage and operation in adverse environments,
including prolonged storage in 100% humidity at temperature
ranging from 0 to 40 deg C. and shall be capable of being
energized immediately after such storage without pre drying.
4.10.2.7 Coils shall be vacuum impregnated or roving winded and

cast-resin encapsulated to give it a tough moisture and dirt
resistant overall finish. The coil shall be non-flammable,
self-extinguishing and shall produce no poisonous gases when
exposed to electric arc during fault conditions as specified by IEC
standard.
4.10.2.8 The core shall be visibly grounded to the base and the base
provided with a grounding connection pad.

4.10.2.9 The outside surface of the core shall be protected against
corrosion.
4.10.2.10 Temperature sensing elements shall be embedded in windings.
4.10.2.11 A three-stage (start fans, alarm and trip) temperature controller

shall be provided with contacts wired to terminal block inside of
the enclosure of transformer.
4.10.2.12 Internally connected no-load taps, two 2.5 percent above the rated
voltage and two 2.5 percent below the rated voltage, externally
operated tap changer for de-energized operation, lifting eyes,
diagrammatic nameplates, and accessories for forced air cooling
(if required) shall be provided.
4.10.2.13 Each transformer is provided with a name plate which is fitted in

a visible position, indelibly marked to show the appropriate item
as set out in IEC 60726 standard.
- Kind of transformer
- Standard
- Manufacture’s name and serial number
- Year of manufacture
- Number of phases
- Rated power and frequency
- Rated voltages and tapping range
- Rated currents
- Insulation class and temperature rise
- Connection symbol
- Short-circuit impedance voltage
- Type of cooling
- Total weight
4.10.3 Tests
Unless as specially stated, the following routine tests will be made on all
transformers in accordance with corresponding codes and standards.
- Measurement of winding resistance

- Measurement of voltage ratio and check of voltage vector
relationship

- Measurement of impedance voltage and load loss
- Measurement of no-load loss and excitation current
- Regulation and efficiency test
- Insulation resistance test
- Induced voltage test
- Applied voltage test
- Measurement of sound level
- Partial discharge measurement
4.11 RING MAIN UNIT (RMU)
4.11.1 Scopes of Supply

4.11.1.1 This specification covers the design, fabrication, inspection, test and
delivery of Ring Main Unit switchgear (RMU) to provide 11KV, 3
phase, and 50 Hz power at the CSCI Engineering Department. The
contractor shall deliver all RMU with accessories to CSCI local site.
The contractor shall also have to assist purchaser to apply tax free
certification from customs (if any).
4.11.1.2 Similarly rated equipment shall have been built previously and proven
to meet the required performance during satisfactory operation. No

4.11.2.1 Standards
these specifications shall meet or exceed the latest editions of IEC
Standards.
Other authoritative standards, which assure an equal or higher quality
than these standards, will be considered.
4.11.2.1.2 In the event that any part of the offer is not covered by other
authoritative standards, the appropriate American National Standard or
codes shall be complied with.

4.11.3 Detailed Requirements
The Ring Main Unit switchgear shall be commercial standard and
equipped with primary and secondary contacts and following
requirements :
Switch-Disconnector, 11KV 25KA 630A.
Fuse-Switch Combination, 11KV 200A (Fuse size will be 292mm and
442mm).
Power fuse, 11KV 40KA 125A
Shunt release 110VDC for Fuse-Switch Combination
Short circuit indication with Aux. contact for the switch-disconnectors
Fuse fault indication contacts (2a,2b).
Auxiliary contacts (2a, 2b) for signalling
Voltage indicator for each bay (CATV Type).
Raising plinth 300mm for cable boxes suitable for terminations of
switch-disconnector and fuse combination..
With standard M16 bushing on each switch-disconnectors.
With standard M16 screw on each bushing and connection terminals
The metal sheet of ring main unit switchgear shall be made by stainless
steel.
With cable fitation flange (40mm diameter) and cover on each bay
One (1) operating handle for each unit
One (1) set of operation and maintenance manual..
The outdoor chassis shall be made by hot-dipping Zinc steel (GI), and
provide the dimensions of chassis and design document for technical
review.

4.11.4 Tests
4.11.4.1 The individual RMU shall be tested in accordance with the IEC
standards at Contractor's expense.
4.11.4.2 CSCI Engineering Department and his representative or both reserve

the right to witness tests. Contractor shall notify CSCI Engineering
Department four weeks in advance of scheduled tests.
Six (6) copies of certified test reports as per IPC required shall be
furnished to CSCI Engineering Department.
4.11.4.3 For each type and rating of a fault current interrupting device, a
certified test report shall be submitted showing the interrupting
capacity of the device tested in accordance with the IEC standard to
which the device was built.
The certificate of RMU approved by IPC shall be provided to CSCI
Engineering Department for applying power on.
4.11.5 Spare Parts
The Bidder shall also include with his proposal a list of recommended
spare parts for two years of normal continuous operation. Bidder shall
quote with a list of the spare parts showing unit prices. The spare parts
list shall be attached to the Bid and shall show the item, quantities,
itemized price and total price.
4.11.6 Not used
4.11.7 Documentation and training
with the contract requirement:
(1) Within 15 days after receipt of Letter of Intent of award the
contract:
weights, Sections, bus arrangements, dimensions, and so forth.
All dimensions shall be in the metric systems.

(2) Within 15 days after receipt of Letter of Intent of award of
contract:
Schematic control diagram of all ring main unit switchgear,
including interlocks and so forth.
4.11.7.2 Contractor shall submit fifteen (15) paper copies and three (3)
CDROM of instruction book in Chinese and English before
shipment. The instruction book shall contain details of construction,
installation, maintenance and operation of RMU and all other devices
in the assemblies.
4.11.7.3 The contractor shall furnish the following information and drawings to
send to CSCI Engineering Department, No later than the date that the
(1) Three sets of certified drawings of equipment, including outline,
arrangement, construction, and wiring details.
(2) Shop test report.
4.11.7.4 The contractor shall provide the training course for CSCI Engineering
Department’s engineer by 2 persons 2 week in factory and 6 persons 1
week at site in CSCI Engineering Department. The contractor shall
have obligation to let CSCI Engineering Department’s engineer
familiar to operation and maintenance of RMU.
4.11.8 Packing and Delivery
4.11.8.1 The RMU, with its accessories and spare parts, shall be suitably
packed as seaworthy packing at Contractor's expense. The breaker
shall be boxed in crates, with upper and lower polyethylene sheets
welded together, with desiccant bags and sealed wooden floor.
4.11.8.2 The contractor shall deliver all RMU with packing list to CSCI
Engineering Department’s specified manufacturer. All spare parts and
special tools shall be packed in a suitable steel cabinet with lock and
deliver to CSCI Engineering Department directly.

4.11.9 Guarantee
Any damage of equipment, which delivered to local switch board
manufacturer’s factory site, shall be contractor’s responsibility.
If within two (2) years after delivery from the Contractor's factory, any
workmanship or quality of materials, the Contractor shall furnish, at
his own expense, to CSCI Engineering Department for replacement
part of such design, workmanship and material as approved by CSCI
4.11.10 Exception to Specifications
the Contract.
4.12 415 Volt Metal-Enclosed Switchgear
4.12.1 SCOPE OF SUPPLY
4.12.1.1 This specification covers the design, fabrication, inspection, test,

installation and delivery of indoor type, double ended, metal-enclosed
swicthgear to provide 415 volt, 3 phase, and 50Hz power at the China
Steel Corporation steelmill at Kaohsiung, Taiwan, Republic of China.
4.12.1.2 Similarly rated equipment shall have been built previously and proven to
meet the required performance during satisfactory operation. No
4.12.1.3 Quantity
See Single Line Diagram of Appendix one.
4.12.1.3.1 The total quantity of ACB for metal-enclosed switchgears :
1. Manually operated type 8 sets (CT ratio: 600/5A).

2. Electrically operated type 3 sets (CT ratio: 1600/5A).
4.12.1.3.2 The quantity of swicthgear :

1. Type A: 1 units
4.12.1.4 Each switchgear unit consists of 2 bus sections, double sections are
electrically connected by bus tie breaker.
The arrangements as shown on the appendix one.

4.12.1.5 Double power supplied will not be paralleled, except during transfer of
load from one source to the other.
4.12.2 STANDARDS AND SERVICE CONDITIONS
4.12.2.1 STANDARDS

these specifications shall meet or exceed the latest editions of ANSI,
NEMA, IEC or JEC Standards. Other authoritative standards, which
assure an equal or higher quality than these standards, will be
considered.
4.12.2.1.2 In the event that any part of the offer is not covered by other
authoritative standards, the appropriate American National Standard or
codes shall be complied with.
4.12.2.2 SERVICE CONDITIONS
estate of Gujurat province in India
4.12.3 DETAILED REQUIREMENTS
4.12.3.1 Air circuit breaker
4.12.3.1.1 The air circuit breaker shall be equipped with primary and secondary
contacts, drawout rails and mechanical interlocks to prevent insertion
or drawout of the breaker when the breaker is in the closed position.
Each breaker shall be provided with a breaker drawout mechanism,
which permits a tripped breaker to be moved from the connected
position to the test and disconnect positions. The drawout mechanism
allows the breaker to take any of the following positions:
"CONNECTED","TEST","DISCONNECTED" or "FULLY DRAWN
OUT". The breaker in any position or somewhere between them is
earthed through any adequate method. In the connected, test,
disconnected position, the switchboard front panel can be shut.
4.12.3.1.2 Off Lock
The air circuit breakers can be locked in the open position by means of
a padlock,to prevent the breaker from being accidentally closed. When
the breaker is locked by this device, it cannot be closed mechanically
or electrically.

A latch at the open button can receive up to 3 padlocks.
4.12.3.1.3 The mechanical strength of all equipment, such as current transformers

and bus structure shall be coordinated with the circuit breakers.
4.12.3.1.4 Each breaker shall be equipped with a device for fixing a pad-lock in
"Disconnected" position.
4.12.3.1.5 Air circuit breakers shall be three-pole, rated insulation voltage AC 660V,
drawout type, supported on a frame, and designed to be rigidly connected
to the housing in the operating position. There shall be provision for
easily moving the circuit breaker to a test position by means of a hand-
operated device at each breaker, with the main disconnecting devices
open, but with the control and operating circuits operable. The breakers
shall be removable from the front of the compartment. The breakers
should be stored-energy-closing operation, the energy is stored in springs,
and release of this stored energy causes the air circuit breaker to close.
The energy is stored by means of an electric motor or by hand. For
manual closing, the closing spring are charged by any number of handle
strokes from one to five or several inching strokes. When the charging
indicator shows "charged", depressing a mechanical CLOSE button on
the escutcheon can close the breaker.
For electrically operated breakers, utilize a motor to automatically keep
the closing spring in a charged state; upon receipt of a closing signal, a
control solenoid release the springs, closing the breaker's contacts.
All breakers, manual and electrical, are equipped with a mechanical trip
button located on the breaker escutcheon, an external trip switch can be
used for shunt trip since the circuit is already connected to the control
source of solid state over current trip relay unit. Electrically operated
breakers can be opened from a remote control switch or relay.
The breaker cannot be closed electrically or manually while the open
button or command is locked in the off position.
4.12.3.1.6 Tripping Device
The tripping device consists of current transformers (current sensors) to

detect circuit current, a solid state trip device that provides several types
of tripping characteristics, and a magnetic tripping device. In case of
over current or short-circuit fault, energy to release the tripping
mechanism is supplied by the solid-state trip device, and since it trips on
CT secondary current, there is no need for either a relay power supply
or a tripping power supply. In the case of a ground fault, when external
power is needed, the external power (control source) should be fed from
a potential transformer, which mounted in the switchgear with adequate
capacity and protection. Magnetic tripping device converts electrical
signals from the solid-state trip device into the mechanical energy
required activating the tripping mechanism.

Trip indicators provided for each breaker should be fitted with indicating
lamps.
Trip indicator defines the automatic tripping mode of the breaker. These
modes are long-delay, short-delay, instantaneous, ground-fault trip. The
trip indicator should be resettable.
4.12.3.1.7 Characteristics of Trip Device
CT ratio: SEE SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM Appendix one.

Adjustable rated current: 60%, 80%, and 100%
Ampere setting continuous: Adjustable in 3 steps: 80, 90, 100% of rated
current.
Long delay pick-up current: 105-120% of the ampere setting continuous
adjustable.
Long delay tripping time: 100 sec. at 200% of the ampere setting
continuous.
Short delay pick-up current: Adjustable in 4 steps: 400, 600, 800 or

1000% of the
rated current.
Short delay tripping time: Adjustable in 3 steps, adjustable range is 80ms
-300ms at
1000% of rated current.
Instantaneous pick-up current: Adjustable in 4 steps: 400, 800, 1200 or
1600% of threaded current.
Ground fault pick-up current: Adjustable in 4 steps: 10, 20, 30, 50% of
the rated maximum current.
Ground fault tripping time: Adjustable in 0.3, 0.8, 1.5 sec. 1200% of the
rated current.
Control power: 240V AC.
4.12.3.1.8 Air circuit breakers shall be 1600 amperes frame size.
The 1600 amperes frame breakers shall have a three-phase interrupting

rating of 50,000 amperes (1 sec) symmetrical at 415 volts.
4.12.3.1.9 All circuit breaker operating electrically mechanisms shall be trip free.
Shunt trip operated mechanisms shall be designed for remote trip.
4.12.3.1.10 Air circuit breakers shall have "stored energy" type tripping
mechanisms.
4.12.3.1.11 Contact devices shall be provided on breaker mechanisms and

housings such that when a breaker is placed in either the operating or
test position in the housing, all control on the breaker shall be
connected.

4.12.3.1.12 All breakers shall be provided with a visible "ON","OFF" for main
contacts position indicator.
4.12.3.1.1.13 Each breaker shall be equipped with 4NO, 4NC and one alarm
switch.
4.12.3.2 Switchgear
4.12.3.2.1 The switchgear section shall be cable-connected to a transformer and
shall consist of a completely metal-enclosed structure. Switchgear bus
shall be three phases, three wires, for operation at 415 volts 1600A
continuously.
4.12.3.2.2 The switchgear section shall consist of an assembly of freestanding

stationary steel structures. Each structure shall contain individual
drawout breakers or instrument compartment in the front and a full
height rear compartment for buses, incoming bus connections and
feeder and control cable connections.
4.12.3.2.3 Removable panels with hinge shall enclose back site of cubicles.
4.12.3.2.4 The degree of protection for switchgear enclosure should be IP40

(IEC144) with sealing gaskets on door-bearing surfaces.
4.12.3.2.5 All power cable will enter the switchgear from the bottom
All external connected power cables will be PVC jackets.
Control cables will enter the switchgear from side bottom of rear panel.
Suitable supports shall be provided within the switchgear housing for
purchaser's power and control cables. The cable bending space meets
the requirements of the latest National Electrical Code. Power and
conductors will be copper. Terminal connectors and terminal blocks
shall be suitable for copper conductors.
4.12.3.2.6 Each breaker shall be provided with a laminated plastic nameplate,

engraved with a breaker designation in such letters on a white
background.
4.12.3.2.7 The mechanical strength of all equipment, such as current transformers

and bus structure shall be coordinated with the circuit breakers.
4.12.3.2.8 The switchgear front panel is attached with adhesive colored mimic
synoptic of circuit diagram.
4.12.3.2.9 The cable and terminal compartment is located behind the bus
compartment and provided adequate room for easy cable installation.
Copper bars extend the load size of the stationary disconnecting
contacts into the cable compartment. Current transformers can be

accommodated on these connecting bars between the breaker and the
cable terminations. The cables are connected to termination bars at
cable compartment. Bolts and washers for power cables connection
shall be provided by Contractor.
4.12.3.2.10 Compartments designated " space " in attached drawing shall be

provided to accept a future breaker. The opening in the breaker
compartment door and bus compartment is closed with a snap-in
molded cover.
4.12.3.2.11 Compartment designated " spare " are to be completed in all respects
including breaker element.
4.12.3.2.12 Not more than three (3) breakers shall be installed in any vertical row.
4.12.3.3 Switchgear accessories
4.12.3.3.1 Two 3-pole circuit breakers shall be furnished in one potential

transformer cubicle for controlling either of two incoming 240-volt ac
control power supplies, indicating lamp, and KWH meter.
4.12.3.3.2 Phasing and indication of three phase, 50-Hertz circuits, conductors,

terminals and relays shall be as follows:
(a) A-B-C or 1-2-3 from top to bottom in vertical arrangement.
(b) A-B-C or 1-2-3 from left to right in horizontal arrangement.
1. Facing front of 3 phase panels.
2. Facing low voltage side of transformers.
3. Facing right end of panel or primary control cubicle (right end

dermined from panel front ).
4.12.3.4 Buses
4.12.3.4.1 Buses shall be copper, suitably supported and braced for 50,000
amperes symmetrical short circuit current.
4.12.3.4.2 Load terminal location shall be arranged to provide for the changeout
of load cables, and without de-energizing the switchgear assembly
proper attachable isolated sheets shall be provided.
4.12.3.4.3 Copper ground bus shall be provided across the full length of the
switchgear in the rear compartments. Ground bus shall have two

clamp-type connectors, one at each end for the Purchaser's 250 mm
square copper ground cable.
4.12.3.5 Secondary wiring
4.12.3.5.1 Control cable will be copper and will enter the switchgear from the
side bottom of rear panel. Terminal conductors and terminal blocks
shall be suitable for copper conductors.
4.12.3.5.2 Minimum size conductors for switchgear control wiring shall be 2.0
mm square stranded copper switchboard wire type PVC rated 600 volt,
90 deg. C.
4.12.3.5.3 Wiring shall be neatly arranged and suitably supported.
NO metallic clamps shall be used to hold bundles of wired in place.

Cleats and supports at transition points shall be properly sized to
prevent chafing of insulation. Wiring between sections shall be neatly
coiled and each wire identified for ease in making connections in the
field.
4.12.3.5.4 All units shall be furnished completely wired including all cleats and
terminal blocks.
4.12.3.5.5 All control wiring shall be brought out to terminal blocks for remote
controls. All auxiliary switch spare contacts, current transformer
secondary leads, potential transformer secondary leads and auxiliary
relay contacts shall be wired to terminal blocks. Wireways within
switchgear for Purchaser's control cables shall be arranged to provide
safe installation of such cables without de-energizing the switchgear.
4.12.3.6 Bus transfer operation
4.12.3.6.1 Under normal operating conditions the bus tiebreakers will be open so
as not to exceed the interrupting rating of the switchgear and
downstream equipment due to short circuit contribution from the two
sources. It may be necessary to monetarily tie the 480 volt buses
together during periods of load transfer until the auxiliary load is
transferred the proper unit.
4.12.3.6.2 A time relay will trip the tiebreaker, in case the parallel operation is
continue for a contained time period (adjustable range from 1 sec. to
30 sec.).
4.12.3.6.3 All necessary protective relay, inter compartment wiring and interlocks
shall be furnished by Contractor. Bell alarm mounted on switchgear
will operate during paralleling.

4.12.3.7 Current and potential transformers
4.12.3.7.1 Current transformers shall be the window types with rations suitable to
associated breaker. All current transformers shall have thermal and
mechanical ratings equal to or greater than that of the associated circuit
breaker.
4.12.3.7.2 The manufacturer shall state the accuracy class and shall furnish
typical ratios, correction factor, and phase angle, saturation curves for
each current transformer supplied before shipment.
4.12.3.7.3 There are two potential transformers for each incoming feeder, one is
used for measurement, the other supplies for the control circuit.
4.12.3.7.4 The primaries and secondary shall be protected with built-in current
limiting fuses and primary connections shall be made with 600 volt-
insulated cable. Potential transformer shall have 1 metering accuracy
class. The manufacturer will specify accuracy class and burden and
shall furnish typical ratios, correction factor and phase angle curves for
each potential transformer supplied before shipments. The primaries of
potential transformers will be connected to the primary side of
incoming breakers.
4.12.3.7.5 Potential transformer’s capacity should be sized for relaying, metering,

indicating lamps electrical operating motor drive, etc. Control power
for each bus section can be fed from one of the two potential
transformers by double-throw selecting switch or adequate facility.
4.12.3.7.6 All instruments and relays shall be for operation on 5-ampere current
transformer secondary circuits and/or 120-volt potential transformer
secondary circuits. Relays shall be furnished with integral, or
separately mounted, test switches as required.
4.12.3.7.7 The potential transformer and/or control power transformer are

connected to the line side of incoming breakers. Each incoming in
equipped with an ammeter for each phase, voltmeter, voltmeter
selector switch, watt-hour meter and current transformer for watt-hour
meter and ammeter.
4.12.3.7.8 Suitable current shorting switch shall be provided in the current leads
to each instrument to facilitate maintenance and calibration.
4.12.3.7.9 Suitable test switches shall be provided in the potential leads to each
instrument, in the secondary circuit from each set of potential
transformers and in the potential leads to each voltmeter switch.

4.12.3.7.10 Terminal blocks shall be mounted in front compartment of switchgear
and shall be completely isolated from power buses by steel barriers.
4.12.3.7.11 Control switches for switchgear control bus and meters shall be
mounted on the front of the appropriate switchgear cubicle.
4.12.4 TESTS
4.12.4.1 For each type air circuit breaker and rating of a fault current interrupting
device, a certified test report shall be submitted showing the interrupting
capacity of the device tested in accordance with the standard to which the
device was built.
4.12.4.2 Contractor should perform the factory and site test for switchgear with
ACB. Including meter, CB operation and relay trip function. Authorized
engineering consultant should perform site test.
4.12.4.3 The following tests shall be performed on the switchgear to be selected

by CSCI Engineering Department.
1. Temperatures rise test.
2. Short time current test.
4.12.5 Painting
4.12.5.1 Switchgear steel shall be thoroughly cleaned after fabrication. All

surfaces shall be phosphate treated and given a prime coat of rust
inhibiting paint. A finish coating has light gray enamel. ANSI 61 or equal
shall be applied overall. Paints such as alkyd enamels having a fungus-
resistant property shall be used on all inside surfaces and shall be sprayed
with a fungicidal varnish.
4.12.5.2 All insulation that is not fungus resistant shall have a fungus resistant
coating applied. Where such coatings would interfere with proper
operation of apparatus, the coating shall not be applied. In such cases, the
part shall be inherently fungus resistant.
4.12.5.3 Contractor shall provide one liters of finish paint for touch-up purposes
at CSCI Engineering Department site.
4.12.6 SPARE PARTS
The Bidder shall provide spare parts for two years as section 6.1 spare
part list of normal continuous operation.

4.12.7 DOCUMMENTATION
with the contract terms and conditions:
(a) Within 30 days after receipt of Letter of Intent of award the contract:
weights, sections, bus arrangements, dimensions, floor plan,
anchoring detailed and so forth All dimensions shall be in the metric
systems.
(b) With 45 days after receipt of Letter of Intent of award of contract:

Schematic control diagram of all circuit breakers, including
interlocks, relays and so forth.
Wiring diagrams of complete switchgear showing connections to
terminal blocks.
4.12.7.2 Contractor shall submit six (12) copies of instruction book in Chinese
before shipment. The instruction book shall contain details of
construction, installation, maintenance and operation of switchgear,
breakers, relays instruments and all other devices in the assemblies.
4.12.7.3 The contractor shall furnish the following information and drawing, to
reach CSCI Engineering Department, No later than the date that the
Seven (7) sets of certified final drawings of equipment, including outline,

arrangement, and construction and wiring details.
Five (5) sets of CD-R and two (2) sets of CD-RW for all drawings in
item (a).
Four (4) sets of shop test report.
4.12.7.4 Any construction work done prior to the approval of drawing will be at
the Contractor's risk. The Contractor shall make any change in the design,
which are necessary to make the equipment conform to the provisions
and intent of the contract documents without additional cost.
Approval of Contractor's drawing shall not be held to relieve the
Contractor of any part of Contractor's obligation to meet all of the
requirements of the contract documents nor of the responsibility for the
correctness of the contract's drawings.
4.12.8 PACKING AND DELIVERY
The switchgear with its accessories shall be suitably packed and

deliveried to CSCI Engineering Department job site at Contractor’s
expense. Unloading these switchgears is responsible for Contractor.

4.12.10 GUARANTEE
If within two (2) years after delivery from the Contractor's factory, any
part of the
material or equipment is found defective because of design,
workmanship or quality of materials, the Contractor shall furnish, at his
own expense, to CSCI Engineering Department for replacement part of
such design, workmanship and material as approved by CSCI
4.12.11EXCEPTION TO SPECIFICATION

the Contract.

4.13 Battery Charger & Battery & DC Panel
4.13.1 General
Charger and Battery shall supply the DC power to enable normal

functioning of the respective standing load in case of battery charger
incoming AC power failure or battery charger malfunction.
4.13.1.1 The DC 110V power system shall include the following facilities:
4.13.1.1.1. Battery:
Quantity: Two (2)sets for main substation and one(1) set for ACL S/S.
batteries capacity (at ten (10) hours rate): 400 AH/set.
4.13.1.1.2. Battery Charger:
Battery Chargers capacity 50A (Minimum rated output at DC 110V).
4.13.1.1.3. DC 110V Distribution Panel.
4.13.1.2 Associated works and services to be provided by the Contractor.
The associated documentation to be provided by the Contractor shall

include:
4.13.1.2.1. Equipment Specifications and data sheets.
4.13.1.2.2. Drawings, including schematics, logic and block diagrams.
4.13.1.2.3. Calculations for Batteries and Battery Chargers parameter, test

procedure (include test form) and test reports.
4.13.1.2.4. Description and lists of software (if any), spare parts, standard
and/or special tools and test equipment.
4.13.1.2.5. Operating and maintenance manuals as well as electronic files

using Microsoft Word in English.

4.13.1.2.6. The services to be provided include training of operating and
maintenance staff. For training of operation and maintenance, the
training facility and manual shall be provided by Contractor.
4.13.1.3 Standards
The listed below shows the standard that shall be used to comply and
confirm manufacture quality of Batteries and battery chargers.
IEC61000, EN50121, CEM 89/336/CEE, IEC60896-2, IEC 60146-1,
ANSI, NEMA and IEEE.
4.13.2 Charger
The Battery Charger shall be designed to match the characteristics of the

battery and shall be completed with control and instruments for initial
charge, boosting (high-rate) charge and ordinary floating charge of the
DC 110V Lead-Acid batteries.
4.13.2.1 Rectifier type: Silicon controlled rectifier.
AC input: single-phase, 240V ±10%, 50HZ ±5%.

DC output voltage: 110V (Continuous).
DC output voltage regulation: Within ±1% from 0 ~ 100% load
with a ± 10% supply voltage
variation.
Output ripple: Less than 1% Vrms (Without a battery connected in
parallel)
Output current: 50A (110V DC Rated)
Power factor: ≧0.75 (Full load, without SID)
Efficiency: More than 85% at full load
Power Transformer: dry type class H insulation.
Voltage regulation: Automatic voltage regulator.
Audible Noise: ＜60dB(A)
4.13.2.2 Construction and Characteristics
The charger shall be suitable for charging at the appropriate float and
boost values together with the supply of the standing load. The charger
shall have one incoming breaker to receive 240V source and four DC
output breakers (two loading and two battery set breakers).

4.13.2.2.1. The charger shall be designed as to be suitable for floating and
boosting (high rate) charge of an 110V Lead-Acid battery. The
charger shall be usually set to floating charge and it shall regulate
automatically and rapidly the dc voltage to a setting value, which
shall be adjusted continuously. During this floating charge, the
power shall be supplied to the load through a battery charger.
4.13.2.2.2. If the AC input power to the charger is interrupted, the load shall
be supplied with power from the battery without a momentary
interruption. After the interruption of AC is recovered, the
supplementary charge shall be carried out as promptly as possible.
Further, a manual operation device shall be provided for boosting
charge, initial charge and supplementary charge.
4.13.2.2.3. The charger shall be capable of float charging the battery at 2.10 ~
2.25V per cell (115.5~123.75V in total) and boosting charge at
2.20 ~ 2.35V per cell (121~129.25V in total), these voltages shall
be obtained by continuous adjustment, and the range of
adjustment shall be sufficient to permit setting of the output
voltage to any value within the range specified above with AC
voltage variation of +10%. DC output current is automatically
limited to within a tolerance of ±2%, while also supplying the
standing load, over an input voltage variation of ±10%.
4.13.2.2.4. Facilities shall be provided whereby, by manual operation of a

changeover switch, the charging supply may be increased to give
a boost-charge. The charger shall automatically switch to the
boost-charge rate for a pre-selected time whenever the battery
voltage falls below 1.8V per cell or the time of AC source fault
reached pre-set time.
4.13.2.2.5. The charging circuit shall be arranged that the failure of any
component will not cause permanent damage to the battery by
overcharging. The battery charge current should be pre-set, and
that will be limited.
4.13.2.2.6. The charger shall be provided whereby the on line battery set
capacity test function. When the test button is pushed, the charger
output voltage reduced to pre-set value which is the same as “Test
Ending Voltage”, the battery set begin discharge and a timer count
the discharge time. Until the voltage of battery set was dropped

down to “Test Ending Voltage”, the charger has to switch into
boosting charge automatically.
4.13.2.2.7. A high rate (0-24 hour) manual timer shall be provided for
switching from normal float charge to boosting charge, after
manually set boosting recharge time, the charge function shall
automatically return to float charge.
4.13.2.2.8. The charger shall have reverse-current protection to prevent

draining the battery in the event of rectifier failure or short circuit.
4.13.2.2.9. Such protective devices shall provide fault protection on the AC

input and the DC output of charger. For AC input side, it shall be
2-pole, 100AT, 75AF, IC.10KA. For DC output side, they shall be
2-pole, 100AT, 75AF, IC.5KA.
4.13.2.2.10. A suitable surge suppressor should be installed in the input and

output of the chargers to prevent damage of the electronic
components due to any external surge.
4.13.2.3 Controls and Instruments
The Contractor shall furnish but not limited to following controls

and instruments on the charger panel.
Separate output voltage adjustment screw (Potentiometer) for

adjustment of float charge voltage and boost charge voltage.
One (1) selector switch for floating and boosting charge at front
mounted.
A 0-24 hour manual high-rate timer for time setting of boost
charge. An AC input "ON-OFF" and dc output "ON-OFF" molded
case
breaker.
One (1) AC-Voltmeter, class
1.0. One (1) AC-Ammeter,
class 1.0. One (1) DC-
Voltmeter, class 1.0. One (1)
DC-Ammeter, class 1.0.
One (1) DC Volt Selector switch (Charger output, Loading,
Battery). One (1) DC Amp Selector switch (Charger output,
Loading, Battery). One (1) pilot lamp to show that charger input

terminal is energized. One (1) pilot lamp to show that charger
input power is failure.
Two (2) pilot lamp for dc ground fault indicator (“+” earth fault
and
“-“ earth fault).
One (1) DC ground alarm relay.
One (1) boosting charge indication
lamp. One (1) floating charge
indication lamp.
One (1) DC failure alarm relay (included AC failure alarm
function) One (1) DC Voltage too low alarm relay.
One (1) manual charge mode indication
lamp. One (1) current limited indication
lamp.
One (1) pilot lamp for charger failure
indicator. One (1) pilot lamp for DC high
voltage indicator. One (1) pilot lamp for DC
low voltage indicator. One (1) discharge test
indication lamp.
One (1) pilot lamp for battery capacity poor indicator.
4.13.2.3.1. The relay shall have minimum 2 sets of DC 110V 5A auxiliary

free contacts to operate an annunciator in the panel, and to operate
a remote alarm at SCADA system.
4.13.2.3.2. For Battery systems, an earth-fault detection device shall be

provided. The earth fault detector could differentiate between
positive and negative fault to facilitate the research.
4.13.2.4 Charger Panel
4.13.2.4.1. The battery charger shall be housed in heavy gauge sheet metal
enclosure of modern design with finish approved by CSCI
4.13.2.4.2. The battery charger panel shall be arranged for floor mounting
and shall be of dustproof construction. The front panel of cabinet
shall be provided with hinged swing door on which shall be
mounted meters, relays, selector switches, change over switches,
pilot lamps and other instruments.

4.13.2.4.3. The battery charger shall be self-ventilated for operation in
ambient temperature not to exceed 40 ℃. If forced ventilation is
required, it shall be automatically controlled and an airflow switch
interlocked with the charger shall be provided.
4.13.2.4.4. Conduit entrances shall be provided for owner’s cable entering

from the top or bottom of the charger cabinet.
4.13.3 Battery
4.13.3.1 Type and Rating batteries
The batteries shall be of the Lead-Acid, plastic-jar, Vent type shall

conform to CNS 6038.
Nominally rated at 110V, the following ratings apply:
(1) Number of cells per battery set: 55 cells.

(2) Type: Lead-Acid.
(3) Rating: Nominal voltage with all cells in series:110V DC
The capacity ratings specified above shall be base on a discharge cycle
and the end voltage shall not be less than 99V (1.8V/cell) for all
cells in series at an ambient temperature of 25 ℃.
4.13.3.2 Construction and Characteristics
The battery shall be made in a manner to seal out dust and dirt.
4.13.3.2.1. The voltage of battery cell at the end of discharge period shall not
be less than 1.8V at 25℃, including the resistance drop of one
inter-cell connector in series with the cell.
4.13.3.2.2. The positive (Clad type) and negative (lead alloy Grid) straps
shall be extra heavies to assure good conductivity and shall have a
sturdy terminal post with copper insert for extra conductivity. The
cells shall be equipped with a perfect and lasting seal, where the
post is fitted through the cover.
4.13.3.2.3. The plates shall be assembled in the plastic jars of heat-resisting

and shock-absorbing material, which will not bulge, warp, or lose
its shape. The jars shall provide a permanent seal at the joint of
the jar and cover and shall be easily cleaned.

4.13.3.2.4. Cell covers shall have vent and filter openings. The vent plugs
shall be of the explosion-resistant type and shall have special
design to prevent evaporation of the electrolyte.
4.13.3.2.5. The batteries shall be operated in a floating condition with

chargers of a constant-voltage, current-limit type having
automatic regulation and an automatically operated boost charge
for use when required during heavy discharge.
4.13.3.2.6. Batteries shall comprise high performance, lead calcium battery

cells and shall be of an approved design and the design life based
on 15 years.
4.13.3.2.7. Batteries shall be operated in a floating condition with chargers of

a constant voltage type having automatic regulation and an
automatically operated boost charge for use when required
following heavy discharge.
4.13.3.2.8. Terminals and Inter cell connectors shall be of high conductivity

corrosion free material. Connectors between rows of cells shall be
of solid or stranded copper of adequate cross section, suitably
insulated.
4.13.3.3 Battery rack
4.13.3.3.1. Battery racks shall furnish and be placed in battery room of

substation building. Suitable step shall be furnished for
maintenance (in required).
4.13.3.3.2. The cells shall be located on the rack to two or three step within
easy reach and at a convenient height. Racks will be accessible
from one side.
4.13.3.3.3. The racks shall be steel seal type and resistant to the chemical
attack of the electrolyte, and it shall be capable of withstanding
earthquake. Shock and they shall permit easy maintenance and
cleaning of the battery and the battery room floor.

4.13.3.3.5. The stands shall be arranged so that the bottom of the battery shall
not be less than 300mm above the floor. If metal battery
enclosures are used, then the insulators shall be provided to
achieve the required insulation from battery to earth.
4.13.3.3.5. The racks shall be painted with two coatings of acid resisting
paint and shall be easy to assemble. Contractor shall submit for
CSCI Engineering Department approval the type of paint he
proposes to use.
4.13.3.3.6. The Contractor shall also supply bolts, nuts and washers plated
with acid resisting material to fasten the rack to the floor.
4.13.4 DC 110V Distribution panel (DDP)
Contractor shall design the DC 110V single diagram after Contract

signed for CSCI Engineering Department approval, contractor shall
in according with this approved drawings to design and provide the
DDP, including a minimum
20% of spare circuit breaker.
DDP enclosure shall be of a stand along indoor type, cable entrance
from bottom. DDP front door shall at least equip with ground fault +/-
two indicating light (O) and name plate.
4.14 SCADA System
Detail Specification shall conform to appendix three (3).
4.15 Uninterruptable Power Supply System (UPS)
Uninterruptible Power Supply shall provide a reliable nominal output of

10kVA, 240 V AC , 50 Hz, single phase, 2 wire power source with a
separated protection earth wire for computer systems, electronic
instrumentation systems and critical electrical devices in case of a power
failure.
UPS shall be suitable for operation at 5 ℃ to 40 ℃ ambient
temperature.
In the system, the load shall be sustained in operation by energy taken

from the battery supply via the inverter when the 415 V AC power fails.
A by-pass power system shall be connected to a common automatic
transfer switch, which is to serve where inverter and load are connected.
When UPS has trouble, the automatic transfer switch shall automatically
shift from inverter supply to by-pass supply within four (4) milliseconds.
The transfer time from by-pass supply to inverter supply shall also be
within four (4) milliseconds.
The major components of UPS system shall consist of a battery charger,

battery cubic, inverter, by-pass transformer with AVR, static transfer
switch and maintenance by-pass switch.
The battery charger shall supply the full-load input to the inverter, and
"float" recharge the batteries as required.
4.15.1 UPS system capacity and performance
The system output capacity shall be 1.25 times of maximum load at 0.8
power factor.
Battery reserve capacity shall be for not less than 60 minutes after
sustained 415V AC power failure.
The input power supply will be three phase 415V ±10% voltage
variation and 50 Hz ±5% frequency variation.
The output for the inverter of UPS system shall be 240V ±2% voltage
regulation and 50 Hz ±1% frequency regulation.
The overall efficiency of UPS shall be efficiency 80% at 100% load,

efficiency 75% at 50% load. The overall noise level measured at 1.66M
shall be 68 dB.
4.15.2 Battery charger
The charger shall be operated between no load and full load within AC
input voltage variation of 10%, and frequency variation of 5%.
The charger shall have sufficient capacity to provide the necessary

power for recharging the fully discharge battery within 8 hours and
operating the inverter at full load simultaneously.
The charger shall have the functions of float charge and equalizing

charge. Both settings shall be adjustable and located at face of panel.
The charger shall be provided with current limit at 140% of rated output
to protect from overloading.
The operation of the charger shall be completely automatic maintaining

the battery fully charged under all service conditions.
The charger shall consist of but not less than the following components:
(1) Semiconductor bridge assembly including full-wave silicon

Diode Rectifiers with IDBT converter or Thyristor rectifiers
with phase control.
(2) Automatic current limit and voltage surge suppressor device.
(3) Two winding isolating type transformer.
(4) AC input breaker and battery bank circuit breaker.
(5) Quality panel mounting DC ammeter and voltmeter for output.
An additional DC ammeter for indicating charging current to
the battery and discharging current from the battery shall be
provided.
(6) Potentiometer for desired float and equalize charge voltage
adjustments.
(7) Equalizing charge voltage adjustment.
(8) Adjustable, automatic equalizing charge timer.
(9) Low & high DC voltage alarm relay.
(10) Indicating lights for "AC power on", "float", "equalize" and
"AC Inverter Power On".
(11) Alarms and dry contacts for remote monitoring of AC power
failure, DC under-voltage and charger failure.
4.15.3 Batteries
The batteries shall be of lead-calcium type, sealed in plastic containers

with covers cemented in place to form a permanent leak-proof seal.
Covers shall be fitted with safety vent. The lead-calcium battery shall be
maintenance-free and fully sealed. The design life of batteries shall be
10 years.
When the input 415V AC power fails, the battery will supply the critical
load via the inverter. The battery shall have a capacity to deliver full
current at inverter rated output for 1 hour.

4.15.4 Inverter
Solid state inverter section convert the rectifier DC output to 240V AC,
single phase, 50 Hz, 2 wire output with a separated protection earth wire.
The inverter shall be composed of IGBT power transistors controlled
utilizing a pulse-width modulation (PWM) design. Inverter shall be
equipped with internal starting control, current limit control, voltage and
frequency control, circuits for synchronizing inverter output frequency
with AC line frequency and DC input circuit breaker.
The inverter shall be having features as follows:
(1) Capacity:
1.25 times of maximum load at 0.8 P.F. continuous and capable of
switching or starting into any loads without improper balance or
operation within the specified rating.
(2) AC output:
Shall be maintained within ±2% over the range of battery voltage
from equalizing level under any load conditions.
(3) Frequency Accuracy:

Shall be maintained at 50 Hz within ±1%.
(4) Transient Protection:

The inverter shall withstand transients up to 4000 volts for 10
milliseconds with 40 ohms or greater transient source impedance
across the battery. Such condition shall not damage or cause
improper operation on the inverter.
(5) Wave form:

the output shall be a sine wave with less than 5% harmonic
distortion over the load range from no load to full load.
(6) Overload:
Automatic current limit shall be furnished to protect the inverter
against overloads or short circuits at the output.
(7) Starting:
The inverter shall be capable of starting into any load to obtain
full output voltage within 1/4 cycle.

(8) Synchronization:
The line of sync circuit shall be included so that the inverter
frequency is able to match the commercial AC line automatically.
(9) Output Frequency:

a. When operating normally from the 415V AC power, the output
frequency shall be synchronized to the by-pass line frequency.
b. When operating without 415V AC power (i.e. from battery

power), the output frequency shall be 50 Hz ± 1%.
(10) Efficiency:
The inverter efficiency shall be 80% Min. at full load 75% Min.
at half load
(11) The inverter shall include but not less than the following
accessories:
a. DC input breaker
b. AC output breaker
c. AC output voltmeter d. AC output ammeter
e. AC output under voltage relay to provide local indication and
remote alarm in case of inverter malfunction.
4.15.5 By-pass selection
The system shall include automatic AC load transfer switch and manual
by-pass switch with overlapping contacts. The by-pass circuit is provided
to allow the critical load to be transferred from the inverter to the 380V
AC power system. This transfer operation shall be performed
automatically by means of static switching by-pass feature. Automatic
breaker cross-interlocking performed electrically, to prevent paralleling
of non-synchronized lines.
4.15.6 By-pass transformer with automatic voltage regulator (AVR)
Single phase isolation transformer of epoxy resin caste type with

automatic voltage regulator (AVR) connected to the 415V AC power
system shall be provided and shall be having features as follows:
(1) Line voltage regulation: ±2% Max.

(2) Efficiency: 95% Min.

(3) Output distortion: No spikes, adds less than 3% total harmonic
distortion.
(4) Response time: 5 cycle Max.
(5) Noise rejection: 20 dB to 40 dB (for 1 KHz to 1 MHz)
(6) Isolation transformer:
415 volts primary, single phase
240 volts secondary,
2 wires with separated protection earth wire, 2 taps on primary
side (5% each below 415V volts)
(7) Capacity: Compatible with inverter rated capacity.
4.15.7 The 240V 50Hz, UPS system shall cover the following equipments:
- SCADA control system

- Paging /intercommunication system
- Fire alarm system
- Diesel engine generator control panel and battery charger
4.16 Fire Fighting System
4.16.1 Scope of the Works by Contractor
4.16.1.1 The works to be executed by Contractor include the complete

design, manufacture, factory testing, transportation, delivery,
storage installation, commissioning test, system integration test,
trial run and warranty of the fire fighting system, the provision of
the associated documentation, and the provision of the services
described hereunder. The design shall include all calculations or
investigations required or necessary to insure compliance with all
Contract Documents to provide a safe and reliable the fire fighting
system.
4.16.1.2 The associated documentation to be provided shall include, but

not be limited to, programs, drawings, lists of software, spare
parts, special tools and test equipment, and operating and
maintenance manuals.

4.16.2 Design Responsibility
4.16.2.1 The Contractor shall take full responsibility for the system design,
and equipment and construction engineering design. Studies and
calculations shall be performed to substantiate the equipment
selection and system configuration.
4.16.2.2 The Contractor shall engage the services of a professional fire

fighting engineer, who is duly licensed by the Ministry of India and
is a member of the Professional Fire Fighting Engineer
Association, to certify the design and test documentation and
assist the Contractor in obtaining the local Professional
apartments approval.
4.16.3 General description
4.16.3.1 The fire fighting pump shall be furnished and installed for the
work. The pump power source shall be fed from other commercial
power system or Diesel Engine Generator power supply system.
4.16.3.2 The alarm system shall consist of control panels and detectors.
4.16.3.3 The central control panel shall provide electrically supervision

alarm initiating circuits.
4.16.3.5 Communication port of RS-232 and normal open contact on

central control panel shall be provided for alarm signal connection
to fire-fighting station. The installation of cable is the scope of
other Contractor.
4.16.3.5 All cables shall be of a heat-resistant or fire-retardant type and

protected by metal conduit.
4.16.3.6 Power source shall be fed from UPS system.
4.16.3.7 The equipments, control panels, PBL combination panels,

detectors, and etc. shall comply with the standards UL, FM, ULC,
MEA or CSFM.

4.17 Heat Ventilation Air Conditioning (HVAC) system equipment
4.17.1 General Description of the Works by Contractor
4.17.1.1 The site shall be forced air ventilation with filter as following:
(1) Battery room

(2) Toilet
(3) Basement
(4) Generator room
(5) 220kV GIS room
4.17.1.2 The site shall be forced air conditioning as following:
(1) 33kV/11kV GIS room.

(2) Control room.
(3) Office, charger room, maintained room and meeting room.
4.17.1.3 Design Responsibility
The Contractor shall take full responsibility for the system design, and
equipment and construction engineering design. Studies and calculations
shall be performed to substantiate the equipment selection and system
configuration.
The quantity of air conditioner for 33kV/11kV GIS room and control
room shall be two (2) sets respectively. The temperature shall be under
30℃ when only one (1) set is in service and under 25℃ when two (2)
sets
are in service. The cooling tower systems or water chilling systems shall
be of two (2) sets as well.
4.17.2 Drawings
4.17.2.1 The following Drawings and documents shall be submitted;
(1) Heat Ventilation Fan and Air Conditioner layout.

(2) Cooling tower or cooling water system, piping layout.
(3) Equipment data sheet including water consumption, calculation
data sheets
(4) Operation and maintenance manual.

4.18 EOT Crane
4.18.1 The Contractor shall furnish an overhead crane including the design,
manufacture, assembly, testing, delivery, installation, commissioning,
supervision and guarantee for 220kV GIS maintenance.
4.18.2 The Contractor shall take full responsibility to get certificate and
approval of governmental organization in India, if required.
4.18.3 Engineering design data (catalog, layout, material, calculation sheets,

wiring diagram, etc.) and supplier of the crane shall be provided with
Bidder’s proposal and is prior to CSCI Engineering Department's
approval.
4.18.4 EOT crane specification shall comply with the standards of CNS, JIS,
ANSI, IEC or DIN.
4.18.5 Specific requirements

(1) Type：Overhead, two (2) speeds for hoist and traversing system
(2) Capacity：5 Ton minimum
(3) Power：415VAC 50Hz, 3 phases for operation
240VAC 50Hz, 1 phases for control
(4) Crane power supply system：Insulated conductor rail system

4.19 Grounding, Lightning Protection, Lighting and Receptacle Systems
4.19.1 Grounding
4.19.1.1 Design and furnish grounding system including equipment

grounding and system grounding. Instrument grounding system
shall be insulated and separated from electrical grounding system.
4.19.1.2 Grounding electrodes
A suitable ground grid surrounding the area of the plant consisting of a

continuous stranded copper wire buried 600 mm depth in the ground and
connected to driven ground rods shall be used as grounding electrodes.
4.19.1.3 Grounding conductors
The ground bus shall be soft drawn or medium hard drawn copper wire
or copper bar, not smaller than 100 mm2 in cross sectional area.
Equipment grounding conductor shall be bar or insulated copper wire.
4.19.1.4 The grounding resistance shall be below 0.1 ohm.
4.19.2 Lightning protection system
Design and furnish lightning protection system. The protection area shall
cover all the battery limit of Main Substation.
4.19.3 Lighting and Receptacle system
The power rating shall be 240V 50Hz single phase for daily use.
The outdoor lighting fixtures, receptacles and necessary facilities shall

be waterproof type.
High pressure sodium lamps shall be designed and furnished for open
area as required.
Design and furnish receptacles of explosion proof (heavy duty) for

welding machines (415V AC), driller, and general service system.

5 Cable
5.1 Cable Standards
5.2 220kV XLPE Power Cable
5.2.1 Conductor
The conductor shall be of annealed-copper, stranded copper conductor in

accordance with ASTM B-3.
5.2.2 Conductor Screen
A semi-conducting tape shall be applied over the conductor and an

extruded semi-conducting cross-linked polyethylene conductor screen,
which shall be firmly bonded to the inner surface of the insulation. The
conductor screen shall not be considered a part of the insulation.
5.2.3 Insulation
(1) The insulation shall be corona resistant, ozone resistant,

moisture resistant and heat-resistant cross-linked polyethylene
(XLPE) which is dry cured to prevent moisture absorption and
micro-void formation by "Inert Gas Curing System".
(2) The nominal thickness of XLPE insulation shall be not less
than the specified value stated in specific requirements. The
minimum thickness at any point shall be not less than 90% of
the specified value.
5.2.4 Non-metallic Insulation Shielding
Non-metallic insulation shielding shall consist of the combination

extruded semi-conducting layer and semi-conducting tape lapped over
the extruded layer.
5.2.5 Metallic Shielding and Binder
The conductor shall be tin-coated conductor and shall be of annealed

copper wire in accordance with ASTM B-33. Annealed copper wires

shall be helical applied over the insulation shielding. The size and
number of the wires are specified in Section 5.2.11 specific
requirements. One copper contact tape shall be applied helical with an
open spiral over the layer of copper wires as a binder.
5.2.6 PVC Jacket
Extruded black PVC compound shall be applied over the binder. The
minimum thickness shall be not less than 80% of the specified value.
An outer graphite coating shall be applied to jacket as an electrode for

D.C. high voltage sheath integrity tests to be applied at the factory and
for periodic H.V. tests after installation.
5.2.7 220kV power cable accessories
5.2.7.1 General requirements
(1) All cable sealing ends/terminations shall be properly designed

to seal the ends of the cables completely and shall complete
with all necessary fittings and materials for terminating the
cable. Besides, each cable sealing end shall be provided with
consumption materials, such as wiper and solvent for cleaning,
water proof tapes, insulating compound, emery cloth for
insulation surface finishing as well as aluminum oil, Mylar tape,
asbestos tape etc. for cable annealing and straightening, if
necessary.
(2) The cable sealing end/termination shall be free from any
electrical or mechanical defects, and insulated from system
shocks and switching surges.
(3) The housings of the sealing ends shall have sufficient strength
against mechanical, electrical and thermal stress.
(4) Stress cone shall be provided for controlling dielectric stress
inside.
(5) External connectors for the oil-immersed type and SF6 gas type
including necessary fitting bolts and nuts shall be furnished
completely.
(6) Suitable shield rings shall be provided around the external
terminals of the oil-immersed and GIS sealing ends
respectively.

(7) The termination method of cable termination shall be of pre-
fabricated type. The stress relief cone shall be spring loaded
mold rubber or it’s similar.
5.2.8 Oil-immersed Sealing Ends/Terminations
(1) Oil-immersed sealing ends directly connected to the main

transformer shall be of the type and the size suitable for fitting
into the so called elephant bushing of the transformer where it
will be linked to the terminal of the transformer winding.
(2) The oil-immersed sealing ends shall be constructed so that any
damages or loosening of the assemblies will not occur on
account of the vibration of transformer during long time use.
Anti-vibration support structures shall be furnished for the
portion of the cables connected to the oil-immersed sealing
ends, where transformer vibrations may cause troubles to the
cables.
(3) Oil leakage in any part shall be eliminated so that the insulating
oil of oil-filled junction box will not leak into the XLPE Cable.
(4) Each cable sealing end/termination shall be attached with a
terminal pad drilled in accordance with NEMA standard of four
(4) holes drilling. The creepage distance of the bushing shall be
not less than the specified value stated in Section 5.2.11
specific requirements. The cable termination shall be of pre-
fabricated stress relief cone type.
5.2.9 SF6 gas sealing ends/terminations and outdoor type air sealing ends /
terminations.
Bushing and packing etc. for cable sealing end/termination directly
connected to GIS shall be of the type and the size suitable for use with
SF6 gas. The minimum operation pressure of SF6 gas will be
2.5kg/cm2. The Contractor shall fully coordinate with GIS and power
transformer suppliers for the terminal connection and mounting, plug-
in type is preferable in GIS side. Bushing and packing etc. for cable
sealing end/termination directly connected to the incoming
overhead transmission line shall be of outdoor type air sealing end and
the size suitable for use with transmission line conductor. The
Contractor shall fully coordinate with IPC for the terminal
connection and mounting.

5.2.10 Protective/grounding Device
(1) The Bidder shall state in his proposal the reasons for selection
of the type, which the Bidder recommends, and the induced
voltage calculations to justify one-end, or both-ends are to be
grounded with the device. If the Bidder provides one-end
grounded system then each open end of the cable shield shall
be grounded through protective device.
(2) The Bidder shall provide a suitable type of
protective/grounding device such as arrester or means, if
necessary.
(3) The protective/grounding devices shall be properly mounted to
the support structures and placed under the oil-immersed
sealing ends, SF6 gas sealing ends and outdoor air sealing ends.
(4) The device and the exposed metallic shielding of the cable shall
be adequately protected with suitable covers to keep operators
and other people from touching.
(5) The valve elements of protective device shall be of the
non-linear resistor type and shall be made of zinc oxide
compound. Its characteristics shall be stated in Section
5.2.1.6.16. The non-linear resistors must be protected
from moisture in a suitable case or encapsulation, and
shall be enclosed in watertight link box. The link box
shall be gantry-mounted type. All link bars shall be designed
removable to facilitate cable jacket integrity test.
5.2.11 Bonding Cable
(1) Bonding cable is to be used for bonding connection and for

system earthing.
(2) The material of conductor shall be of annealed copper wire.
(3) One semi-conducting tape shall be applied on the conductor as
a conductor shielding.
(4) The material of insulation shall be XLPE black colored.
(5) The conductor size, thickness of conductor shielding, thickness
of insulation and test voltage shall be not less than the specified
value.

5.2.12 Test Items
The power cable test items are as follows:
One (1) set of each completed cable shall be made the following tests at
the factory in accordance with ASTM, IEC, ICEA-NEMA S-66-524 and
AEIC CS-7 Standards unless otherwise specified herein.
(1) General inspection.

(3) AC high voltage test.
(5) Partial discharge test.
(6) Moisture test.
5.3 33kV XLPE Power Cable
5.3.1 General Requirements
5.3.1.1 Cable shall be insulated with unfilled cross-linked-thermosetting

polyethylene, shielded with extruded thermosetting material and
concentrically wound copper wire and covered with a flame-retardant
polyvinyl chloride sheath.
5.3.1.2 Bid shall include all data requested in attached proposal data sheets.
5.3.1.3 Whenever material proposed by the bidder cannot satisfactorily meet the
intent of the Specifications, in any respect, such exceptions must be
clearly stated in the Proposal. No exceptions are allowed unless
specifically granted by the Purchaser in writing.
5.3.2.1 Standards
5.3.2.1.1 All design, materials, tests and fabrication, as well as electrical and
physical characteristics of the cable shall conform to IEC Pub. 60502-
2/1997, But Partial discharge equal or less 2 piko coulomb at 2.0 Uo
according to VDE 0276-620.

5.3.2.1.2 Cable meeting other relevant authoritative standards will also be
acceptable, provided that sufficient informative material about the
relevant standard is submitted and which, according to the judgement
of the Purchaser, is equivalent to the previously specified standards.
5.3.2.2.2 Distribution system voltage will be 33KV, 50 Hz., three-phase, three

wire, supplied from 220KV to 33KV, 80 MVA power transformers
having 13.5 percent impedance and low voltage neutrals resistance
grounded. (33KV system short-circuit capacity: 25 KA)
5.3.2.3 Cable Identification
5.3.2.3.1 The external surface of the cable shall be in red color and shall be
durably marked throughout its length with the manufacturer's
identification, type of the cable insulation (e.g. XLPE), conductor
material and size of the conductor, rated voltage, year of manufacturer
and Purchaser's identification (i.e. CSCI Engineering Department).
5.3.2.3.2 The cable identification shall be repeated along the cable at regular
interval of one meter. For identification of the remaining cable length in
cable drum. Length of the cable from the inner end of the drum shall be
exactly marked at each one meter together with the identification with 4
or 5 digits. The inner end digits shall be clearly marked on the cable
drum. The digits shall be continuous for the same conductor size in one
drum.
5.3.2.4 Guarantee
5.3.2.4.1 The manufacturer shall guarantee that, the cable furnished under this
specification is of first-class material and workmanship throughout, that
it has been tested in accordance with the specification, and that the
results of the tests comply with the requirements of this specification. In

lieu of other claims against it, the manufacturer agrees to replace full
reel length of cable in case any section of that reel length is found
defective in material or workmanship during the installation of the cable,
or if a section of cable fails, during normal and proper use within 4 years
of date of placing in service, and shows defects of material or
workmanship. In either case immediate written notice of such failure
will be given to the manufacturer and he will be allowed reasonable
opportunity to inspect such failure.
5.3.2.4.2 The date of placing in service is to be interpreted as the date on which

the operating voltage is first applied, but in no case shall it be interpreted
to be later than nine months after the delivery of the cable from the
factory.
5.3.2.4.3 All replacements by the manufacturer under the provision of this

specification shall be delivered to CSCI Engineering Department
installation site in India.
5.3.2.4.4 Except as otherwise agreed, length of cable which has been replaced
under provision of this specification, shall become the property of
the manufacturer and shall be returned by the purchaser to the
manufacturer at CSCI Engineering Department's installation site.
5.3.2.5 Inspection
5.3.2.5.1 All material and workmanship shall be subject to inspection, to the

extent practical, by CSCI Engineering Department 's authorized
inspector at all times during the manufacture and testing of the cable to
be furnished under this specification.
5.3.2.5.2 The manufacturer shall afford, without charge, all necessary and
reasonable facilities required by the inspector for the performance of
inspection required.

5.3.2.5.3 The inspector shall have full access to all fabricating or manufacturing
plants at all reasonable times, to inspect all materials and fabrication as
well as witness all tests.
5.3.2.5.4 The acceptance of material by CSCI Engineering Department shall in

no way relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for furnishing
specification. Any warranties or guarantees concerning workmanship or
material shall be in full force even though this material has been tested
and accepted.
5.3.2.6 Packing
5.3.2.6.1 The cable shall be packed on standard non-returnable wooden reels with
the cable ends properly sealed to prevent entering of moisture.
Maximum cable length per reel shall be 1,400 meters. Plywood reels are
not acceptable. Individual cable lengths are valid with +/- 2% tolerance.
5.3.2.6.1 Cable reels, shall be properly constructed to protect the cable assembly
from damage during transport and subsequent handling.
5.4 11kV and LV Cable Specification Requirements
5.4.1 Power Cable
5.4.1.1 General Requirements
(1) The 1 1 kV cables shall be shielded cross linked polyethylene

(XLPE) insulated. The cables shall be single-core as
practicable.
(2) Each type of cable shall be a standard product of the supplier
and shall comply with applicable national or international
standards to manufacture and tests. Certificates of Compliance
to the standards, issued by an Accredited Institution are
required for each type and class of cable supplied. Detail
Specification as attachment table.

5.4.1.2 Conductors
Conductors shall be of stranded construction and shall consist of

annealed high conductivity copper, and shall comply with the
requirements of applicable ASTM or equivalent IEC standards.
Before stranding, the conductors shall be smooth, uniform in quality, and

free from scale, inequalities, spills, splits, and other defects. There shall
be no joints in the wire except those made in the base rod or wire
before final drawing.
The stranded conductor shall be clean, uniform in size and shape, and its
surface shall be free from sharp edges.
5.4.1.3 Conductor Shielding
Conductor shielding shall be semi conducting cross linked polyethylene

which shall be firmly bonded to the inner surfaces of the insulation. The
conductor shielding shall not be considered as part of the insulation.
5.4.1.4 Insulation
Insulation material shall be cross linked thermosetting polyethylene

conforming to ICEA/NEMA Standards S 66 524/WC7 or equivalent IEC
Standards. Average thickness shall be not less than the value stated in the
attached table. The minimum thickness at any point shall be not less than
90 percent of the specified average value.
5.4.1.5 Insulation Shielding
An extruded semi conducting cross linked polyethylene shall be applied

over the insulation and in intimate contact with the outer surface of the
insulation. The insulation shielding shall be removable without
damaging the insulation, leaving no conducting material which cannot
be readily removed, the average thickness shall be not less than the value
given in the attached table below.
5.4.1.6 Core Screening
Core screening shall consist of a concentric screen of copper wires or

tape applied over the insulation shielding. The cross section of screen of

copper wires shall be 25 mm2. A non hygroscopic binding and filling
tape shall be applied over the screen.
5.4.1.7 Outer Sheath
Cables shall have a PVC outer sheath and its average thickness shall be
not less than the specified standard value.
5.4.1.8 Test items
The test items same as Section 5.2.12.

5.4.2 Attachment Table for 11kV Single Conductor Cross-linked P.E. Power
Cable
Conductor Minimum Minimum

No. of Conductor Insulation
average average
Conductor Outer Shield shield
Composition Insulation jacket
& size diameter Avg. Avg.
thickness thickness
C mm2 No./mm mm mm mm mm mm
1 60 19/- 9.2 0.38 6.6 0.76 2.03
1 100 19/- 11.9 0.38 6.6 1.02 2.03
1 200 37/- 16.7 0.51 6.6 1.02 2.03

Remark: the amp capacity is set at the highest temperature of 75℃
5.5 600V Power Cable
5.5.1 Specification of 90℃ PVC 600V single core power cables

CONDUCTOR INSULATION TEST AMPACITY
INSULATION APPROX.
RESISTANCE VOLTAGE IN AIR 40℃ IN DUCT BANK
SIZE COMPOS DIAMETER THICKNESS CABLE
AT 20℃ 1 MIN 3 CABLE 25℃ 6 CABLE
mm2 NO/mm mm mm mm
MΩ-KM V S=2D IN 6 CONDUIT
38 7/2.6 7.8 3.3 14.5 150 2500 165 150
60 19/2.0 10.0 3.3 17.0 150 2500 225 195
100 19/2.6 13.0 3.5 20.0 100 2500 315 260
150 37/2.3 16.1 3.8 24.0 90 3000 410 330
200 37/2.6 18.2 4.1 27.0 90 3000 480 375
250 61/2.3 20.7 4.2 30.0 80 3000 560 430
350 61/2.6 23.5 4.5 33.0 80 3500 650 490


5.5.2 Specification of 90℃ PVC 600V two core power cables

INSULATION JACKET APPROX.
RESISTANCE VOLTAGE IN AIR IN DUCT BANK
SIZE COMPOS DIAMETER THICKNESS THICKNESS CABLE
AT 20℃ 1 MIN 40℃ 25℃ 4 CABLE
mm2 NO/mm mm mm mm mm
MΩ-KM V 1CABLE IN 4 ONDUIT
2 7/0.6 1.8 0.8 1.5 10.0 150 2000 25 24
3.5 7/0.8 2.4 0.8 1.5 11.0 120 2000 35 33
5.5 7/1.0 3.0 1.0 1.5 13.0 120 2000 45 42
8 7/1.2 3.6 1.2 1.5 15.0 120 2000 55 51
14 7/1.6 4.8 1.4 1.5 18.5 100 2000 81 71
22 19/1.2 6.1 1.6 1.6 22.5 100 2000 105 92

Remark: the am capacity is set at the highest temperature of 75℃
5.5.3 Specification of 90℃ PVC 600V three core power cables

AT 20℃ 1 MIN 40℃ 25℃ 4 CABLE
2 7/0.6 1.8 0.8 1.5 10.5 150 2000 21 20
3.5 7/0.8 2.4 0.8 1.5 12.0 120 2000 29 27
5.5 7/1.0 3.0 1.0 1.5 14.0 120 2000 38 35
8 7/1.2 3.6 1.2 1.5 16.0 120 2000 48 43
14 7/1.6 4.8 1.4 1.5 19.5 100 2000 68 59
22 19/1.22 6.1 1.6 1.6 23.5 100 2000 91 77


5.5.4 Specification of 90℃ PVC 600V four core power cables

AT 20℃ 1 MIN 40℃ 25℃ 4 CABLE
2 7/0.6 1.8 0.8 1.5 12.0 150 2000 21 20
3.5 7/0.8 2.4 0.8 1.5 13.5 120 2000 29 27
5.5 7/1.0 3.0 1.0 1.5 16.0 120 2000 38 35
8 7/1.2 3.6 1.2 1.5 18.0 120 2000 48 43
14 7/1.6 4.8 1.4 1.6 22.0 100 2000 68 59
22 19/1.22 6.1 1.6 1.7 27.5 100 2000 91 77

5.6 PVC Control Cables
CONDUCTOR APPROX. TEST

NO. INSULATION JACKET INSULATION
CABLE VOLTAGE
OF SIZE COMPOS. CONDUCTOR THICKNESS THICKNESS AT 20℃
DIA. 1 MIN.
CORE mm2 NO/mm DIA. mm mm mm MΩ-KM
mm V
2 1.25 7/0.45 1.35 0.8 1.5 9.4 2000 150
4 1.25 7/0.45 1.35 0.8 1.5 11.0 2000 150
4 2.0 7/0.6 1.8 0.8 1.5 12.0 2000 120
7 1.25 7/0.45 1.35 0.8 1.5 12.5 2000 150
7 2.0 7/0.6 1.8 0.8 1.5 14.0 2000 120
12 1.25 7/0.45 1.35 0.8 1.5 16.0 2000 150
12 2.0 7/0.6 1.8 0.8 1.5 18.0 2000 120
16 1.25 7/0.45 1.35 0.8 1.5 17.5 2000 150
16 2.0 7/0.6 1.8 0.8 1.5 19.5 2000 120

2
(1) 1.25mm cable is only applicable for the circuit of milli-ampere level
to prevent excessive voltage drop.

5.7 Communication Cable
5.7.1 Cables for intercommunication system shall be suitable for installation

in metallic or nonmetallic conduits, or in cable trays.
5.7.2 Individual conductor insulation and outer jackets shall be extruded of

hard-service 105℃ flame retardant Polyvinyl Chloride suitable for 600
volts rating.
5.7.3 Seven (7) Conductor Cable
Maximum O.D. is 0.630".
(1) Party Line:

One (1) twisted pair with 2.0" lay, each conductor 0.5mm.
(2) Page Line:
(3) Power Conductors:
One (1) twisted triples with 3.0" lay, each conductor 2.0 mm2.
5.7.4 Thirteen (13) Conductor Cable
Maximum O.D. is 0.700".
(1) Party Line:

Four (4) twisted pairs with 2.50" lay, each conductor 0.5mm.
(2) Page Line:
(3) Power Conductors:
One (1) twisted triples with 3.50" lay, each conductor 2.0 mm2.

6 Spare Parts, Special Tools and Test Equipment
6.1 The following list Spare Parts items shall be supplied by the Contractor.
The Contractor shall provide to CSCI Engineering Department before
system commissioning.
Item
Description and Function Unit Quantity Remark
NO.
1. 220kV Gas insulated switchgear
1.1. Closing Coil PC 2
1.2. Tripping Coil PC 2
1.3. Indication Lamp PC 30 (each type)
Control Switch, Select Switch and

1.4. PC 5 (each type)
Push Button
1.5. Auxiliary Relay PC 3 (each type)
1.6. Fuse PC 10 (each rating)
1.7. MCCB PC 2 (each type)
1.8. PC Board for LCC control PC 2 (each type)
1.9. SF6 Pressure gauge PC 1
1.10. SF6 Insulation Gas BOTTLE 1

Motor drive for hydraulic pump or
1.11. set 1
spring charge system
O-ring or gasket for Cable Head
1.12. Device sets 2
2.1. Closing Coil PC 2

2.2. Tripping Coil PC 2
2.4. Control Switch, Select Switch and PC 10 (each type)

Push Button
2.5. Auxiliary Relay PC 10 (each type)
2.6. Fuse PC 10
MCCB
2.7. PC 2
2.8. PC Board for LCC control PC 2 (each type)
2.9. SF6 Pressure gauge PC 1 (each type)
2.10. SF6 Insulation Gas BOTTLE 1
3.1 Closing Coil PC 2
3.2 Tripping Coil PC 2
3.3 Indication Lamp PC 30 (each type)
3.4 Control Switch, Select Switch and PC 10 (each type)

Push Button
3.5 Auxiliary Relay PC 10 (each type)
3.6 Fuse PC 10
3.7 MCCB PC 2
3.8 PC Board for LCC control PC 2 (each type)
3.9 SF6 Pressure gauge PC 1 (each type)
3.10 SF6 Insulation Gas BOTTLE 1

4. 60/80MVA Power Transformer
4.1. Silica gel KG 20
Auxiliary Relay and Magnetic

4.2. PC 2 (each type)
Contactor
4. 3. Indication Lamp PC 30 (each type)
4.5. Oil level gauge PC 1
Dial type hot spot winding

4.6. PC 1
temperature
5. 32/40MVA Power Transformer
Auxiliary Relay and Magnetic

5.2. PC 2
Contactor
5. 3. Indication Lamp PC 30

5.5. PC 1
temperature
Buchholz relay
5.6. PC 1
fan with motors
5.7. PC 1
6. 1.6MVA Power Transformer
HV bushings with internal

6.2. PC 2
conductor and clamp
6. 3. LV bushings with internal conductor PC 30

and clamp

6.6. PC 1
temperature

Buchholz relay
6.6. PC 1
Neutral current transformer
6.7. PC 1
7. SCADA System
7.1. Remote I/O PC 10 (each type)
7.2. RTU、Gateway、Switch PC 1 (each type)
(include all OS、

7.3. Software SET 1 Drive、application)
7. 4. Optical Connector PC 10 (each type)
7.5. Fiber Optic Patch Cord SET 10 (each type)
Fiber Housing 24Port

7.7. SET 1
(Include Adaptor)
7.7. Extender board (IPC) PC 1 (each type)
8. Battery and Charger
8.1. Hydrometer PC 2
8.2. Vaseline (JAR) ML 500
9. AC LV Switchgear & ACB
9.1. ACB-1000A SET 1
9.4. Fuse PC 5 (each type)
10. 11kV Power Factor & Harmonic

10.1. Capacitor Unit PC 4 (each Bank)
11. UPS
11.1. PC Board PC 1 (each type)
11.4. Indication lamp PC 10 (each type)
11.5. Push button PC 1 (each type)
11.6. Display unit SET 1
12. Diesel Engine Generator
12.3. Breaker PC 1 (each type)
12.4. Auxiliary relay PC 1 (each type)
12.6. Meter PC 1 (each type)
13. Fire Alarm System
13.2. PBL combination panel PC 2
13.3. Indication lamp PC 10 (each type)

13.5. Detector PC 3 (each type)
6.2 The Contractor shall provide special tools and test equipment required
to service CSCI Engineering Department (including PC and extender
boards, special plugs, adapters, sockets and cable connection tool, etc).
The Contractor shall furnish a list of special tools and test equipment
and submit to CSCI Engineering Department for approval before the
system commissioning.
6.3 The Contractor shall, prior to Handing Over, provide to CSCI

Engineering Department free of charge the Spare Parts, Emergency
and Consumable Spare Parts, Standard tools, Special Tools and Test
Equipment.

7 Guarantees
Any damage of all equipment, material, test equipment and any other
which are supplied by contractor shall be contractor’s responsibility.
If any part of the material or equipment is found defective because of

design, workmanship or quality of materials within one (1) year after
Final Acceptance, the Contractor shall furnish the new replacer to
CSCI Engineering Department at Contractor’s expense.

8 Statement of Information and Exceptions
8.1 Information
The following information shall be included in the Bidder’s technical

proposal. The lack of information may cause the rejection of the
proposal.
(1) System design calculation sheets (including the quantities,

capacities, design basis, etc. used by the Contractor to establish
the size of the proposed equipment and system.)
(2) Preliminary equipment list with Specifications and prospective
vendors.
(3) Preliminary drawings of engineering diagram and general
arrangement of the plant.
(4) Descriptive literature and catalogs or drawings (in English) of
the proposed equipment, instrumentation and materials.
(5) All utility requirements and other consumptions.
(6) Supervising/Training program.
(7) Spare parts list.
(8) Time schedule for this project, including design, drawing issue,
delivery of each equipment etc.
(9) Deviation list and answered questionnaire.
(10) Experience and delivery record of the same system.
8.2 Exceptions
Bidder shall clearly state all exceptions, if any, to any part of this
Specification. Any statement on the Bidder's proposal (including
drawings) which differs from the requirements of this Specification shall
be specifically referred to by a definite citation in a "Statement of
Exceptions" to be considered by CSCI 220kV Main Substation First
Floor Plan Layout Diagram
Appendix two Dwg No. Q100306-37-EN-0001 Rev. A
Appendix two 220kV Main Substation BF & 2F & 3F PLAN Layout
Diagram Dwg No. Q100306-37-EN-0002 Rev. A
as constituting an exceptions shall be included in the "Statement of
Exception".

9 Attachment list
9.1 Equipment and material Vender list
Supply place of origin

Item Description
manufacturer
Western Europe
1 220kV Gas insulated switchgear(GIS) Siemens,ABB, Alstom North America ,Japan
Western Europe
2 33kV Gas insulated switchgear(GIS) Siemens,ABB,Schneider North America ,Japan
Western Europe
3 11kV Gas insulated switchgear(GIS) Siemens,ABB,Schneider North America ,Japan
Western Europe
11kV power factor and harmonic
4 Siemens,ABB,Schneider North America ,Japan
improvement equipment
Western Europe
6 415V Switchgear Panel Siemens,ABB,Schneider North America ,Japan
Western Europe
Shihlin,Tatung, Siemens,
7 220kV/33kV power transformers North America ,Japan
ABB, Schneider
Taiwan
Western Europe
8 33kV/11kV power transformers North America ,Japan
ABB, Schneider
Taiwan
Western Europe
9 11kV/415V power transformers North America ,Japan
ABB, Schneider
Taiwan
Western Europe
10 Protection relay Siemens, ABB, Alstom North America ,Japan
Western Europe
Siemens, ABB, Alstom,
11 Batteries and battery chargers North America ,Japan
福峰工業
Taiwan
Western Europe
12 SCADA system equipment Siemens, ABB, Alstom North America ,Japan
Siemens, ABB, Alstom Western Europe

13 220kV Cable and cable termination North America
,Japan
Western Europe
14 Cable (others) North America,
Japan ,Taiwan ,India
Western Europe
15 RM6 Siemens,ABB,Schneider North America,Japan
NOTE: 1. The item 2 and 3 shall be used the same manufacturer.

2.The item 10 and 12 shall be used the same manufacturer.
3.The item 1 and 13shall be used the same manufacturer.
4.The item 7,8 and 9 shall be used the same manufacturer.

9.2 Appendix one (1)
SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM FOR AC POWER SUPPLY
Dwg No.Q100306 -36-EA-0001 Rev. A
9.3 Appendix two (2)
220kV Main Substation First Floor Plan Layout Diagram
Dwg No. Q100306-37-EN-0001 Rev. A
220kV Main Substation BF & 2F & 3F PLAN Layout Diagram
Dwg No. Q100306-37-EN-0002 Rev. A
9.4 Appendix three (3)
Technical specification of SCADA system

Document No. Rev. A
9.5 Appendix four (4)

CSCI ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT DRAWING STANDARD
Edition: 2010/May/6
10 Portion one (1)

Technical specification of main substation for applying local electricity,
city water, natural gas for main substation projects contract
Document No. Rev. A
11 Portion two (2)

Technical specification of temporary construction power supply system
Document No. Rev. A


China Steel Corporation India Private Limited: (CSCI)

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

China Steel Corporation India Private Limited: (CSCI)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

China Steel Corporation India Private Limited

AC Power Supply System

ISSUE： Nov. 10, 2011

Technical Specification Revision: 0

11 Portion two (2) ................................................................................... 265

Technical Specification Revision: 0

1.1.1.1Utility/facilities designed/supplied from the India Power Company(IPC) to

1.1.2 This project includes three main portions as follows:

(The chapter 1.1.3 to 9.6 belongs to Portion three (3).)

1.1.4 Equipment arrangement shall be for maximum convenience of

Technical Specification Revision: 0

1.1.7 The equipment shall be arranged in a compact and integrated manner to

1.1.8 All system equipment shall be designed and manufactured in

1.1.7 All the information/data requested in this Specification must be

1.1.9 This Specification shall be read in conjunction with General

1.1.10 Bidder shall identify, in his proposal, as exception to the Specification,

Technical Specification Revision: 0

1.1.18 (Import) Tax

1.3 Environmental Conditions

Technical Specification Revision: 0

1.5.1.1 Preliminary SEM (Structural Electrical and Mechanical Drawing) and

1.5.2 Interface with India Power Company (IPC)

The Contractor shall provide but not limited to (depend on drawing

1.5.2.2 Provide 87L differential relays at the Main Substation required to be

Technical Specification Revision: 0

1.7 Progress Photographs Record

1.7.3 DVD shall be made in English version for above-mentioned activities.

1.7.6 The plan of progress photographs record shall be submitted to CSCI

Technical Specification Revision: 0

ACC Stands for AC Power Supply Contractor

Technical Specification Revision: 0

2.3.1 Work on this contract shall be commenced immediately after the

2.3.2 Bidder shall submit an initial technical proposal, general arrangement

2.3.3 The Contractor shall deliver the following information to CSCI

(1) Master schedule:

(1) Drawing list

Technical Specification Revision: 0

2.3.6 Provide elementary diagrams, interconnection diagrams and single line

Technical Specification Revision: 0

3.1.3 Design the Main Substation layout according to the attached

- Key location plan

Technical Specification Revision: 0

3.2 AC power supply design for Main Substation

3.2.4 Design and furnish grounding, lighting, receptacle, lightning protection,

3.2.7 Civil design including building, transformer yard, excavation, steel

(1) Main power transformer 220kV/33kV, 60 /80MVA

Technical Specification Revision: 0

Technical Specification Revision: 0

3.4.1 Engineering design and certificate shall get approval from

3.4.3 The Contractor shall engage the services of a professional electrical

(1) Power system load analysis, calculation and coordination.

Technical Specification Revision: 0

3.4.6 If the Contractor’s drawings fail to meet governmental organization

(1) Drawing list and schedule.

Technical Specification Revision: 0

3.4.8 Furnish with proposal separate equipment lists to tabulate the

3.4.9 Furnish with proposal a power distribution single line diagram

3.4.11 Cable Route engineering

3.4.11.2 Rigid PVC conduit shall be used for underground installation,

Technical Specification Revision: 0

3.4.11.5 Cable tray shall be aluminum ladder type.

3.4.11.8 PVC conduit size larger or equal to 3 inch shall be designed in

3.5.3 To supervise the work covered by these Specifications, CSCI